01.001 BORI + Nilakantha + Kumbhaghonam
नारायणं नमस्कृत्य नरं चैव नरोत्तमम्। देवीं सरस्वतीं चैव ततो जयमुदीरयेत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.०)
nārāyaṇaṃ namaskṛtya naraṃ caiva narottamam। devīṃ sarasvatīṃ caiva tato jayamudīrayet ॥ (bori 1.1.0)
[नारायणं (nārāyaṇam) - Nārāyaṇa; (an epithet of Viṣṇu); नमस्कृत्य (namaskṛtya) - having bowed (having made obeisance); नरं (naram) - man; person; चैव (ca eva) - and also; नरोत्तमम् (narottamam) - the best of men; देवीं (devīm) - the goddess; सरस्वतीं (sarasvatīm) - Sarasvatī; चैव (ca eva) - and also; ततः (tataḥ) - then; जयं (jayam) - victory; success; उदीरयेत् (udīrayet) - should utter; should proclaim;]
(Having bowed to Nārāyaṇa, and also to man and the best of men, and also to the goddess Sarasvatī, then one should proclaim victory.)
Having offered obeisance to Nārāyaṇa, to the man, to the supreme man, and to the goddess Sarasvatī, one should then begin the recitation for victory. (bori 1.1.0)
नारायणं सुरगुरुं जगदेकनाथं भक्तप्रियं सकललोकनमस्कृतं च। त्रैगुण्यवर्जितमजं विभुमाद्यमीशं वन्दे भवघ्नममरासुरसिद्धवन्द्यम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२)
nārāyaṇaṃ suraguruṃ jagadekanāthaṃ bhaktapriyaṃ sakalalokanamaskṛtaṃ ca. traiguṇyavarjitamajaṃ vibhumādyamīśaṃ vande bhavaghnamamarāsurasiddhavandyam ॥ (kuṃbha 1.1.2)
[नारायणम् (nārāyaṇam) - Nārāyaṇa; (the supreme deity); सुरगुरुम् (suragurum) - guru of the gods; जगदेकनाथम् (jagadekanātham) - sole Lord of the world; भक्तप्रियम् (bhaktapriyam) - dear to devotees; सकललोकनमस्कृतम् (sakalalokanamaskṛtam) - honored by all worlds; च (ca) - and; त्रैगुण्यवर्जितम् (traiguṇyavarjitam) - free from the three guṇas (qualities); अजम् (ajam) - unborn; विभुम् (vibhum) - all-pervading; आद्यमीशम् (ādyamīśam) - the primeval Lord; वन्दे (vande) - I bow; भवघ्नम् (bhavaghanam) - destroyer of worldly existence; अमरासुरसिद्धवन्द्यम् (amarāsurasiddhavandyam) - worshipped by devas, asuras, and siddhas;]
(Nārāyaṇa, guru of the gods, sole Lord of the world, dear to devotees, honored by all worlds and, free from the three guṇas, unborn, all-pervading, the primeval Lord, I bow to the destroyer of worldly existence, worshipped by devas, asuras, and siddhas.)
I bow to Nārāyaṇa, the guru of the gods, the one Lord of the world, dear to devotees, honored by all worlds, free from the three qualities, unborn, all-pervading, the primeval Lord, destroyer of rebirth, worshipped by gods, asuras, and siddhas. (1.1.2)
नमो धर्माय महते नमः कृष्णाय वेधसे। ब्राह्मणेभ्यो नमस्कृत्य धर्मान्वक्ष्यामि शाश्वतान् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.३)
namo dharmāya mahate namaḥ kṛṣṇāya vedhase। brāhmaṇebhyo namaskṛtya dharmānvakṣyāmi śāśvatān॥ (kumbha 1.1.3)
[नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; धर्माय (dharmāya) - to Dharma (the principle of order); महते (mahate) - to the great; नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; कृष्णाय (kṛṣṇāya) - to Kṛṣṇa; वेधसे (vedhase) - to the Creator; ब्राह्मणेभ्यः (brāhmaṇebhyaḥ) - to the Brāhmaṇas; नमस्कृत्य (namaskṛtya) - having bowed; धर्मान् (dharmān) - the (various) dharmas (laws, duties); वक्ष्यामि (vakṣyāmi) - I shall state; शाश्वतान् (śāśvatān) - eternal;]
(Salutation to Dharma the great, salutation to Kṛṣṇa the Creator. Having bowed to the Brāhmaṇas, I shall state the eternal dharmas.)
Salutations to the great Dharma, salutations to Kṛṣṇa the Creator. After bowing to the Brāhmaṇas, I will now explain the eternal principles of Dharma. (Kumbha 1.1.3)
ॐ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय। ॐ नमः पितामहाय। ॐ नमः प्रजापतिभ्यः। ॐ नमः कृष्णद्वैपायनाय। ॐ नमः सर्वविघ्नविनायकेभ्यः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.४)
oṃ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya। oṃ namaḥ pitāmahāya। oṃ namaḥ prajāpati-bhyaḥ। oṃ namaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanāya। oṃ namaḥ sarva-vighna-vināyak-ebhyaḥ॥ (kuṃbha 1.1.4)
[ॐ (oṃ) - primordial sound; salutation; नमो (namo) - salutation; bowing; भगवते (bhagavate) - to the Lord; to the blessed one; वासुदेवाय (vāsudevāya) - to Vāsudeva; (son of Vasudeva, Krishna); ॐ (oṃ) - primordial sound; salutation; नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; bowing; पितामहाय (pitāmahāya) - to the grandfather; (Brahmā); ॐ (oṃ) - primordial sound; salutation; नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; bowing; प्रजापतिभ्यः (prajāpati-bhyaḥ) - to the Progenitors; to the Prajāpatis; ॐ (oṃ) - primordial sound; salutation; नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; bowing; कृष्णद्वैपायनाय (kṛṣṇadvaipāyanāya) - to Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana; (Vyāsa); ॐ (oṃ) - primordial sound; salutation; नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; bowing; सर्वविघ्नविनायकेभ्यः (sarva-vighna-vināyak-ebhyaḥ) - to all removers of obstacles; to Ganesha and others;]
(oṃ, salutation to the Lord Vāsudeva. oṃ, salutation to the Grandfather. oṃ, salutation to the Progenitors. oṃ, salutation to Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana. oṃ, salutation to all removers of obstacles. (kumbha 1.1.4))
Om, obeisance to Lord Vāsudeva. Om, obeisance to the Grandfather. Om, obeisance to the Progenitors. Om, obeisance to Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana. Om, obeisance to all removers of obstacles. (1.1.4)
लोमहर्षणपुत्र उग्रश्रवाः सूतः पौराणिको नैमिषारण्ये शौनकस्य कुलपतेर्द्वादशवार्षिके सत्रे ॥ (बोरि १.१.१)
lomaharṣaṇaputra ugraśravāḥ sūtaḥ paurāṇiko naimiṣāraṇye śaunakasya kulapater dvādaśavārṣike satre ॥ (bori 1.1.1)
[लोमहर्षणपुत्र (lomaharṣaṇaputra) - son of Lomaharṣaṇa; उग्रश्रवाः (ugraśravāḥ) - Ugraśravāḥ; सूतः (sūtaḥ) - Sūta (a bard or charioteer); पौराणिकः (paurāṇikaḥ) - knower of Purāṇas; नैमिषारण्ये (naimiṣāraṇye) - in Naimiṣāraṇya (sacred forest); शौनकस्य (śaunakasya) - of Śaunaka; कुलपतेः (kulapateḥ) - chief of the family; द्वादशवार्षिके (dvādaśavārṣike) - of twelve years duration; सत्रे (satre) - in the sacrifice (session);]
(Son of Lomaharṣaṇa, Ugraśravāḥ, Sūta, a knower of Purāṇas, in Naimiṣāraṇya, of Śaunaka, the chief of the family, in the twelve-years' sacrifice (session).)
Ugraśravāḥ, the Sūta, son of Lomaharṣaṇa and possessor of Purāṇic knowledge, was present at the twelve-year sacrificial session in Naimiṣāraṇya conducted by Śaunaka, the chief of the family. (bori 1.1.1)
समासीनानभ्यगच्छद्ब्रह्मर्षीन्संशितव्रतान्। विनयावनतो भूत्वा कदाचित्सूतनन्दनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२)
samāsīnān abhyagacchad brahmarṣīn saṃśita-vratān। vinayāvanato bhūtvā kadācit sūtanandanaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.2)
[समासीनान् (samāsīnān) - seated; अभ्यगच्छत् (abhyagacchat) - approached; ब्रह्मर्षीन् (brahmarṣīn) - brahmarṣis; संशितव्रतान् (saṃśita-vratān) - firm in vows; विनयावनतः (vinayāvanataḥ) - humbly bowed; भूत्वा (bhūtvā) - having become; कदाचित् (kadācit) - once; at some time; सूतनन्दनः (sūtanandanaḥ) - the son of the sūta;]
(Having become humbly bowed, at some time the son of the sūta approached the brahmarṣis, firm in vows, who were seated.)
Once, having humbled himself, the son of the sūta approached the brahmarṣis, steadfast in their vows, as they sat together. (bori 1.1.2)
तमाश्रममनुप्राप्तं नैमिषारण्यवासिनः। चित्राः श्रोतुं कथास्तत्र परिवव्रुस्तपस्विनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.३)
tam āśramam anuprāptaṃ naimiṣāraṇya-vāsinaḥ। citrāḥ śrotuṃ kathās tatra parivavrus tapasvinaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.3)
[तम् (tam) - him; (accusative singular masculine pronoun referring to a person); आश्रमम् (āśramam) - hermitage; (accusative singular); अनुप्राप्तम् (anuprāptam) - having arrived at; reached; (accusative singular masculine/neuter past participle); नैमिषारण्यवासिनः (naimiṣāraṇya-vāsinaḥ) - the dwellers of Naimiṣāraṇya; (nominative plural masculine); चित्राः (citrāḥ) - various; (nominative plural masculine); श्रोतुम् (śrotum) - to hear; (infinitive); कथाः (kathāḥ) - stories; (accusative plural feminine); तत्र (tatra) - there; (indeclinable); परिवव्रुः (parivavruḥ) - gathered around; surrounded; (third person plural perfect); तपस्विनः (tapasvinaḥ) - ascetics; (nominative plural masculine);]
(Him, having arrived at the hermitage, the dwellers of Naimiṣāraṇya, various ascetics, to hear stories, there gathered around.)
When he arrived at the hermitage, the ascetic dwellers of Naimiṣāraṇya, wishing to hear various stories, gathered around him there. (bori 1.1.3)
उवाच तानृषीन्सर्वान्धन्यो वोऽस्म्यद्यदर्शनात् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.७)
uvāca tān ṛṣīn sarvān dhanyo vo'smy adya darśanāt ॥ (kumbha 1.1.7)
[उवाच (uvāca) - he said; तान् (tān) - to them; ऋषीन् (ṛṣīn) - sages; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; धन्यः (dhanyaḥ) - blessed; वः (vaḥ) - by you; अस्मि (asmi) - am; अद्य (adya) - today; दर्शनात् (darśanāt) - by the sight;]
(He said to all those sages: blessed I am by you today by the sight.)
He said to all those sages: "I am blessed by your sight today." (Kumbha 1.1.7)
वेद वैयासिकीः सर्वाः कथा धर्मार्यैसंहिताः। वक्ष्यामि वो द्विजश्रेष्ठाः शृण्वन्त्वद्य तपोधनाः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.८)
veda vaiyāsikīḥ sarvāḥ kathā dharmāryai-saṁhitāḥ। vakṣyāmi vo dvija-śreṣṭhāḥ śṛṇvantv-adya tapo-dhanāḥ॥ (kumbha 1.1.8)
[वेद (veda) - the Vedas; वैयासिकीः (vaiyāsikīḥ) - by Vyāsa; of Vyāsa; सर्वाः (sarvāḥ) - all; कथा (kathā) - histories; stories; धर्मार्यैसंहिताः (dharmāryai-saṁhitāḥ) - collections relating to righteousness and noble ones; वक्ष्यामि (vakṣyāmi) - I shall declare; वः (vo) - to you all; द्विजश्रेष्ठाः (dvija-śreṣṭhāḥ) - O best of the twice-born (brāhmaṇas); शृण्वन्तु (śṛṇvantu) - let them hear; अद्य (adya) - today; तपोधनाः (tapo-dhanāḥ) - O wealth-possessors of austerity;]
(the Vedas by Vyāsa all stories collections relating to righteousness and noble ones I shall declare to you all O best of the twice-born let them hear today O wealth-possessors of austerity.)
O best of the twice-born, O wealth-possessors of austerity, today let them hear: I shall declare to you all the Vedas, all the stories and collections compiled by Vyāsa concerning righteousness and noble ones. (1.1.8)
तस्य तद्वचनं श्रुत्वा नैमिशारण्यवासिनः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.९)
tasya tad-vacanaṃ śrutvā naimiśāraṇya-vāsinaḥ ॥ (kuṃbha 1.1.9)
[तस्य (tasya) - of him; तत् (tad) - that; वचनम् (vacanam) - speech; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; नैमिशारण्यवासिनः (naimiśāraṇya-vāsinaḥ) - the inhabitants of Naimiṣāraṇya;]
(Of him that speech having heard, the inhabitants of Naimiṣāraṇya.)
Having heard his words, the inhabitants of Naimiṣāraṇya (the forest) (1.1.9)
अभिवाद्य मुनींस्तांस्तु सर्वानेव कृताञ्जलिः।अपृच्छत्स तपोवृद्धिं सद्भिश्चैवाभिनन्दितः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४)
abhivādya munīṃstāṃstu sarvāneva kṛtāñjaliḥ।apṛcchats tapovṛddhiṃ sadbhiścaivābhinanditaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.4)
[अभिवाद्य (abhivādya) - having saluted; मुनींस्तान् (munīṃstān) - those sages; तु (tu) - but; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; एव (eva) - indeed; कृताञ्जलिः (kṛtāñjaliḥ) - with joined palms; अपृच्छत् (apṛcchat) - he asked after; तपोवृद्धिम् (tapovṛddhim) - ascetic progress; सद्भिः (sadbhih) - by the virtuous; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; अभिनन्दितः (abhinanditaḥ) - being honored;]
(Having saluted those sages, but indeed all, with joined palms, he asked after ascetic progress; by the virtuous and indeed being honored.)
After saluting all those sages with joined palms, he inquired about their spiritual progress, and was respectfully greeted by the virtuous. (bori 1.1.4)
अथ तेषूपविष्टेषु सर्वेष्वेव तपस्विषु।निर्दिष्टमासनं भेजे विनयाल्लोमहर्षणिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.५)
atha teṣūpaviṣṭeṣu sarveṣveva tapasviṣu. nirdiṣṭam āsanaṃ bheje vinayāl lomaharṣaṇiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.5)
[अथ (atha) - then; तेषु (teṣu) - among those; उपविष्टेषु (upaviṣṭeṣu) - having sat down; सर्वेषु (sarveṣu) - in all; एव (eva) - indeed; तपस्विषु (tapasviṣu) - among ascetics; निर्दिष्टम् (nirdiṣṭam) - assigned; आसनं (āsanam) - seat; भेजे (bheje) - he took; विनयात् (vinayāt) - out of humility; लोमहर्षणिः (lomaharṣaṇiḥ) - Lomaharṣaṇa;]
(Then among those having sat down, indeed in all ascetics, the assigned seat he took out of humility Lomaharṣaṇa.)
Then, when all the ascetics had sat down, Lomaharṣaṇa, out of humility, took the seat assigned to him. (1.1.5)
सुखासीनं ततस्तं तु विश्रान्तमुपलक्ष्य च।अथापृच्छदृषिस्तत्र कश्चित्प्रस्तावयन्कथाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६)
sukhāsīnaṃ tatastaṃ tu viśrāntamupalakṣya ca । athāpṛcchadṛṣistatra kaścitprastāvayankathāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.6)
[सुखासीनं (sukhāsīnam) - comfortably seated; ततः (tataḥ) - then; तं (taṃ) - him; तु (tu) - but; विश्रान्तम् (viśrāntam) - rested; उपलक्ष्य (upalakṣya) - having observed; च (ca) - and; अथ (atha) - then; अपृच्छत् (apṛcchat) - asked; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - the sage; तत्र (tatra) - there; कश्चित् (kaścit) - someone; प्रस्तावयन् (prastāvayan) - initiating; कथाः (kathāḥ) - stories;]
(Comfortably seated then him but rested having observed and, then the sage there someone initiating stories asked.)
Then, having observed him comfortably seated and rested, there the sage—someone who was initiating conversation—asked him stories. (1.1.6)
कुत आगम्यते सौते क्व चायं विहृतस्त्वया।कालः कमलपत्राक्ष शंसैतत्पृच्छतो मम ॥ (बोरि १.१.७)
kuta āgamyate saute kva ca ayaṁ vihṛtaḥ tvayā। kālaḥ kamalapatrākṣa śaṁsa etat pṛcchataḥ mama॥ (bori 1.1.7)
[कुत (kuta) - from where; आगम्यते (āgamyate) - has come; सौते (saute) - O charioteer; क्व (kva) - where; च (ca) - and; अयम् (ayam) - this; विहृतः (vihṛtaḥ) - spent (time); त्वया (tvayā) - by you; कालः (kālaḥ) - time; कमलपत्राक्ष (kamalapatrākṣa) - O lotus-petal-eyed; शंसा (śaṁsa) - tell; एतत् (etat) - this; पृच्छतः (pṛcchataḥ) - of (me) asking; मम (mama) - my;]
(From where has (he) come, O charioteer? And where has this time been spent by you, O lotus-petal-eyed? Tell this to me who is asking.)
O charioteer, from where has (he) come? And where has this time been spent by you, O lotus-petal-eyed one? Tell this to me who asks. (1.1.7)
एवं पृष्टोऽब्रवीत्सम्यग्यथावल्लौमहर्षणिः। वाक्यं वचनसम्पन्नस्तेषां च चरिताश्रयम् ॥ (नील १.१.८)
evaṃ pṛṣṭo'bravītsamyagyathāvallau-maharṣaṇiḥ। vākyaṃ vacanasampannasteṣāṃ ca caritāśrayam ॥ (nīla 1.1.8)
[एवम् (evam) - thus; पृष्टः (pṛṣṭaḥ) - having been asked; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - he spoke; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; यथावत् (yathāvat) - as is fitting; लौमहर्षणिः (lau-maharṣaṇiḥ) - the son of Lomaharṣaṇa; वाक्यम् (vākyaṃ) - speech; वचनसम्पन्नः (vacanasampannaḥ) - endowed with eloquence; तेषाम् (teṣām) - of them; च (ca) - and; चरिताश्रयम् (caritāśrayam) - based on their deeds;]
(Thus, being asked, the son of Lomaharṣaṇa spoke properly, as is fitting: speech endowed with eloquence, and based on their deeds, of them.)
Thus, when asked, the son of Lomaharṣaṇa properly spoke a statement, endowed with eloquence and based upon their deeds, concerning them. (1.1.8)
तस्मिन्सदसि विस्तीर्णे मुनीनां भावितात्मनाम् ॥ (नील १.१.९)
tasmin-sadasi vistīrṇe munīnāṃ bhāvitātmanām ॥ (nīla 1.1.9)
[तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; सदसि (sadasi) - assembly; विस्तीर्णे (vistīrṇe) - extended; मुनीनां (munīnāṃ) - of sages; भावितात्मनाम् (bhāvitātmanām) - of those whose self is purified;]
(In that extended assembly of sages of those whose self is purified.)
In that great assembly of sages whose selves were purified. (nīla 1.1.9)
सूत उवाच॥
Sūta uvāca॥
[सूत (sūta) - Sūta (the bard); उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
(Sūta said.)
Sūta said.
जनमेजयस्य राजर्षेः सर्पसत्रे महात्मनः।समीपे पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य सम्यक्पारिक्षितस्य च ॥ (बोरि १.१.८)
janamejayasya rājarṣeḥ sarpasatre mahātmanaḥ।samīpe pārthivendrasya samyak pārīkṣitasya ca॥ (bori 1.1.8)
[जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; of the king Janamejaya; राजर्षेः (rājarṣeḥ) - of the royal sage; of the kingly seer; सर्पसत्रे (sarpasatre) - in the snake sacrifice; in the serpent ritual; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - of the great-souled; of the high-minded; समीपे (samīpe) - in the presence (of); near; पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य (pārthivendrasya) - of the lord of kings; of the king; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; sincerely; well; पारिक्षितस्य (pārīkṣitasya) - of Parīkṣit; of Parikshit; च (ca) - and;]
(Of Janamejaya, of the royal sage, in the snake sacrifice of the great-souled one, in the presence of the king of kings, properly of Parīkṣit also.)
At the snake sacrifice of the great-souled royal sage Janamejaya, held properly in the presence of King Parīkṣit, and attended by the lord of kings. (bori 1.1.8)
कृष्णद्वैपायनप्रोक्ताः सुपुण्या विविधाः कथाः।कथिताश्चापि विधिवद्या वैशम्पायनेन वै ॥ (बोरि १.१.९)
kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaprokṭāḥ supuṇyā vividhāḥ kathāḥ। kathitāś cāpi vidhivad yā vaiśampāyanena vai॥ (bori 1.1.9)
[कृष्णद्वैपायनप्रोक्ताः (kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaprokṭāḥ) - spoken by Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana; सुपुण्या (supuṇyā) - very auspicious; विविधाः (vividhāḥ) - various; कथाः (kathāḥ) - stories; कथिताश् (kathitāś) - narrated; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; विधिवत् (vidhivat) - properly; या (yā) - which; वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyanena) - by Vaiśampāyana; वै (vai) - indeed;]
(The various very auspicious stories spoken by Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana and also those which, properly, were narrated by Vaiśampāyana indeed.)
The various highly auspicious stories told by Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana, and also those that were properly narrated by Vaiśampāyana.
श्रुत्वाहं ता विचित्रार्था महाभारतसंश्रिताः।बहूनि सम्परिक्रम्य तीर्थान्यायतनानि च ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०)
śrutvāhaṃ tā vicitrārthā mahābhāratasamśritāḥ।bahūni samparikramya tīrthānyāyatanāni ca ॥ (bori 1.1.10)
[श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; अहम् (aham) - I; ता (tā) - those; विचित्रार्थाः (vicitrārthāḥ) - of various meanings; महाभारतसंश्रिताः (mahābhāratasamśritāḥ) - connected with the Mahābhārata; बहूनि (bahūni) - many; सम्परिक्रम्य (samparikramya) - having traversed thoroughly; तीर्थानि (tīrthāni) - holy places; आयतनानि (āyatanāni) - shrines; च (ca) - and;]
(Having heard I those of various meanings connected with the Mahābhārata, having thoroughly traversed many holy places and shrines.)
Having heard those various meaningful (tales) connected with the Mahābhārata, and after thoroughly traveling to many holy places and shrines, (I relate this). (1.1.10)
समन्तपञ्चकं नाम पुण्यं द्विजनिषेवितम्।गतवानस्मि तं देशं युद्धं यत्राभवत्पुरा ॥ (बोरि १.१.११)
samantapañcakaṃ nāma puṇyaṃ dvijaniṣevitam। gatavānasmi taṃ deśaṃ yuddhaṃ yatrābhavat purā ॥ (bori 1.1.11)
[समन्तपञ्चकं (samantapañcakam) - Samantapañcaka; (a sacred place of five lakes); नाम (nāma) - by name; पुण्यं (puṇyam) - sacred; holy; द्विजनिषेवितम् (dvijaniṣevitam) - frequented by twice-born (brāhmaṇas); गतवानस्मि (gatavānasmi) - I have gone; तं (tam) - that; देशं (deśam) - place; युद्धं (yuddham) - battle; यत्र (yatra) - where; अभवत् (abhavat) - took place; happened; पुरा (purā) - formerly; in ancient times;]
(Samantapañcaka by name, holy, frequented by twice-born. I have gone to that place where battle took place formerly.)
I have gone to that holy place called Samantapañcaka, frequented by the twice-born, where in ancient times the battle took place. (bori 1.1.11)
पाण्डवानां कुरूणां च सर्वेषां च महीक्षिताम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.११)
pāṇḍavānāṃ kurūṇāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ ca mahīkṣitām ॥ (bori 1.1.11)
[पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; कुरूणां (kurūṇāṃ) - of the Kurus; च (ca) - and; सर्वेषां (sarveṣāṃ) - of all; च (ca) - and; महीक्षिताम् (mahīkṣitām) - of the earth-rulers;]
(of the Pāṇḍavas, of the Kurus and of all and of the earth-rulers.)
Of the Pāṇḍavas, the Kurus, and all the kings of the earth. (bori 1.1.11)
दिदृक्षुरागतस्तस्मात्समीपं भवतामिह।आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२)
didṛkṣur āgataḥ tasmāt samīpaṁ bhavatām iha। āyuṣmantaḥ sarva eva brahmabhūtā hi me matāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.12)
[दिदृक्षुः (didṛkṣuḥ) - wishing to see; आगतः (āgataḥ) - having come; तस्मात् (tasmāt) - therefore; समीपं (samīpam) - near, presence; भवताम् (bhavatām) - of you (respectful plural); इह (iha) - here; आयुष्मन्तः (āyuṣmantaḥ) - long-lived ones; सर्व (sarva) - all; एव (eva) - indeed; ब्रह्मभूताः (brahmabhūtāḥ) - having become Brahman; हि (hi) - certainly; मे (me) - to me; मताः (matāḥ) - are thought, are considered;]
(Wishing to see has come therefore near you here. Long-lived ones all indeed Brahman-become certainly to me are considered.)
Wishing to see, therefore, I have come here near you. All of you long-lived ones are, indeed, considered by me as having become Brahman. (bori 1.1.12)
अस्मिन्यज्ञे महाभागाः सूर्यपावकवर्चसः।कृताभिषेकाः शुचयः कृतजप्या हुताग्नयः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३)
asmin yajñe mahābhāgāḥ sūryapāvakavarcasāḥ। kṛtābhiṣekāḥ śucayaḥ kṛtajapyā hutāgnayaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.13)
[अस्मिन्यज्ञे (asmin yajñe) - in this sacrifice; महाभागाः (mahābhāgāḥ) - greatly fortunate ones; सूर्यपावकवर्चसः (sūryapāvaka-varcasāḥ) - having the brightness of the sun and fire; कृताभिषेकाः (kṛtābhiṣekāḥ) - having performed ablutions; शुचयः (śucayaḥ) - pure ones; कृतजप्या (kṛtajapyāḥ) - having performed muttered prayers; हुताग्नयः (hutāgnayaḥ) - having offered oblations to the fire;]
(In this sacrifice, the greatly fortunate ones, possessing the brightness of the sun and fire, having performed ablutions, pure ones, having performed muttered prayers, having offered oblations to the fire.)
In this sacrifice, the greatly fortunate ones, shining like the sun and fire, having performed ablutions, being pure, having performed the japa rites, and offered oblations into the fire. (bori 1.1.13)
भवन्त आसते स्वस्था ब्रवीमि किमहं द्विजाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३)
bhavanta āsate svasthā bravīmi kim ahaṃ dvijāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.13)
[भवन्त (bhavanta) - you (plural, respectful form); आसते (āsate) - are sitting; are present; are dwelling; स्वस्था (svasthā) - well; healthy; at ease; ब्रवीमि (bravīmi) - I say; I speak; किम् (kim) - what; अहम् (aham) - I; द्विजाः (dvijāḥ) - twice-born ones; Brahmins;]
(You are sitting well, I speak, what I (say), Brahmins.)
Gentlemen, you are well and seated; what should I say, O Brahmins? (1.1.13)
पुराणसंश्रिताः पुण्याः कथा वा धर्मसंश्रिताः।इतिवृत्तं नरेन्द्राणामृषीणां च महात्मनाम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४)
purāṇasaṁśritāḥ puṇyāḥ kathā vā dharmasaṁśritāḥ। itivṛttaṁ narendrāṇām ṛṣīṇāṁ ca mahātmanām ॥ (bori 1.1.14)
[पुराणसंश्रिताः (purāṇasaṁśritāḥ) - resorted to the Purāṇas; पुण्याः (puṇyāḥ) - meritorious; कथा (kathā) - stories; वा (vā) - or; धर्मसंश्रिताः (dharmasaṁśritāḥ) - resorted to (based on) dharma; इतिवृत्तं (itivṛttam) - history; नरेन्द्राणाम् (narendrāṇām) - of kings; ऋषीणां (ṛṣīṇām) - of sages; च (ca) - and; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - of the great-souled ones;]
(Resorted to the Purāṇas, meritorious stories or those resorted to dharma, the history of kings and of sages and of great-souled ones.)
The meritorious stories resorted to the Purāṇas, or those established in dharma, are the histories of the kings, the sages, and the great-souled ones. (bori 1.1.14)
ऋषय ऊचुः॥
ṛṣaya ūcuḥ॥
[ऋषयः (ṛṣayaḥ) - sages; ऊचुः (ūcuḥ) - spoke;]
(Sages spoke.)
The sages spoke.
द्वैपायनेन यत्प्रोक्तं पुराणं परमर्षिणा।सुरैर्ब्रह्मर्षिभिश्चैव श्रुत्वा यदभिपूजितम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५)
dvaipāyanena yat proktaṃ purāṇaṃ paramarṣiṇā। surair brahmarṣibhiś caiva śrutvā yad abhipūjitam ॥ (bori 1.1.15)
[द्वैपायनेन (dvaipāyanena) - by Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); यत् (yat) - that which; प्रोक्तं (proktam) - was spoken; पुराणं (purāṇam) - the Purāṇa; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - by the supreme Ṛṣi; सुरैः (suraiḥ) - by the gods; ब्रह्मर्षिभिः (brahmarṣibhiḥ) - by the Brahmarṣis; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - also; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; यत् (yat) - which; अभिपूजितम् (abhipūjitam) - was specially honored;]
(That which was spoken by Dvaipāyana, the Purāṇa, by the supreme Ṛṣi, having been heard by the gods and by the Brahmarṣis also, which was specially honored.)
The Purāṇa which was spoken by Dvaipāyana, the supreme Ṛṣi, and which, having been heard by the gods and Brahmarṣis, was specially honored. (bori 1.1.15)
तस्याख्यानवरिष्ठस्य विचित्रपदपर्वणः।सूक्ष्मार्थन्याययुक्तस्य वेदार्थैर्भूषितस्य च ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६)
tasyākhyānavariṣṭhasya vicitrapadaparvaṇaḥ। sūkṣmārthanyāyayuktasya vedārthairbhūṣitasya ca॥ (bori 1.1.16)
[तस्य (tasya) - of him; आख्यानवरिष्ठस्य (ākhyānavariṣṭhasya) - of the foremost in narration; विचित्रपदपर्वणः (vicitrapadaparvaṇaḥ) - of one whose sections are composed of various words; सूक्ष्मार्थन्याययुक्तस्य (sūkṣmārthanyāyayuktasya) - of one joined with the logic of subtle meanings; वेदार्थैः (vedārthaiḥ) - with the meanings of the Vedas; भूषितस्य (bhūṣitasya) - of the adorned one; च (ca) - and;]
(Of him, of the foremost in narration, of one whose sections are composed of various words, of one joined with the logic of subtle meanings, with the meanings of the Vedas, of the adorned one and.)
Of him who is the foremost among narrators, whose text consists of various kinds of words, who is endowed with reasoning about subtle meanings and adorned with the meanings of the Vedas. (bori 1.1.16)
भारतस्येतिहासस्य पुण्यां ग्रन्थार्थसंयुताम्।संस्कारोपगतां ब्राह्मीं नानाशास्त्रोपबृंहिताम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७)
bhāratasyaitihāsasya puṇyāṃ granthārthasaṃyutām। saṃskāropagatāṃ brāhmīṃ nānāśāstropabṛṃhitām ॥ (bori 1.1.17)
[भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of India; इतिहासस्य (itihāsasya) - of the history; पुण्यां (puṇyāṃ) - sacred; ग्रन्थार्थसंयुताम् (granthārthasaṃyutām) - endowed with the meaning of texts; संस्कारोपगतां (saṃskāropagatāṃ) - endowed with refinement; ब्राह्मीं (brāhmīṃ) - brāhmī (script); नानाशास्त्रोपबृंहिताम् (nānāśāstropabṛṃhitām) - enriched by various śāstras;]
(Of India, of the history, sacred, endowed with the meaning of texts, endowed with refinement, brāhmī (script), enriched by various śāstras.)
The sacred brāhmī (script) of the history of India, endowed with the meaning of texts, refined, and enriched by various disciplines. (BORI 1.1.17)
जनमेजयस्य यां राज्ञो वैशम्पायन उक्तवान्।यथावत्स ऋषिस्तुष्ट्या सत्रे द्वैपायनाज्ञया ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८)
janamejayasya yāṃ rājño vaiśampāyana uktavān। yathāvat sa ṛṣiḥ tuṣṭyā satre dvaipāyanājñayā॥ (bori 1.1.18)
[जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; यां (yāṃ) - which; राज्ञो (rājñaḥ) - of the king; वैशम्पायन (vaiśampāyana) - Vaiśampāyana; उक्तवान् (uktavān) - spoke; यथावत् (yathāvat) - properly; स (sa) - he; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - sage; तुष्ट्या (tuṣṭyā) - with satisfaction; सत्रे (satre) - in the sacrifice; द्वैपायनाज्ञया (dvaipāyanājñayā) - by the command of Dvaipāyana;]
(Which, to Janamejaya, to the king, Vaiśampāyana spoke; properly, he, the sage, with satisfaction, in the sacrifice, by the command of Dvaipāyana.)
Vaiśampāyana spoke that (narrative) to King Janamejaya, as the sage, with satisfaction, in the sacrifice, by the command of Dvaipāyana. (bori 1.1.18)
वेदैश्चतुर्भिः समितां व्यासस्याद्भुतकर्मणः।संहितां श्रोतुमिच्छामो धर्म्यां पापभयापहाम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९)
vedaiś caturbhiḥ samitāṃ vyāsasyādbhuta-karmaṇaḥ। saṃhitāṃ śrotum icchāmo dharmyāṃ pāpa-bhayāpahām॥ (bori 1.1.19)
[वेदैः (vedaiḥ) - by the Vedas; चतुर्भिः (caturbhiḥ) - by the four; समितां (samitām) - collected; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; अद्भुतकर्मणः (adbhuta-karmaṇaḥ) - of wondrous deeds; संहितां (saṃhitām) - the compilation; श्रोतुम् (śrotum) - to hear; इच्छामः (icchāmaḥ) - we desire; धर्म्यां (dharmyām) - righteous; पापभयापहाम् (pāpa-bhaya-apahām) - remover of (the) fear of sin;]
(By the four Vedas collected of Vyāsa of wondrous deeds, the compilation to hear we desire, righteous, remover of the fear of sin.)
We desire to hear the righteous compilation—brought together from the four Vedas by Vyāsa of wondrous deeds—which removes the fear of sin. (bori 1.1.19)
सूत उवाच॥
sūta uvāca॥
[सूत (sūta) - Sūta (the name/title of the narrator); उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
(Sūta said;)
Sūta said;
आद्यं पुरुषमीशानं पुरुहूतं पुरुष्टुतम्।ऋतमेकाक्षरं ब्रह्म व्यक्ताव्यक्तं सनातनम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०)
ādyaṁ puruṣam-īśānaṁ puruhūtaṁ puruṣṭutam। ṛtam-ekākṣaraṁ brahma vyakta-avyaktaṁ sanātanam ॥ (bori 1.1.20)
[आद्यं (ādyaṁ) - first; पुरुषम् (puruṣam) - person; ईशानम् (īśānam) - lord; पुरुहूतम् (puruhūtam) - much-invoked; पुरुष्टुतम् (puruṣṭutam) - praised by men; ऋतम् (ṛtam) - truth; एकाक्षरम् (ekākṣaram) - one-syllabled; ब्रह्म (brahma) - brahman; व्यक्ताव्यक्तम् (vyakta-avyaktam) - manifest-unmanifest; सनातनम् (sanātanam) - eternal;]
(First person, lord, much-invoked, praised by men, truth, one-syllabled, brahman, manifest-unmanifest, eternal.)
The primal person, the lord, greatly invoked, praised by men; the truth, the one syllable, Brahman, both manifest and unmanifest, the eternal. (1.1.20)
असच्च सच्चैव च यद्विश्वं सदसतः परम्।परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२१)
asacca saccaiva ca yad viśvaṃ sadasataḥ param। parāvarāṇāṃ sraṣṭāraṃ purāṇaṃ paramavyayam ॥ (bori 1.1.21)
[असच्च (asacca) - non-existent; false; सच्चैव (saccaiva) - and truly existent; and real; च (ca) - and; यद् (yad) - which; विश्वम् (viśvam) - the universe; सदसतः (sadasataḥ) - from sat and asat; from existent and non-existent; परम् (param) - beyond; परावराणां (parāvarāṇāṃ) - of the higher and lower; of the far and near; स्रष्टारं (sraṣṭāram) - creator; पुराणं (purāṇam) - ancient; primeval; परमव्ययम् (paramavyayam) - supreme, imperishable;]
(Non-existent and also that which is truly existent, and which (is) the universe, beyond the existent and non-existent, the creator of the higher and lower, the ancient, the supreme imperishable.)
That which is both non-existent and truly existent, the universe which is beyond being and non-being, the creator of all that is high and low, the ancient, the supreme and imperishable. (bori 1.1.21)
मङ्गल्यं मङ्गलं विष्णुं वरेण्यमनघं शुचिम्।नमस्कृत्य हृषीकेशं चराचरगुरुं हरिम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२२)
maṅgalyaṃ maṅgalaṃ viṣṇuṃ vareṇyamanaghaṃ śucim| namaskṛtya hṛṣīkeśaṃ carācaraguruṃ harim ॥ (bori 1.1.22)
[मङ्गल्यं (maṅgalyaṃ) - auspicious; मङ्गलं (maṅgalaṃ) - auspiciousness; विष्णुं (viṣṇuṃ) - Viṣṇu; वरेण्यं (vareṇyam) - most excellent; अनघं (anagham) - sinless; शुचिम् (śucim) - pure; नमस्कृत्य (namaskṛtya) - having bowed; हृषीकेशं (hṛṣīkeśam) - Hṛṣīkeśa (lord of the senses); चराचरगुरुं (carācaraguruṃ) - teacher of moving and unmoving (beings); हरिम् (harim) - Hari (Viṣṇu);]
(Auspicious, auspiciousness, Viṣṇu, most excellent, sinless, pure, having bowed to Hṛṣīkeśa, the teacher of moving and unmoving, Hari (Viṣṇu). (bori 1.1.22))
Having bowed to Hṛṣīkeśa, the sinless and pure Hari—Viṣṇu, who is auspicious, the most excellent, and the teacher of all that moves and does not move. (bori 1.1.22)
महर्षेः पूजितस्येह सर्वलोके महात्मनः।प्रवक्ष्यामि मतं कृत्स्नं व्यासस्यामिततेजसः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२३)
maharṣeḥ pūjitasyeha sarvaloke mahātmanaḥ।pravakṣyāmi mataṁ kṛtsnaṁ vyāsasyāmitatejasaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.23)
[महर्षेः (maharṣeḥ) - of the great sage; पूजितस्य (pūjitasya) - of the one revered; इह (iha) - here; सर्वलोके (sarvaloke) - in all worlds; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - of the great-souled one; प्रवक्ष्यामि (pravakṣyāmi) - I shall declare; मतं (mataṁ) - teaching; कृत्स्नं (kṛtsnaṁ) - entire; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; अमिततेजसः (amitatejasaḥ) - of unlimited brilliance;]
(Of the great sage, of the revered one, here, in all worlds, of the great-souled one, I shall declare the teaching entire, of Vyāsa, of unlimited brilliance.)
Here, I shall declare in full the teaching of Vyāsa, the great sage revered in all worlds and of boundless brilliance. (bori 1.1.23)
नमो भगवते तस्मै व्यासायामिततेजसे। यस्य प्रसादाद्वक्ष्यामि नारायणकथामिमाम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.३२)
namo bhagavate tasmai vyāsāyāmitatejase। yasya prasādād vakṣyāmi nārāyaṇakathām imām॥ (kumbha 1.1.32)
[नमः (namaḥ) - salutation; भगवते (bhagavate) - to the revered; तस्मै (tasmai) - to him; व्यासाय (vyāsāya) - to Vyāsa; अमिततेजसे (amitatejase) - of boundless energy; यस्य (yasya) - by whose; प्रसादात् (prasādāt) - by grace; वक्ष्यामि (vakṣyāmi) - I shall speak; नारायणकथाम् (nārāyaṇakathām) - the stories of Nārāyaṇa; इमाम् (imām) - this;]
(Salutation to the revered, to him, to Vyāsa, of boundless energy. By whose grace I shall speak this story of Nārāyaṇa.)
Salutations to the revered Vyāsa, of boundless energy; by whose grace I shall narrate this story of Nārāyaṇa. (kumbha 1.1.32)
सर्वाश्रमाभिशमनं सर्वतीर्थावगाहनम्। न तथा फलद सूते नारायणकथा यथा ॥ (कुंभ १.१.३३)
sarvāśramābhiśamanaṁ sarvatīrthāvagāhanam। na tathā phalada sūte nārāyaṇakathā yathā॥ (kumbha 1.1.33)
[सर्वाश्रमाभिशमनं (sarvāśramābhiśamanam) - approach to all āśramas; सर्वतीर्थावगाहनम् (sarvatīrthāvagāhanam) - bathing in all sacred waters; न (na) - not; तथा (tathā) - so; फलद (phalada) - fruit-giving; सूते (sūte) - produces; नारायणकथा (nārāyaṇakathā) - the narration of Nārāyaṇa; यथा (yathā) - as;]
(Approach to all āśramas, bathing in all holy places, does not so fruit-giving produce as the narration of Nārāyaṇa.)
Visiting all āśramas and bathing in all sacred waters do not produce as much merit as the narration of Nārāyaṇa. (Kumbha 1.1.33)
नास्ति नारायणसमं न भूतं न भविष्यति। एतेन सत्यवाक्येन सर्वार्थान्साधयाम्यहम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.३४)
nāsti nārāyaṇasamaṃ na bhūtaṃ na bhaviṣyati। etena satyavākyena sarvārthānsādhayāmyaham ॥ (kumbha 1.1.34)
[नास्ति (nāsti) - is not; does not exist; नारायणसमं (nārāyaṇasamaṃ) - equal to Nārāyaṇa; न (na) - not; भूतं (bhūtaṃ) - has been; existed in the past; न (na) - not; भविष्यति (bhaviṣyati) - will be; will exist in the future; एतेन (etena) - by this; सत्यवाक्येन (satyavākyena) - by the true statement; सर्वार्थान् (sarvārthān) - all purposes; all objects; साधयामि (sādhayāmi) - I accomplish; I achieve; अहम् (aham) - I;]
(Is not equal to Nārāyaṇa, not has been, not will be. By this true statement, all purposes I accomplish I.)
There has never been, nor will there ever be, anyone equal to Nārāyaṇa. By this true statement, I accomplish all purposes. (1.1.34)
आचख्युः कवयः केचित्सम्प्रत्याचक्षते परे।आख्यास्यन्ति तथैवान्ये इतिहासमिमं भुवि ॥ (बोरि १.१.२४)
ācakhyuḥ kavayaḥ kecit sampraty ācakṣate pare. ākhyāsyanti tathaiva anye itihāsam imaṃ bhuvi ॥ (bori 1.1.24)
[आचख्युः (ācakhyuḥ) - have told; कवयः (kavayaḥ) - poets; केचित् (kecit) - some; सम्प्रति (samprati) - now; आचक्षते (ācakṣate) - tell; परे (pare) - others; आख्यास्यन्ति (ākhyāsyanti) - will tell; तथा एव (tatha eva) - likewise; अन्ये (anye) - other (people); इतिहासम् (itihāsam) - this history; इमम् (imam) - this; भुवि (bhuvi) - on earth;]
(Some poets have told; others now tell; likewise, other (people) will tell this history on earth.)
Some poets have narrated; others tell it now; likewise, others still will relate this history on earth. (1.1.24)
इदं तु त्रिषु लोकेषु महज्ज्ञानं प्रतिष्ठितम्।विस्तरैश्च समासैश्च धार्यते यद्द्विजातिभिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२५)
idaṁ tu triṣu lokeṣu mahajñānaṁ pratiṣṭhitam। vistaraiś ca samāsaiś ca dhāryate yad dvijātibhiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.25)
[इदं (idaṁ) - this; तु (tu) - but; त्रिषु (triṣu) - in the three; लोकेषु (lokeṣu) - in the worlds; महज्ज्ञानं (mahajñānam) - great knowledge; प्रतिष्ठितम् (pratiṣṭhitam) - established; विस्तरैः (vistaraiḥ) - by elaborations; च (ca) - and; समासैः (samāsaiḥ) - by compendiums; च (ca) - and; धार्यते (dhāryate) - is borne; यत् (yat) - which; द्विजातिभिः (dvijātibhiḥ) - by the twice-born;]
(This but in the three worlds great knowledge established. By elaborations and by compendiums and is borne, which by the twice-born.)
But this great knowledge, established in the three worlds, is carried by the twice-born, both in detail and in summary. (bori 1.1.25)
अलङ्कृतं शुभैः शब्दैः समयैर्दिव्यमानुषैः।छन्दोवृत्तैश्च विविधैरन्वितं विदुषां प्रियम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२६)
alaṅkṛtaṃ śubhaiḥ śabdaiḥ samayair divya-mānuṣaiḥ। chando-vṛttaiś ca vividhair anvitaṃ viduṣāṃ priyam ॥ (bori 1.1.26)
[अलङ्कृतं (alaṅkṛtam) - adorned; decorated; शुभैः (śubhaiḥ) - by auspicious; by beautiful; शब्दैः (śabdaiḥ) - by words; समयैः (samayaiḥ) - by conventions; by usages; दिव्यमानुषैः (divya-mānuṣaiḥ) - divine and human; celestial and human; छन्दोवृत्तैः (chando-vṛttaiḥ) - by metrical forms; by prosodic patterns; च (ca) - and; विविधैः (vividhaiḥ) - by various; by diverse; अन्वितं (anvitam) - endowed with; furnished with; विदुषां (viduṣām) - of the learned; of the wise; प्रियम् (priyam) - dear; beloved;]
(Adorned with auspicious words, by divine and human conventions, furnished with diverse metrical forms, dear to the wise.)
Adorned with auspicious words, divine and human conventions, and various metrical forms, it is dear to the learned. (bori 1.1.26)
पुण्ये हिमवतः पादे मेध्ये गिरिगुहालये। विशोध्य देहं धर्मात्मा दर्भसंस्तरमाश्रितः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.३९)
puṇye himavataḥ pāde medhye giriguhālaye। viśodhya dehaṃ dharmātmā darbhasaṃstaramāśritaḥ॥ (kumbha 1.1.39)
[पुण्ये (puṇye) - in the sacred; हिमवतः (himavataḥ) - of Himavat (the Himalaya); पादे (pāde) - at the foot; मेध्ये (medhye) - pure; गिरिगुहालये (giriguhālaye) - in a mountain cave abode; विशोध्य (viśodhya) - having purified; देहं (dehaṃ) - the body; धर्मात्मा (dharmātmā) - the one whose soul is righteousness; दर्भसंस्तरम् (darbhasaṃstaram) - a seat made of kuśa grass; आश्रितः (āśritaḥ) - resorted to;]
(In the sacred at the foot of Himavat, in a pure mountain cave abode, having purified the body, the one whose soul is righteousness, resorted to a seat made of kuśa grass.)
In the sacred and pure mountain cave at the foot of the Himalaya, the righteous one, having purified his body, sat upon a seat of kuśa grass. (Kumbha 1.1.39)
शुचिः सनियमो व्यासः शान्तात्मातपसि स्थितः भारतस्येतिहासस्य धर्मेणान्वीक्ष्य तां गतिम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.४०)
śuciḥ saniyamo vyāsaḥ śāntātmā tapasi sthitaḥ bhāratasyetihāsasya dharmeṇānvīkṣya tāṃ gatim ॥ (kumbha 1.1.40)
[शुचिः (śuciḥ) - pure; सनियमः (saniyamaḥ) - with self-restraint; व्यासः (vyāsaḥ) - Vyāsa; शान्तात्मा (śāntātmā) - of peaceful mind; तपसि (tapasi) - in asceticism; स्थितः (sthitaḥ) - steadfast; भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of Bhārata (India); इतिहासस्य (itihāsasya) - of the history; धर्मेण (dharmeṇa) - by righteousness; अन्वीक्ष्य (anvīkṣya) - having investigated; ताम् (tām) - that; गतिम् (gatim) - course;]
(Pure, with self-restraint, Vyāsa, of peaceful mind, in asceticism steadfast, of Bhārata's history, by righteousness, having investigated, that course.)
Vyāsa, pure and self-restrained, of peaceful mind and steadfast in asceticism, having investigated the course of Bhārata's history by righteousness, (thus spoke). (Kumbha 1.1.40)
प्रविश्य योगं ज्ञानेन सोऽपश्यत्सर्वमन्ततः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.४१)
praviśya yogaṃ jñānena so'paśyat sarvam antataḥ ॥ (kuṃbha 1.1.41)
[प्रविश्य (praviśya) - having entered; योगं (yogaṃ) - union; ज्ञानेन (jñānena) - by knowledge; सः (saḥ) - he; अपश्यत् (apaśyat) - saw; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; अन्ततः (antataḥ) - within;]
(Having entered union by knowledge, he saw all within.)
Having united through knowledge, he perceived all things internally. (Kumbha 1.1.41)
निष्प्रभेऽस्मिन्निरालोके सर्वतस्तमसावृते।बृहदण्डमभूदेकं प्रजानां बीजमक्षयम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२७)
niṣprabhe'sminnirāloke sarvatastamasāvṛte. bṛhadaṇḍam abhūd ekaṃ prajānāṃ bījam akṣayam ॥ (bori 1.1.27)
[निष्प्रभे (niṣprabhe) - devoid of brightness; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; निरालोके (nirāloke) - without light; सर्वतः (sarvataḥ) - on all sides; तमसा (tamasā) - by darkness; आवृते (āvṛte) - enveloped; बृहदण्डम् (bṛhadaṇḍam) - the great egg; अभूत् (abhūt) - came into being; एकम् (ekaṃ) - one; प्रजानाम् (prajānām) - of beings; बीजम् (bījam) - seed; अक्षयम् (akṣayam) - imperishable;]
(In this devoid of brightness, without light, on all sides enveloped by darkness, the great egg, one, the imperishable seed of beings, came into being.)
In this state, devoid of brightness and without light, enveloped on all sides by darkness, there arose one great egg, the imperishable seed of beings. (Bori 1.1.27)
युगस्यादौ निमित्तं तन्महद्दिव्यं प्रचक्षते।यस्मिंस्तच्छ्रूयते सत्यं ज्योतिर्ब्रह्म सनातनम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२८)
yugasya ādau nimittaṃ tan mahat divyaṃ pracakṣate। yasmin tat śrūyate satyaṃ jyotis brahma sanātanam ॥ (bori 1.1.28)
[युगस्य (yugasya) - of the age; आदौ (ādau) - at the beginning; निमित्तं (nimittaṃ) - cause; तत् (tat) - that; महत् (mahat) - great; दिव्यं (divyaṃ) - divine; प्रचक्षते (pracakṣate) - they declare; यस्मिन् (yasmin) - in which; तत् (tat) - that; श्रूयते (śrūyate) - is heard; सत्यं (satyaṃ) - truth; ज्योतिः (jyotis) - light; ब्रह्म (brahma) - brahman; सनातनम् (sanātanam) - eternal;]
(At the beginning of the age, that great and divine cause they declare, in which that truth, light, brahman, eternal, is heard.)
At the beginning of the age, they declare that great and divine cause in which the eternal truth, light, and brahman are heard. (bori 1.1.28)
अद्भुतं चाप्यचिन्त्यं च सर्वत्र समतां गतम्।अव्यक्तं कारणं सूक्ष्मं यत्तत्सदसदात्मकम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२९)
adbhutaṁ cāpyacintyaṁ ca sarvatra samatāṁ gatam। avyaktaṁ kāraṇaṁ sūkṣmaṁ yat tat sad-asad-ātmakam॥ (bori 1.1.29)
[अद्भुतं (adbhutaṁ) - wonderful; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; अचिन्त्यं (acintyaṁ) - inconceivable; च (ca) - and; सर्वत्र (sarvatra) - everywhere; समतां (samatām) - equality; गतम् (gatam) - gone to; अव्यक्तं (avyaktaṁ) - unmanifest; कारणं (kāraṇaṁ) - cause; सूक्ष्मं (sūkṣmaṁ) - subtle; यत् (yat) - which; तत् (tat) - that; सदसदात्मकम् (sad-asad-ātmakam) - having the nature of existent and non-existent;]
(Wonderful and also inconceivable and everywhere (having) gone to equality; unmanifest, cause, subtle, which that (is) with the nature of existent and non-existent.)
That which is wonderful, inconceivable, equal everywhere; which is unmanifest, subtle, the cause, and is both existent and nonexistent. (bori 1.1.29)
यस्मात्पितामहो जज्ञे प्रभुरेकः प्रजापतिः।ब्रह्मा सुरगुरुः स्थाणुर्मनुः कः परमेष्ठ्यथ ॥ (बोरि १.१.३०)
yasmāt pitāmaho jajñe prabhur ekaḥ prajāpatiḥ। brahmā suraguruḥ sthāṇur manuḥ kaḥ parameṣṭhy atha ॥ (bori 1.1.30)
[यस्मात् (yasmāt) - from whom; पितामहः (pitāmahaḥ) - grandfather (Brahmā); जज्ञे (jajñe) - was born; प्रभुः (prabhuḥ) - the lord; एकः (ekaḥ) - one; प्रजापतिः (prajāpatiḥ) - Prajāpati; ब्रह्मा (brahmā) - Brahmā; सुरगुरुः (suraguruḥ) - the teacher of the gods (Bṛhaspati); स्थाणुः (sthāṇuḥ) - the steady one (Śiva); मनुः (manuḥ) - Manu; कः (kaḥ) - Ka (another name for Prajāpati/Brahmā); परमेष्ठ्यथ (parameṣṭhy atha) - and Parameṣṭhin (another title for Brahmā);]
(From whom the grandfather (Brahmā) was born, the lord, the one Prajāpati, Brahmā, the teacher of the gods, Śiva, Manu, Ka, and also Parameṣṭhin.)
The grandfather (Brahmā), the lord and sole Prajāpati, from whom were born Brahmā, the teacher of the gods, Śiva, Manu, Ka, and Parameṣṭhin. (1.1.30)
प्राचेतसस्तथा दक्षो दक्षपुत्राश्च सप्त ये।ततः प्रजानां पतयः प्राभवन्नेकविंशतिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.३१)
prācetasaḥ tathā dakṣaḥ dakṣaputrāś ca sapta ye। tataḥ prajānāṃ patayaḥ prābhavan ekaviṃśatiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.31)
[प्राचेतसः (prācetasaḥ) - the son(s) of Pracetas; तथा (tathā) - and likewise; दक्षः (dakṣaḥ) - Dakṣa; दक्षपुत्राः (dakṣaputrāḥ) - the sons of Dakṣa; च (ca) - and; सप्त (sapta) - seven; ये (ye) - who; ततः (tataḥ) - from them; प्रजानाम् (prajānām) - of beings; पतयः (patayaḥ) - lords; प्राभवन् (prābhavan) - arose; एकविंशतिः (ekaviṃśatiḥ) - twenty-one; ॥ (॥) - (बोरि १.१.३१) ((bori 1.1.31)) -;]
(The sons of Pracetas, and likewise Dakṣa and the seven sons of Dakṣa, who (are meant here), from them, the lords of beings arose, twenty-one.)
The sons of Pracetas, as well as Dakṣa and his seven sons—these, from them, twenty-one lords of beings were generated. (bori 1.1.31)
पुरुषश्चाप्रमेयात्मा यं सर्वमृषयो विदुः।विश्वेदेवास्तथादित्या वसवोऽथाश्विनावपि ॥ (बोरि १.१.३२)
puruṣaś cāprameyātmā yaṁ sarvam ṛṣayo viduḥ।viśvedevās tathā adityā vasavo 'tha aśvināv api ॥ (bori 1.1.32)
[पुरुषः (puruṣaḥ) - the person; the man; च (ca) - and; अप्रमेयात्मा (aprameyātmā) - of immeasurable self; having incomprehensible nature; यं (yaṁ) - whom; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; ऋषयः (ṛṣayaḥ) - sages; विदुः (viduḥ) - know; विश्वेदेवाः (viśvedevāḥ) - all the gods; तथा (tathā) - and so; likewise; आदित्याः (ādityāḥ) - Adityas; solar deities; वसवः (vasavaḥ) - Vasus; elemental deities; अथ (atha) - and; moreover; अश्विनौ (aśvinau) - the Ashvins; twin deities; अपि (api) - also;]
("The person and also the one of immeasurable self, whom all sages know; all the gods and likewise the Adityas, the Vasus and moreover also the Ashvins." (bori 1.1.32))
"The person, whose nature is immeasurable, whom all the sages know, as well as all the gods, the Adityas, the Vasus, and also the Ashvins." (bori 1.1.32)
यक्षाः साध्याः पिशाचाश्च गुह्यकाः पितरस्तथा।ततः प्रसूता विद्वांसः शिष्टा ब्रह्मर्षयोऽमलाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.३३)
yakṣāḥ sādhyāḥ piśācāś ca guhyakāḥ pitaras tathā। tataḥ prasūtā vidvāṃsaḥ śiṣṭā brahmarṣayo 'malāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.33)
[यक्षाः (yakṣāḥ) - yakṣas; semidivine beings; spirit beings; साध्याः (sādhyāḥ) - sādhyas; class of deities; those to be accomplished; पिशाचाः (piśācāḥ) - piśācas; goblins; flesh-eating beings; च (ca) - and; गुह्यकाः (guhyakāḥ) - guhyakas; secret beings; a class of demigods; पितरः (pitaras) - pitṛs; ancestors; तथा (tathā) - so; likewise; ततः (tataḥ) - from them; thereafter; प्रसूता (prasūtā) - born; produced; विद्वांसः (vidvāṃsaḥ) - wise ones; learned persons; शिष्टाः (śiṣṭāḥ) - excellent; distinguished; ब्रह्मर्षयः (brahmarṣayaḥ) - brahmarṣis; Brahmin sages; अमलाः (amalāḥ) - pure; spotless;]
(Yakṣas, Sādhyas, Piśācas, and Guhyakas, and the Pitṛs likewise; from them were born wise, distinguished, pure Brahmarṣis.)
Yakṣas, Sādhyas, Piśācas, Guhyakas, and the Pitṛs—thus, from them were born the wise and distinguished Brahmarṣis, pure in nature. (bori 1.1.33)
राजर्षयश्च बहवः सर्वैः समुदिता गुणैः।आपो द्यौः पृथिवी वायुरन्तरिक्षं दिशस्तथा ॥ (बोरि १.१.३४)
rājarṣayaś ca bahavaḥ sarvaiḥ samuditā guṇaiḥ। āpo dyauḥ pṛthivī vāyuḥ antarikṣaṁ diśas tathā ॥ (bori 1.1.34)
[राजर्षयः (rājarṣayaḥ) - royal sages; च (ca) - and; बहवः (bahavaḥ) - many; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - with all; समुदिता (samuditā) - endowed; गुणैः (guṇaiḥ) - with qualities; आपः (āpaḥ) - waters; द्यौः (dyauḥ) - sky; पृथिवी (pṛthivī) - earth; वायुः (vāyuḥ) - wind; अन्तरिक्षं (antarikṣaṁ) - midspace; दिशः (diśaḥ) - directions; तथा (tathā) - also;]
(Royal sages and many endowed with all qualities; waters, sky, earth, wind, midspace, directions also.)
Many royal sages, endowed with all qualities, as well as the waters, the sky, the earth, the wind, the midspace, and also the directions. (1.1.34)
संवत्सरर्तवो मासाः पक्षाहोरात्रयः क्रमात्।यच्चान्यदपि तत्सर्वं सम्भूतं लोकसाक्षिकम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.३५)
saṁvatsarārtavo māsāḥ pakṣāhorātrayaḥ kramāt। yac cānyad api tat sarvaṁ sambhūtaṁ lokasākṣikam ॥ (bori 1.1.35)
[संवत्सरर्तवः (saṁvatsarārtavaḥ) - seasons of the year; मासाः (māsāḥ) - months; पक्षाः (pakṣāḥ) - fortnights; अहोऱात्रयः (ahorātrayaḥ) - days and nights; क्रमात् (kramāt) - in sequence; यत् (yat) - which; च (ca) - and; अन्यद् (anyad) - other; अपि (api) - also; तत् (tat) - that; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; सम्भूतम् (sambhūtam) - produced; लोकसाक्षिकम् (lokasākṣikam) - witnessed by the world;]
(Seasons of the year, months, fortnights, days and nights in sequence, and whatever else also—that all is produced, witnessed by the world.)
The seasons of the year, months, fortnights, days and nights in due order, and whatever else as well—all of that is produced and apparent to the world. (bori 1.1.35)
यदिदं दृश्यते किञ्चिद्भूतं स्थावरजङ्गमम्।पुनः सङ्क्षिप्यते सर्वं जगत्प्राप्ते युगक्षये ॥ (बोरि १.१.३६)
yad idaṃ dṛśyate kiñcid bhūtaṃ sthāvara-jaṅgamam। punaḥ saṅkṣipyate sarvaṃ jagat prāpte yuga-kṣaye ॥ (bori 1.1.36)
[यत् (yat) - which; इदं (idaṃ) - this; दृश्यते (dṛśyate) - is seen; किञ्चित् (kiñcit) - anything; भूतम् (bhūtam) - existent being; स्थावरजङ्गमम् (sthāvara-jaṅgamam) - stationary and moving; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; सङ्क्षिप्यते (saṅkṣipyate) - is contracted; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; जगत् (jagat) - world; प्राप्ते (prāpte) - on arrival; युगक्षये (yuga-kṣaye) - at the end of the age;]
(Which this is seen, anything existent, stationary and moving; again is contracted all world on arrival at the end of the age.)
Whatever is seen here, any existent being, stationary or moving, the entire world is again contracted when the end of the age comes. (bori 1.1.36)
यथर्तावृतुलिङ्गानि नानारूपाणि पर्यये।दृश्यन्ते तानि तान्येव तथा भावा युगादिषु ॥ (बोरि १.१.३७)
yathartāvṛtuliṅgāni nānārūpāṇi paryaye। dṛśyante tāni tānyeva tathā bhāvā yugādiṣu ॥ (bori 1.1.37)
[यथा (yathā) - just as; अर्तावृतु (artāvṛtu) - R̥tu (season) and artu (period, in this context: times; plural form or dvandva compound); लिङ्गानि (liṅgāni) - signs; नाना (nānā) - various; रूपाणि (rūpāṇi) - forms; पर्यये (paryaye) - in succession; दृश्यन्ते (dṛśyante) - are seen; तानि (tāni) - those; तानि एव (tāni eva) - those indeed; तथा (tathā) - so; भावाः (bhāvāḥ) - states; युगादिषु (yugādiṣu) - in the beginning of ages (yuga, etc.);]
(Just as in the succession of periods and seasons, various signs and forms are seen—those indeed; so also are states at the beginnings of ages.)
Just as various forms and signs of the seasons and periods are seen in succession—these same ones; so too are the conditions at the beginning of the ages. (BORI 1.1.37)
एवमेतदनाद्यन्तं भूतसंहारकारकम्।अनादिनिधनं लोके चक्रं सम्परिवर्तते ॥ (बोरि १.१.३८)
evam etad anādyaṁtaṁ bhūta-saṁhāra-kārakam। anādi-nidhanaṁ loke cakraṁ samparivartate ॥ (bori 1.1.38)
[एवम् (evam) - thus; एतत् (etat) - this; अनाद्यन्तम् (anādyaṁtam) - without beginning and end; भूतसंहारकारकम् (bhūta-saṁhāra-kārakam) - cause of the dissolution of beings; अनादिनिधनम् (anādi-nidhanam) - beginningless and endless; लोके (loke) - in the world; चक्रम् (cakram) - wheel; सम्परिवर्तते (samparivartate) - revolves completely;]
(Thus, this, without beginning and end, cause of the dissolution of beings; beginningless and endless, in the world, the wheel, revolves completely.)
Thus, this wheel, which is without beginning and end and is the cause of the dissolution of beings, turns endlessly in the world. (bori 1.1.38)
त्रयस्त्रिंशत्सहस्राणि त्रयस्त्रिंशच्छतानि च।त्रयस्त्रिंशच्च देवानां सृष्टिः सङ्क्षेपलक्षणा ॥ (बोरि १.१.३९)
trayastr̥ṃśatsahasrāṇi trayastr̥ṃśacchatāni ca। trayastr̥ṃśacca devānāṃ sṛṣṭiḥ saṅkṣepalakṣaṇā ॥ (bori 1.1.39)
[त्रयस्त्रिंशत्सहस्राणि (trayastr̥ṃśatsahasrāṇi) - thirty-three thousands; त्रयस्त्रिंशच्छतानि (trayastr̥ṃśacchatāni) - thirty-three hundreds; च (ca) - and; त्रयस्त्रिंशत् (trayastr̥ṃśat) - thirty-three; च (ca) - and; देवानाम् (devānām) - of the gods; सृष्टिः (sṛṣṭiḥ) - creation; सङ्क्षेपलक्षणा (saṅkṣepalakṣaṇā) - characterized by conciseness;]
(Thirty-three thousands, thirty-three hundreds and thirty-three and, of the gods, creation, characterized by conciseness.)
The concise creation of the gods consists of thirty-three thousand, thirty-three hundred, and thirty-three. (bori 1.1.39)
दिवस्पुत्रो बृहद्भानुश्चक्षुरात्मा विभावसुः।सविता च ऋचीकोऽर्को भानुराशावहो रविः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४०)
divasputro bṛhadbhānuścakṣurātmā vibhāvasuḥ। savitā ca ṛcīko'rko bhānurāśāvaho raviḥ॥ (bori 1.1.40)
[दिवःपुत्रः (divaḥ-putraḥ) - son of the sky; बृहद्भानुः (bṛhad-bhānuḥ) - of great radiance; चक्षुः-आत्मा (cakṣuḥ-ātmā) - whose essence is vision; विभावसुः (vibhāvasuḥ) - shining one; सविता (savitā) - Savitṛ (the Stimulator); च (ca) - and; ऋचीकः (ṛcīkaḥ) - the one moving in verses (ṛk); अर्कः (arkaḥ) - the Sun; भानुः (bhānuḥ) - the luminous one; आशावहः (āśāvahaḥ) - bringer of hope; रविः (raviḥ) - Ravi (the Sun);]
(Son of the sky, of great radiance, whose essence is vision, shining one; Savitṛ and the one moving in verses, the Sun, the luminous one, bringer of hope, Ravi (the Sun). (bori 1.1.40))
He is the son of the sky, of great radiance, whose essence is vision, the shining one; Savitṛ, the one praised in verses, the Sun, the luminous one, bringer of hope, Ravi (the Sun). (bori 1.1.40)
पुत्रा विवस्वतः सर्वे मह्यस्तेषां तथावरः।देवभ्राट्तनयस्तस्य तस्मात्सुभ्राडिति स्मृतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४१)
putrā vivasvataḥ sarve mahyas teṣāṃ tathā varaḥ। deva-bhrāt-tanayas tasya tasmāt subhrāḍ iti smṛtaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.41)
[पुत्रा (putrā) - sons; विवस्वतः (vivasvataḥ) - of Vivasvat; सर्वे (sarve) - all; म्अह्यः (mahyas) - to me; तेषां (teṣāṃ) - of them; तथा (tathā) - likewise; वरः (varaḥ) - the best (son); देवभ्राट्-तनयः (deva-bhrāt-tanayaḥ) - son of the divine brother; तस्य (tasya) - his; तस्मात् (tasmāt) - from him; सुभ्राट् (subhrāṭ) - Subhrāṭ; इति (iti) - thus; स्मृतः (smṛtaḥ) - is remembered;]
(Sons of Vivasvat all to me of them likewise the best; son of the divine brother his from him Subhrāṭ thus is remembered.)
All the sons of Vivasvat, among them, to me, the best likewise; his son of the divine brother, from him, Subhrāṭ is thus remembered. (1.1.41)
सुभ्राजस्तु त्रयः पुत्राः प्रजावन्तो बहुश्रुताः।दशज्योतिः शतज्योतिः सहस्रज्योतिरात्मवान् ॥ (बोरि १.१.४२)
subhrājastu trayaḥ putrāḥ prajāvanto bahuśrutāḥ। daśajyotiḥ śatajyotiḥ sahasrajyotirātmavān ॥ (bori 1.1.42)
[सुभ्राजः (subhrājaḥ) - Subhrāja (proper noun); तु (tu) - but; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; पुत्राः (putrāḥ) - sons; प्रजावन्तः (prajāvantaḥ) - possessed of progeny; fruitful; बहुश्रुताः (bahuśrutāḥ) - well-versed in much (knowledge); दशज्योतिः (daśajyotiḥ) - Daśajyotis (proper noun); शतज्योतिः (śatajyotiḥ) - Śatajyotis (proper noun); सहस्रज्योतिः (sahasrajyotiḥ) - Sahasrajyotis (proper noun); आत्मवान् (ātmavān) - self-possessed; endowed with character;]
(Subhrāja but three sons fruitful well-versed-in-much-knowledge: Daśajyotis, Śatajyotis, Sahasrajyotis, endowed-with-self.)
But Subhrāja had three sons, fruitful and well-versed in much knowledge: Daśajyotis, Śatajyotis, and Sahasrajyotis, all possessed of noble character. (Bori 1.1.42)
दश पुत्रसहस्राणि दशज्योतेर्महात्मनः।ततो दशगुणाश्चान्ये शतज्योतेरिहात्मजाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४३)
daśa putrasahasrāṇi daśajyotermahātmanaḥ।tato daśaguṇāścānye śatajyo terihātmajāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.43)
[दश (daśa) - ten; पुत्रसहस्राणि (putrasahasrāṇi) - thousands of sons; दशज्योतेः (daśajyoteḥ) - of Daśajyotis (proper noun, genitive singular); महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - of the great-souled one; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; दशगुणाः (daśaguṇāḥ) - ten times (as many, multiplied by ten); च (ca) - and; अन्ये (anye) - other; शतज्योतेः (śatajyoteḥ) - of Śatajotis (proper noun, genitive singular); इह (iha) - here; आत्मजाः (ātmajāḥ) - sons;]
(Ten thousands of sons of Daśajyotis, the great-souled one; thereafter, ten times as many others, the sons of Śatajotis are here.)
Daśajyotis, the great-souled one, had ten thousand sons; thereafter, Śatajotis had other sons here, ten times as many. (bori 1.1.43)
भूयस्ततो दशगुणाः सहस्रज्योतिषः सुताः।तेभ्योऽयं कुरुवंशश्च यदूनां भरतस्य च ॥ (बोरि १.१.४४)
bhūyas tato daśaguṇāḥ sahasrajyotiṣaḥ sutāḥ। tebhyo'yaṃ kuruvaṃśaś ca yadūnāṃ bharatasya ca ॥ (bori 1.1.44)
[भूयस् (bhūyas) - more; still more; ततः (tataḥ) - than that; दशगुणाः (daśaguṇāḥ) - ten times (more); सहस्रज्योतिषः (sahasrajyotiṣaḥ) - Sahasrajyotis; (proper noun;) सुताः (sutāḥ) - sons; तेभ्यः (tebhyaḥ) - from them; अयम् (ayam) - this; (masculine singular nominative) कुरुवंशः (kuruvaṃśaḥ) - Kuru dynasty; च (ca) - and; यदूनाम् (yadūnām) - of the Yadus; भरतस्य (bharatasya) - of Bharata; च (ca) - and;]
(Still more, than that, ten times, the sons of Sahasrajyotis; from them, this Kuru dynasty and of the Yadus and of Bharata.)
Even more than that, ten times greater were the sons of Sahasrajyotis; from them descended this Kuru dynasty, as well as those of the Yadus and Bharata. (bori 1.1.44)
ययातीक्ष्वाकुवंशश्च राजर्षीणां च सर्वशः।सम्भूता बहवो वंशा भूतसर्गाः सविस्तराः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४५)
yayāti-kṣvāku-vaṁśaś ca rājarṣīṇāṁ ca sarvaśaḥ। sambhūtā bahavo vaṁśā bhūta-sargāḥ savistarāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.45)
[ययातीक्ष्वाकुवंशः (yayāti-kṣvāku-vaṁśaḥ) - the lineage of Yayāti and Ikṣvāku; च (ca) - and; राजर्षीणां (rājarṣīṇām) - of royal sages; च (ca) - and; सर्वशः (sarvaśaḥ) - in all respects; सम्भूता (sambhūtā) - arisen; बहवः (bahavaḥ) - many; वंशाः (vaṁśāḥ) - lineages; भूतसर्गाः (bhūta-sargāḥ) - creations of beings; सविस्तराः (savistarāḥ) - in detail;]
(The lineage of Yayāti and Ikṣvāku and of royal sages in all respects, many lineages and creations of beings in detail have arisen.)
Many lineages, including those of Yayāti, Ikṣvāku, and all royal sages, as well as the detailed creations of beings, have come into being. (bori 1.1.45)
भूतस्थानानि सर्वाणि रहस्यं त्रिविधं च यत्।वेदयोगं सविज्ञानं धर्मोऽर्थः काम एव च ॥ (बोरि १.१.४६)
bhūtasthānāni sarvāṇi rahasyaṃ trividhaṃ ca yat। vedayogaṃ savijñānaṃ dharmo'rthaḥ kāma eva ca ॥ (bori 1.1.46)
[भूतस्थानानि (bhūtasthānāni) - the places of beings; सर्वाणि (sarvāṇi) - all; रहस्यं (rahasyaṃ) - secret; त्रिविधं (trividham) - threefold; च (ca) - and; यत् (yat) - that which; वेदयोगं (vedayogam) - connection with the Veda; सविज्ञानं (savijñānam) - with knowledge; धर्मः (dharmaḥ) - righteousness; अर्थः (arthaḥ) - wealth; कामः (kāmaḥ) - desire; एव (eva) - indeed; च (ca) - and;]
(All the places of beings, the secret which is threefold, connection with the Veda with knowledge, and righteousness, wealth, desire indeed.)
All the places of beings, the threefold secret, the connection with the Veda along with knowledge, and righteousness, wealth, and desire indeed. (bori 1.1.46)
धर्मकामार्थशास्त्राणि शास्त्राणि विविधानि च।लोकयात्राविधानं च सम्भूतं दृष्टवानृषिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.४७)
dharmakāmārthaśāstrāṇi śāstrāṇi vividhāni ca|lokayātrāvidhānaṃ ca sambhūtaṃ dṛṣṭavānṛṣiḥ॥ (bori 1.1.47)
[धर्मकामार्थशास्त्राणि (dharmakāmārthaśāstrāṇi) - treatises on dharma, kāma, and artha; शास्त्राणि (śāstrāṇi) - treatises; विविधानि (vividhāni) - various; च (ca) - and; लोकयात्राविधानं (lokayātrāvidhānam) - regulation of the course of worldly life; च (ca) - and; सम्भूतं (sambhūtam) - that which has arisen; दृष्टवान् (dṛṣṭavān) - saw; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - the seer;]
(Treatises on dharma, kāma, and artha; treatises; various; and regulation of the course of worldly life; and that which has arisen; the seer saw.)
The seer saw the various treatises on dharma, kāma, and artha, as well as the regulations for the conduct of worldly life, and all that had arisen. (bori 1.1.47)
नीतिर्भरतवंशस्य विस्तारश्चैव सर्वशः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.६३)
nītiḥ bharatavaṃśasya vistāraś caiva sarvaśaḥ ॥ (kumbha 1.1.63)
[नीति: (nītiḥ) - conduct; भरतवंशस्य (bharatavaṃśasya) - of the Bharata lineage; विस्तारः (vistāraḥ) - expansion; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; सर्वशः (sarvaśaḥ) - in all aspects;]
(Conduct of the Bharata lineage and indeed expansion in all aspects.)
The conduct of the Bharata dynasty and its comprehensive expansion. (kumbha 1.1.63)
इतिहासाः सवैयाख्या विविधाः श्रुतयोऽपि च।इह सर्वमनुक्रान्तमुक्तं ग्रन्थस्य लक्षणम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.४८)
itihāsāḥ savaiyākhyā vividhāḥ śrutayo'pi ca। iha sarvamanukrāntamuktaṃ granthasya lakṣaṇam ॥ (bori 1.1.48)
[इतिहासाः (itihāsāḥ) - histories; सवैयाख्या (savaiyākhyā) - with their own commentaries; विविधाः (vividhāḥ) - various; श्रुतयः (śrutayaḥ) - Vedic scriptures; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; इह (iha) - here; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; अनुक्रान्तम् (anukrāntam) - has been included; उक्तम् (uktam) - stated; ग्रन्थस्य (granthasya) - of the treatise; लक्षणम् (lakṣaṇam) - characteristic;]
(Histories with their own commentaries, various Vedic scriptures also and; here all has been included, stated as the characteristic of the treatise.)
Histories with commentaries and various Vedic scriptures have all been included here; this is stated as the characteristic of the treatise. (bori 1.1.48)
संक्षेपेणेतिहासस्य ततो वक्ष्यति विस्तरम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.६४)
saṅkṣepeṇetihāsasya tato vakṣyati vistaram ॥ (kumbha 1.1.64)
[संक्षेपेण (saṅkṣepeṇa) - in brief; इतिहासस्य (itihāsasya) - of history; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; वक्ष्यति (vakṣyati) - he will speak; विस्तरम् (vistaram) - detail;]
(In brief of history, thereafter he will speak detail.)
He will briefly recount the history and then relate it in detail. (Kumbha 1.1.64)
विस्तीर्यैतन्महज्ज्ञानमृषिः सङ्क्षेपमब्रवीत्।इष्टं हि विदुषां लोके समासव्यासधारणम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.४९)
vistīryaitan-mahaj-jñānam ṛṣiḥ saṅkṣepam abravīt। iṣṭaṃ hi viduṣāṃ loke samāsa-vyāsa-dhāraṇam ॥ (bori 1.1.49)
[विस्तीर्य (vistīrya) - having expounded; एतत् (etat) - this; महत् (mahat) - great; ज्ञानम् (jñānam) - knowledge; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - the sage; सङ्क्षेपम् (saṅkṣepam) - in brief; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - said; इष्टम् (iṣṭam) - desired; हि (hi) - indeed; विदुषाम् (viduṣām) - of the wise; लोके (loke) - in the world; समास (samāsa) - compendious; व्यास (vyāsa) - expansion; धारणम् (dhāraṇam) - retention;]
(Having expounded this great knowledge, the sage said in brief. Indeed, for the wise in the world, compendious and expanded retention is desired. (bori 1.1.49))
Having explained this great knowledge, the sage spoke concisely. For the learned, both concise and detailed exposition is considered desirable in the world. (bori 1.1.49)
मन्वादि भारतं केचिदास्तीकादि तथापरे।तथोपरिचराद्यन्ये विप्राः सम्यगधीयते ॥ (बोरि १.१.५०)
manvādi bhārataṃ kecid āstīkādi tathāpare। tathoparicarād anye viprāḥ samyag adhīyate ॥ (bori 1.1.50)
[मन्वादि (manvādi) - from Manu and onwards; भारतं (bhārataṃ) - the Mahābhārata; केचित् (kecid) - some; आस्तीकादि (āstīkādi) - from Āstīka and onwards; तथा (tathā) - likewise; अपरे (apare) - others; तथ (tatha) - thus; (Sandhi of तथा 'likewise') उपरिचराद् (uparicarād) - from Uparicara and onwards; अन्ये (anye) - other; विप्राः (viprāḥ) - Brāhmaṇas; sages; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; correctly; अधीयते (adhīyate) - is studied; is recited;]
(From Manu and onwards, some (study) the Mahābhārata; others (study) from Āstīka and onwards likewise; thus, from Uparicara and onwards, other Brāhmaṇas rightly recite (it).)
Some recite the Mahābhārata beginning with Manu, others from Āstīka onward, and likewise, still others—Brāhmaṇas—beginning with Uparicara, properly study it. (bori 1.1.50)
विविधं संहिताज्ञानं दीपयन्ति मनीषिणः।व्याख्यातुं कुशलाः केचिद्ग्रन्थं धारयितुं परे ॥ (बोरि १.१.५१)
vividhaṃ saṃhitājñānaṃ dīpayanti manīṣiṇaḥ। vyākhyātuṃ kuśalāḥ kecid granthaṃ dhārayituṃ pare ॥ (bori 1.1.51)
[विविधं (vividhaṃ) - various; संहिता (saṃhitā) - collection; ज्ञानं (jñānaṃ) - knowledge; दीपयन्ति (dīpayanti) - they illuminate; मनीषिणः (manīṣiṇaḥ) - the wise; व्याख्यातुं (vyākhyātum) - to explain; कुशलाः (kuśalāḥ) - skilled; केचित् (kecit) - some; ग्रन्थं (granthaṃ) - text; धारयितुं (dhārayitum) - to retain; परे (pare) - others;]
(Various collection knowledge they illuminate the wise. To explain skilled some, text to retain others.)
The wise illuminate various kinds of knowledge from the collections. Some are skilled in explaining, others in retaining the text. (1.1.51)
तपसा ब्रह्मचर्येण व्यस्य वेदं सनातनम्।इतिहासमिमं चक्रे पुण्यं सत्यवतीसुतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.५२)
tapasā brahmacaryeṇa vyasya vedaṃ sanātanam। itihāsam imaṃ cakre puṇyaṃ satyavatīsutaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.52)
[तपसा (tapasā) - by austerity; ब्रह्मचर्येण (brahmacaryeṇa) - by celibacy; व्यस्य (vyasya) - having arranged; वेदं (vedaṃ) - the Veda; सनातनम् (sanātanam) - eternal; इतिहासम् (itihāsam) - history; इमं (imaṃ) - this; चक्रे (cakre) - made; पुण्यं (puṇyaṃ) - meritorious; सत्यवतीसुतः (satyavatīsutaḥ) - the son of Satyavatī;]
(By austerity, by celibacy, having arranged the eternal Veda; this meritorious history was made by the son of Satyavatī.)
The son of Satyavatī, by his austerity and celibacy, after arranging the eternal Veda, composed this meritorious history. (bori 1.1.52)
पराशरात्मजो विद्वान्ब्रह्मर्षिः संशितव्रतः।मातुर्नियोगाद्धर्मात्मा गाङ्गेयस्य च धीमतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.५३)
parāśarātmajo vidvān brahmarṣiḥ saṁśitavrataḥ। mātur niyogād dharmātmā gāṅgeyasya ca dhīmataḥ॥ (bori 1.1.53)
[पराशरात्मजः (parāśarātmajaḥ) - son of Parāśara; विद्वान् (vidvān) - wise; learned; ब्रह्मर्षिः (brahmarṣiḥ) - Brahmin-sage; संशितव्रतः (saṁśitavrataḥ) - steadfast in vows; मातुः (mātuh) - of (his) mother; नियोगात् (niyogāt) - by command; by injunction; धर्मात्मा (dharmātmā) - righteous-souled; गाङ्गेयस्य (gāṅgeyasya) - of Gāṅgeya (Bhīṣma); च (ca) - and; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - wise;]
(The son of Parāśara, wise, a Brahmin-sage, steadfast in vows, by the command of his mother, the righteous-souled one, and of Gāṅgeya, the wise.)
The wise son of Parāśara, the Brahmin-sage steadfast in vows, by his mother’s command, and of the wise Gāṅgeya, who is righteous-souled. (bori 1.1.53)
तदाख्यानवरिष्ठं स कृत्वा द्वैपायनः प्रभुः ॥ (नील १.१.५५)
tadākhyānavariṣṭhaṁ sa kṛtvā dvaipāyanaḥ prabhuḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.55)
[तदाख्यानवरिष्ठं (tad-ākhyāna-variṣṭham) - that-story-best; स (sa) - he; कृत्वा (kṛtvā) - having done; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - the son of Dvaipayana (Vyāsa); प्रभुः (prabhuḥ) - the master;]
(That-story-best he having done, Dvaipayana the master.)
Having composed that foremost of stories, the master Dvaipayana (Vyāsa). (1.1.55)
कथमध्यापयानीह शिष्यानित्यन्वचिन्तयत्। तस्य तच्चिन्तितं ज्ञात्वा ऋषेर्द्वैपायनस्य च ॥ (नील १.१.५६)
katham adhyāpayāni iha śiṣyān ity anvacintayat. tasya tat cintitam jñātvā ṛṣer dvaipāyanasya ca ॥ (nīla 1.1.56)
[कथम् (katham) - how; अध्यापयानि (adhyāpayāni) - I should teach; इह (iha) - here; शिष्यान् (śiṣyān) - students; इति (iti) - thus; अन्वचिन्तयत् (anvacintayat) - (he) reflected; तस्य (tasya) - of him; तत् (tat) - that; चिन्तितं (cintitam) - thought; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; ऋषेः (ṛṣeḥ) - of the sage; द्वैपायनस्य (dvaipāyanasya) - of Dvaipāyana; च (ca) - and;]
(How I should teach here the students—thus (he) reflected. That his thought having known, of the sage Dvaipāyana and.)
He reflected, "How should I teach the students here?" Knowing that thought of the sage Dvaipāyana, (nīla 1.1.56)
तत्राजगाम भगवान्ब्रह्मा लोकगुरुः स्वयम्। प्रीत्यर्थं तस्य चैवर्षेर्लोकानां हितकाम्यया ॥ (नील १.१.५७)
tatrājagāma bhagavān brahmā lokaguruḥ svayam। prītyarthaṃ tasya ca ivarṣer lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā॥ (nīla 1.1.57)
[तत्र (tatra) - there; आजगाम (ājagāma) - came; भगवान् (bhagavān) - the illustrious; ब्रह्मा (brahmā) - Brahmā; लोकगुरुः (lokaguruḥ) - the teacher of the worlds; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; प्रीत्यर्थं (prītyartham) - for the sake of pleasure; तस्य (tasya) - of him; च (ca) - and; एवर्षेः (evarṣeḥ) - of that great sage; लोकानाम् (lokānām) - of the worlds; हितकाम्यया (hitakāmyayā) - with the desire for welfare;]
(There came the illustrious Brahmā, the teacher of the worlds, himself, for the sake of pleasure of him and of that great sage, with the desire for the welfare of the worlds.)
There, the illustrious Brahmā, teacher of the worlds, himself came, for the pleasure of him and that great sage, desiring the welfare of all worlds. (1.1.57)
तं दृष्ट्वा विस्मितो भूत्वा प्राञ्जलिः प्रणतः स्थितः। आसनं कल्पयामास सर्वैर्मुनिगणैर्वृतः ॥ (नील १.१.५८)
taṃ dṛṣṭvā vismito bhūtvā prāñjaliḥ praṇataḥ sthitaḥ। āsanaṃ kalpayāmāsa sarvairmunigaṇairvṛtaḥ॥ (nīla 1.1.58)
[तं (taṃ) (taṃ) - him; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; विस्मितः (vismitaḥ) (vismitaḥ) - astonished; भूत्वा (bhūtvā) (bhūtvā) - having become; प्राञ्जलिः (prāñjaliḥ) (prāñjaliḥ) - with joined palms; प्रणतः (praṇataḥ) (praṇataḥ) - bowed; स्थितः (sthitaḥ) (sthitaḥ) - stood; आसनम् (āsanam) (āsanam) - seat; कल्पयामास (kalpayāmāsa) (kalpayāmāsa) - he arranged; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) (sarvaiḥ) - by all; मुनिगणैः (munigaṇaiḥ) (munigaṇaiḥ) - by groups of sages; वृतः (vṛtaḥ) (vṛtaḥ) - surrounded;]
(Him having seen, astonished having become, with joined palms, bowed, standing, the seat he arranged, by all groups of sages surrounded.)
Seeing him, becoming astonished, with joined palms, bowed and standing, he arranged a seat, surrounded by all the groups of sages. (nīla 1.1.58)
हिरण्यगर्भमासीनं तस्मिंस्तु परमासने। परिवृत्यासनाभ्याशे वासवेयः स्थितोऽभवत् ॥ (नील १.१.५९)
hiraṇyagarbham-āsīnam tasmin tu param-āsane। parivṛty-āsanābhyāśe vāsaveyaḥ sthito'bhavat ॥ (nīla 1.1.59)
[हिरण्यगर्भम् (hiraṇyagarbham) - Hiraṇyagarbha; (the golden embryo; Brahmā); आसीनं (āsīnam) - seated; तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; तु (tu) - but; परमासने (param-āsane) - on the supreme seat; परिवृत्य (parivṛtya) - having circled; having gone around; आसनाभ्याशे (āsanābhyāśe) - near the seat; वासवेयः (vāsaveyaḥ) - the son of Vāsava (Indra); स्थितः (sthitaḥ) - stood; अभवत् (abhavat) - became;]
(Hiraṇyagarbha seated in that, but on the supreme seat; having circled, near the seat, Vāsaveya stood became.)
Hiraṇyagarbha sat on that supreme seat; but having moved around near the seat, the son of Vāsava stood there. (1.1.59)
अनुज्ञातोऽथ कृष्णस्तु ब्रह्मणा परमेष्ठिना। निषसादासनाभ्याशे प्रीयमाणः शुचिस्मितः ॥ (नील १.१.६०)
anujñāto'tha kṛṣṇas tu brahmaṇā parameṣṭhinā। niṣasādāsanābhyāśe prīyamāṇaḥ śucismitaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.60)
[अनुज्ञातः (anujñātaḥ) - having been permitted; अथ (atha) - then; कृष्णः (kṛṣṇaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa; तु (tu) - however; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahmā; परमेष्ठिना (parameṣṭhinā) - by Parameṣṭhin (the exalted one, i.e., Brahmā); निषसाद (niṣasāda) - sat down; आसनाभ्याशे (āsanābhyāśe) - near the seat; प्रीयमाणः (prīyamāṇaḥ) - being pleased; शुचिस्मितः (śucismitaḥ) - with pure smile;]
(Having been permitted, then Kṛṣṇa, however, by Brahmā, by Parameṣṭhin, sat down near the seat, being pleased, with pure smile.)
Then, having received permission from Brahmā, Parameṣṭhin, Kṛṣṇa—pleased and with a pure smile—sat down near the seat. (nīla 1.1.60)
उवाच स महातेजा ब्रह्माणं परमेष्ठिनम्। कृतं मयेदं भगवान्काव्यं परमपूजितम् ॥ (नील १.१.६१)
uvāca sa mahātejā brahmāṇaṃ parameṣṭhinam। kṛtaṃ mayedaṃ bhagavān kāvyaṃ paramapūjitam ॥ (nīla 1.1.61)
[उवाच (uvāca) - said; स (sa) - he; महातेजा (mahātejā) - of great splendor; ब्रह्माणं (brahmāṇam) - to Brahmā; परमेष्ठिनम् (parameṣṭhinam) - the supreme lord (Brahmā); कृतं (kṛtam) - done; मया (mayā) - by me; इदं (idaṃ) - this; भगवान् (bhagavān) - O Lord; काव्यं (kāvyaṃ) - poem; परमपूजितम् (paramapūjitam) - most highly honored;]
(He of great splendor said to Brahmā, the supreme lord: This poem, O Lord, has been made by me, most highly honored.)
He of great splendor said to Brahmā, the supreme lord: "O Lord, this poem, most highly honored, has been created by me." (nila 1.1.61)
ब्रह्मन्वेदरहस्यं च यच्चान्यत्स्थापितं मया। साङ्गोपनिषदां चैव वेदानां विस्तरक्रिया ॥ (नील १.१.६२)
brahmanvedarahasyaṃ ca yaccānyat sthāpitaṃ mayā। sāṅgopaniṣadāṃ caiva vedānāṃ vistarakriyā ॥ (nīla 1.1.62)
[ब्रह्मन् (brahman) - of Brahman; वेदरहस्यं (vedarahasyaṃ) - veda-secret; च (ca) - and; यत् (yat) - which; च (ca) - and; अन्यत् (anyat) - other; स्थापितं (sthāpitaṃ) - established; मया (mayā) - by me; साङ्ग (sāṅga) - with limbs; उपनिषदां (upaniṣadām) - of the Upaniṣads; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; वेदानां (vedānāṃ) - of the Vedas; विस्तर (vistara) - expansion; क्रिया (kriyā) - act;]
(Of Brahman, the Veda-secret, and which other (thing) established by me; the act of expansion of the Vedas with their limbs and of the Upaniṣads indeed.)
Both the secret of the Vedas regarding Brahman and whatever else has been established by me, as well as the expanded arrangements of the Vedas together with their limbs and the Upaniṣads. (1.1.62)
इतिहासपुराणानामुन्मेषं निर्मितं च यत्। भूतं भव्यं भविष्यच्च त्रिविधं कालसञ्ज्ञितम् ॥ (नील १.१.६३)
itihāsapurāṇānām unmeṣaṃ nir mitaṃ ca yat। bhūtaṃ bhavyaṃ bhaviṣya ca trividhaṃ kālasañjñitam॥ (nīla 1.1.63)
[इतिहास-पुराणानाम् (itihāsa-purāṇānām) - of histories and purāṇas; उन्मेषं (unmeṣam) - emergence; निर्मितं (nir mitam) - created; च (ca) - and; यत् (yat) - which; भूतं (bhūtam) - past; भव्यं (bhavyam) - present; भविष्य (bhaviṣya) - future; च (ca) - and; त्रिविधं (trividham) - threefold; काल-सञ्ज्ञितम् (kāla-sañjñitam) - called by the name of time;]
(Which emergence and creation of histories and purāṇas, (as) past, present, and future, threefold, called by the name of time.)
The emergence and composition of histories and purāṇas, known as past, present, and future, are classified into three kinds according to time. (1.1.63)
जरामृत्युभयव्याधिभावाभावविनिश्चयः। विविधस्य च धर्मस्य ह्याश्रमाणां च लक्षणम् ॥ (नील १.१.६४)
jarā-mṛtyu-bhaya-vyādhi-bhāva-abhāva-viniścayaḥ। vividhasya ca dharmasya hyāśramāṇāṃ ca lakṣaṇam ॥ (nīla 1.1.64)
[जरा (jarā) - old age; मृत्युभय (mṛtyu-bhaya) - fear of death; व्याधि (vyādhi) - disease; भाव (bhāva) - existence; अभाव (abhāva) - non-existence; विनिश्चयः (viniścayaḥ) - determination; विविधस्य (vividhasya) - of various; च (ca) - and; धर्मस्य (dharmasya) - of dharma; हि (hi) - indeed; आश्रमाणां (āśramāṇāṃ) - of the āśramas; च (ca) - and; लक्षणम् (lakṣaṇam) - characteristic;]
(Old age, fear of death, disease, existence, non-existence, determination; of various and of dharma, indeed, of the āśramas and, characteristic.)
The characteristic determination regarding old age, fear of death, disease, existence and non-existence; and indeed, the nature of various dharmas and of the āśramas. (1.1.64)
चातुर्वर्ण्यविधानं च पुराणानां च कृत्स्नशः। तपसो ब्रह्मचर्यस्य पृथिव्याश्चन्द्रसूर्ययोः ॥ (नील १.१.६५)
cāturvarṇyavidhānaṃ ca purāṇānāṃ ca kṛtsnaśaḥ। tapaso brahmacaryasya pṛthivyāś candrasūryayoḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.65)
[चातुर्वर्ण्यविधानं (cāturvarṇyavidhānam) - establishment of the four classes; च (ca) - and; पुराणानां (purāṇānām) - of the Purāṇas; च (ca) - and; कृत्स्नशः (kṛtsnaśaḥ) - in entirety; तपसः (tapasaḥ) - of austerity; ब्रह्मचर्यस्य (brahmacaryasya) - of celibacy; पृथिव्याः (pṛthivyāḥ) - of the earth; चन्द्रसूर्ययोः (candrasūryayoḥ) - of the moon and the sun;]
(The establishment of the four classes, and of the Purāṇas in entirety, of austerity, of celibacy, of the earth, of the moon and sun.)
(This deals with) the establishment of the four classes, the entire Purāṇas, austerity, celibacy, the earth, the moon, and the sun. (nila 1.1.65)
ग्रहनक्षत्रताराणां प्रमाणं च युगैः सह। ऋचो यजूंषि सामानि वेदाध्यात्मं तथैव च ॥ (नील १.१.६६)
grahanakṣatratārāṇāṃ pramāṇaṃ ca yugaiḥ saha। ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmani vedādhyātmaṃ tathaiva ca॥ (nīla 1.1.66)
[ग्रहत् (graha) - planet; नक्षत्र (nakṣatra) - constellation; ताराणाम् (tārāṇām) - of stars; प्रमाणम् (pramāṇam) - measure; च (ca) - and; युगैः (yugaiḥ) - by epochs; सह (saha) - with; ऋचः (ṛcaḥ) - Rigvedic verses; यजूंषि (yajūṃṣi) - Yajurvedic formulas; सामानि (sāmani) - Sāmavedic chants; वेदाध्यात्मम् (vedādhyātmam) - spiritual aspect of the Veda; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; च (ca) - and;]
(The measure of planets, constellations, and stars, as well as with epochs; the Rigvedic verses, Yajurvedic formulas, Sāmavedic chants, the spiritual aspect of the Veda, likewise and.)
The measures of the planets, constellations, and stars together with the epochs, and likewise the Rigvedic verses, Yajurvedic formulas, Sāmavedic chants, and the Vedic spiritual doctrine. (1.1.66)
न्यायशिक्षा चिकित्सा च दानं पाशुपतं तथा। हेतुनैव समं जन्म दिव्यमानुषसञ्ज्ञितम् ॥ (नील १.१.६७)
nyāyaśikṣā cikitsā ca dānaṃ pāśupataṃ tathā। hetunai va samaṃ janma divyamānuṣasañjñitam ॥ (nīla 1.1.67)
[न्यायशिक्षा (nyāyaśikṣā) - instruction in justice; चिकित्सा (cikitsā) - medicine; च (ca) - and; दानं (dānaṃ) - gift; पाशुपतं (pāśupataṃ) - connected with Pāśupata (rite or doctrine); तथा (tathā) - likewise; हेतुना (hetunā) - by cause; एव (eva) - indeed; समं (samaṃ) - equal; जन्म (janma) - birth; दिव्यमानुषसञ्ज्ञितम् (divyamānuṣasañjñitam) - designated as divine (divine-human);]
("Instruction in justice, medicine, and gift, likewise Pāśupata; indeed by cause, equal birth, designated as divine-human." (nīla 1.1.67))
"Instruction in justice, medicine, giving, and the Pāśupata rite—these, owing to a particular cause, result in an equal birth called divine-human." (nīla 1.1.67)
तीर्थानां चैव पुण्यानां देशानां चैव कीर्तनम्। नदीनां पर्वतानां च वनानां सागरस्य च ॥ (नील १.१.६८)
tīrthānāṃ caiva puṇyānāṃ deśānāṃ caiva kīrtanam। nadīnāṃ parvatānāṃ ca vanānāṃ sāgarasya ca ॥ (nīla 1.1.68)
[तीर्थानां (tīrthānāṃ) - of holy places; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; पुण्यानां (puṇyānāṃ) - of sacred (places); देशानां (deśānāṃ) - of regions; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; कीर्तनम् (kīrtanam) - praise; नदीनां (nadīnām) - of rivers; पर्वतानां (parvatānām) - of mountains; च (ca) - and; वनानां (vanānām) - of forests; सागरस्य (sāgarasya) - of the ocean; च (ca) - and;]
(Of holy places and indeed of sacred places, of regions and indeed the praise; of rivers, of mountains and of forests and of the ocean.)
The praise of holy places and sacred regions, and of rivers, mountains, forests, and the ocean. (1.1.68)
पुराणां चैव दिव्यानां कल्पानां युद्धकौशलम्। वाक्यजातिविशेषाश्च लोकयात्राक्रमश्च यः ॥ (नील १.१.६९)
purāṇāṃ caiva divyānāṃ kalpānāṃ yuddhakauśalam। vākyajātiviśeṣāśca lokayātrākramaśca yaḥ॥ (nīla 1.1.69)
[पुराणां (purāṇām) - of the Purāṇas; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; दिव्यानां (divyānām) - of the divine; कल्पानां (kalpānām) - of the kalpas (aeons); युद्धकौशलम् (yuddhakauśalam) - expertise in battle; वाक्यजातिविशेषाः (vākyajātiviśeṣāḥ) - distinct types of sentences; च (ca) - and; लोकयात्राक्रमः (lokayātrākramah) - the order of worldly conduct; च (ca) - and; यः (yaḥ) - who;]
(Who (yaḥ), (knows) the expertise in battle (yuddhakauśalam) of the Purāṇas (purāṇām), indeed (eva), and (ca) of the divine (divyānām), of the kalpas/aeons (kalpānām); and (ca) the distinct types of sentences (vākyajātiviśeṣāḥ) and (ca) the order of worldly conduct (lokayātrākramah).)
Who knows the expertise in battle described in the Purāṇas, in the divine kalpas, the various types of sentences, and the order of worldly conduct. (1.1.69)
यच्चापि सर्वगं वस्तु तच्चैव प्रतिपादितम्। परं न लेखकः कश्चिदेतस्य भुवि विद्यते ॥ (नील १.१.७०)
yaccāpi sarvagaṃ vastu tacchaiva pratipāditam। paraṃ na lekhakaḥ kaścidetasya bhuvi vidyate ॥ (nīla 1.1.70)
[यत् (yat) - which; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; सर्वगम् (sarvagam) - all-pervading; वस्तु (vastu) - substance; तत् (tat) - that; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; प्रतिपादितम् (pratipāditam) - has been explained; परम् (param) - however; न (na) - not; लेखकः (lekhakaḥ) - writer; कश्चित् (kaścit) - anyone; एतस्य (etasya) - of this; भुवि (bhuvi) - on earth; विद्यते (vidyate) - exists;]
(And which all-pervading substance, that also indeed has been explained. However, not any writer of this on earth exists.)
Even though the all-pervading substance has been explained, yet there is no one on earth who is its writer. (nīla 1.1.70)
ब्रह्मोवाच। तपोविशिष्टदपि वै विशिष्टान्मुनिसञ्चयात्। मन्ये श्रेष्ठतरं त्वां वै रहस्यज्ञानवेदनात् ॥ (नील १.१.७१)
brahmovāca। tapoviśiṣṭadapi vai viśiṣṭān munisañcayāt। manye śreṣṭhataraṁ tvāṁ vai rahasyajñānavedanāt ॥ (nīla 1.1.71)
[ब्रह्मोवाच (brahmovāca) - Brahmā said; तपः-विशिष्टद्-अपि (tapaḥ-viśiṣṭad-api) - though distinguished by austerity; वै (vai) - indeed; विशिष्टात् (viśiṣṭāt) - than the distinguished; मुनि-सञ्चयात् (muni-sañcayāt) - from the assembly of sages; मन्ये (manye) - I consider; श्रेष्ठतरं (śreṣṭhataraṁ) - the most excellent; त्वाम् (tvām) - you; वै (vai) - indeed; रहस्य-ज्ञान-वेदनात् (rahasya-jñāna-vedanāt) - because of conveying secret knowledge;]
(Brahmā said; though (one is) distinguished by asceticism, indeed, than the distinguished from the assembly of sages, I consider you indeed the most excellent because of conveying secret knowledge.)
Brahmā said: Even above those who are distinguished by asceticism among the assembly of sages, I consider you to be the most excellent, because you convey secret knowledge. (1.1.71)
जन्मप्रभृति सत्यां ते वेद्मि गां ब्रह्मवादिनीम्। त्वया च काव्यमित्युक्तं तस्मात्काव्यं भविष्यति ॥ (नील १.१.७२)
janmaprabhṛti satyāṃ te vedmi gāṃ brahmavādinīm. tvayā ca kāvyam ity uktaṃ tasmāt kāvyaṃ bhaviṣyati ॥ (nīla 1.1.72)
[जन्मप्रभृति (janma-prabhṛti) - from (your) birth onward; सत्यां (satyām) - in the truthful (one); ते (te) - to you; वेद्मि (vedmi) - I know; गां (gām) - speech; ब्रह्मवादिनीम् (brahmavādinīm) - one who speaks of Brahman; त्वया (tvayā) - by you; च (ca) - and; काव्यम् (kāvyam) - poem; इति (iti) - thus; उक्तम् (uktam) - (it is) said; तस्मात् (tasmāt) - therefore; काव्यम् (kāvyam) - poem; भविष्यति (bhaviṣyati) - (it) will become;]
(From (your) birth, I know (you as) a truthful one, a speaker of Brahman, (possessing) speech; and since by you it is said "poem," therefore a poem it will become.)
From your very birth I have known you as truthful, endowed with inspired speech, speaking of Brahman; and since you have called it a "poem," therefore it shall become a poem. (1.1.72)
अस्य काव्यस्य कवयो न समर्था विशेषणे। विशेषणे गृहस्थस्य शेषास्त्रय इवाश्रमाः ॥ (नील १.१.७३)
asya kāvyasya kavayo na samarthā viśeṣaṇe। viśeṣaṇe gṛhasthasya śeṣāstraya ivāśramāḥ॥ (nīla 1.1.73)
[अस्य (asya) - of this; काव्यस्य (kāvyasya) - of the poem; कवयो (kavayo) - poets (pl. nom.); न (na) - not; समर्था (samarthā) - capable; विशेषणे (viśeṣaṇe) - in giving a special description; विशेषणे (viśeṣaṇe) - in describing; गृहस्थस्य (gṛhasthasya) - of the householder; शेष (śeṣa) - the remaining; त्रय (traya) - three; इव (iva) - like; आश्रमाः (āśramāḥ) - āśramas (the stages of life);]
(Of this poem, poets are not capable in giving a special description; in description of the householder, the remaining three āśramas are like.)
Of this poem, poets are not capable of specially describing it; just as, in describing the householder, the other three āśramas are like (not suitable for the description). (1.1.73)
काव्यस्य लेखनार्थाय गणेशः स्मर्यतां मुने। सौतिरुवाच। एवमाभाष्य तं ब्रह्मा जगाम स्वं निवेशनम् ॥ (नील १.१.७४)
kāvyasya lekhanārthāya gaṇeśaḥ smaryatāṃ mune। sautiruvāca। evamābhāṣya taṃ brahmā jagāma svaṃ niveśanam ॥ (nīla 1.1.74)
[काव्यस्य (kāvyasya) - of the poem; लेखनार्थाय (lekhanārthāya) - for the purpose of writing; गणेशः (gaṇeśaḥ) - Gaṇeśa; स्मर्यतां (smaryatāṃ) - let (him) be remembered; मुने (mune) - O sage; सौतिरुवाच (sautiruvāca) - Sauti said; एवम् (evam) - thus; आभाष्य (ābhāṣya) - having spoken; तं (taṃ) - to him; ब्रह्मा (brahmā) - Brahmā; जगाम (jagāma) - went; स्वं (svaṃ) - his own; निवेशनम् (niveśanam) - abode;]
(Of the poem for the purpose of writing Gaṇeśa let (him) be remembered O sage. Sauti said. Thus having spoken to him Brahmā went to his own abode. (nīla 1.1.74))
O sage, let Gaṇeśa be remembered for the purpose of writing the poem. Sauti said: Thus, having spoken to him, Brahmā went to his own abode. (1.1.74)
ततः सस्मार हेरम्बं व्यासः सत्यवतीसुतः। स्मृतमात्रो गणेशानो भक्तचिन्तितपूरकः ॥ (नील १.१.७५)
tataḥ sasmāra herambaṃ vyāsaḥ satyavatīsutaḥ। smṛtamātro gaṇeśāno bhaktacintitapūrakāḥ॥ (nīla 1.1.75)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; सस्मार (sasmāra) - he remembered; हेरम्बं (herambaṃ) - Heramba (epithet of Ganesha); व्यासः (vyāsaḥ) - Vyāsa (author); सत्यवतीसुतः (satyavatīsutaḥ) - son of Satyavatī; स्मृतमात्रः (smṛtamātraḥ) - merely remembered; गणेशानः (gaṇeśānaḥ) - lord Gaṇeśa; भक्तचिन्तितपूरकः (bhaktacintitapūrakāḥ) - fulfiller of the wishes thought by devotees;]
(Then Vyāsa, the son of Satyavatī, remembered Heramba. Lord Gaṇeśa, merely being remembered, is the fulfiller of desires thought by devotees.)
Then Vyāsa, the son of Satyavatī, remembered Heramba (Ganesha); for Lord Gaṇeśa, when simply remembered, fulfills the wishes conceived by devotees. (1.1.75)
तत्राजगाम विघ्नेशो वेदव्यासो यतः स्थितः। पूजितश्चोपविष्टश्च व्यासेनोक्तस्तदाऽनघ ॥
tatrājagāma vighneśo vedavyāso yataḥ sthitaḥ। pūjitaścopaviṣṭaśca vyāsenoktastadā'nagha॥
[तत्र (tatra) - there; अजगाम (ajagāma) - came; विघ्नेशः (vighneśaḥ) - Vighnesha; (the lord of obstacles;) वेदव्यासः (vedavyāsaḥ) - Vedavyasa; यतः (yataḥ) - where; स्थितः (sthitaḥ) - was staying; पूजितः (pūjitaḥ) - worshipped; च (ca) - and; उपविष्टः (upaviṣṭaḥ) - seated; च (ca) - and; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyasa; उक्तः (uktaḥ) - addressed; तदा (tadā) - then; अनघ (anagha) - O sinless one;]
(There came Vighnesha, where Vedavyasa was staying; worshipped and seated, and addressed by Vyasa then, O sinless one.)
There, Vighnesha came to the place where Vedavyasa was staying; he was worshipped, seated, and then addressed by Vyasa, O sinless one. (1.1.76)
लेखको भारतस्यास्य भव त्वं गणनायक। मयैव प्रोच्यमानस्य मनसा कल्पितस्य च ॥ (नील १.१.७७)
lekhako bhāratasyāsya bhava tvaṁ gaṇanāyaka। mayaiva procyamānasya manasā kalpitasya ca ॥ (nīla 1.1.77)
[लेखकः (lekhakaḥ) - author; भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of Bhārata (India); अस्य (asya) - of this; भव (bhava) - be; त्वं (tvaṁ) - you; गणनायक (gaṇanāyaka) - chief of the Gaṇas; मया एव (mayā eva) - by me indeed; प्रोच्यमानस्य (procyamānasya) - being recited; मनसा (manasā) - by mind; कल्पितस्य (kalpitasya) - conceived; च (ca) - and;]
(Author of this Bhārata, be you, chief of the Gaṇas. Of what is being recited indeed by me, and conceived by mind.)
May you, chief of the Gaṇas, be the author of this Bhārata—of that which is being recited by me and conceived in mind. (1.1.77)
श्रुत्वैतत्प्राह विघ्नेशो यदि मे लेखनी क्षणम्। लिखतो नावतिष्ठेत तदा स्यां लेखको ह्यहम् ॥ (नील १.१.७८)
śrutvaitat prāha vighneśo yadi me lekhanī kṣaṇam। likhato nāvatiṣṭheta tadā syāṃ lekhako hyaham॥ (nīla 1.1.78)
[श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; एतत् (etat) - this; प्राह (prāha) - he spoke; विघ्नेशः (vighneśaḥ) - Vighneśa (the Lord of Obstacles; an epithet of Gaṇeśa); यदि (yadi) - if; मे (me) - my; लेखनी (lekhanī) - pen; क्षणम् (kṣaṇam) - for a moment; लिखतः (likhataḥ) - while writing; न (na) - not; अवतिṣ्ठेत् (avatiṣṭhet) - would stay; तदा (tadā) - then; स्याम् (syām) - I may be; लेखकः (lekhakaḥ) - the scribe; हि (hi) - indeed; अहम् (aham) - I; ॥ (॥) - (नील १.१.७८) ((nīla 1.1.78)) -;]
(Having heard this, Vighneśa spoke: "If my pen should not stop for a moment while writing, then I may indeed be the scribe." (nīla 1.1.78))
After hearing this, Vighneśa said, "If my pen does not pause for even a moment while writing, then I am truly the scribe." (1.1.78)
व्यासोऽप्युवाच तं देवमबुद्ध्वा मा लिख क्वचित्। ओमित्युक्त्वा गणेशोऽपि बभूव किल लेखकः ॥ (नील १.१.७९)
vyāso'pyuvāca taṃ devam abuddhvā mā likha kvacit। omityuktvā gaṇeśo'pi babhūva kila lekhakaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.79)
[व्यासः (vyāsaḥ) (vyāsaḥ) - Vyāsa; अपि (api) (api) - also; उवाच (uvāca) (uvāca) - said; तं (taṃ) (taṃ) - to him; देवम् (devam) (devam) - the deity; अबुद्ध्वा (abuddhvā) (abuddhvā) - without knowing; मा (mā) (mā) - do not; लिख (likha) (likha) - write; क्वचित् (kvacit) (kvacit) - anywhere; ओम् (om) (om) - Om; इति (iti) (iti) - thus; उक्त्वा (uktvā) (uktvā) - having uttered; गणेशः (gaṇeśaḥ) (gaṇeśaḥ) - Gaṇeśa; अपि (api) (api) - also; बभूव (babhūva) (babhūva) - became; किल (kila) (kila) - indeed; लेखकः (lekhakaḥ) (lekhakaḥ) - scribe;]
(Vyāsa also said to him, the deity, without knowing, "Do not write anywhere." Having uttered "Om," Gaṇeśa also indeed became the scribe.)
Vyāsa, without realizing to whom he spoke, said to the deity, "Do not write anywhere." After pronouncing "Om," Gaṇeśa too indeed became the scribe. (nīla 1.1.79)
ग्रन्थग्रन्थिं तदा चक्रे मुनिर्गूढं कुतूहलात्। यस्मिन्प्रतिज्ञया प्राह मुनिर्द्वैपायनस्त्विदम् ॥ (नील १.१.८०)
granthagranthiṁ tadā cakre munirgūḍhaṁ kutūhalāt। yasminpratijñayā prāha munirdvaipāyanastvidam ॥ (nīla 1.1.80)
[ग्रन्थग्रन्थिं (grantha-granthim) - the knot of a (literary) book; तदा (tadā) - then; चक्रे (cakre) - made; मुनिः (muniḥ) - sage; गूढं (gūḍham) - hidden; कुतूहलात् (kutūhalāt) - out of curiosity; यस्मिन् (yasmin) - in which; प्रतिज्ञया (pratijñayā) - by declaration; प्राह (prāha) - said; मुनिः (muniḥ) - the sage; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - Vyāsa; त् (t) - this; इदम् (idam) - this;]
(The knot of the book then made (the) sage, hidden, out of curiosity; in which by declaration spoke (the) sage Dvaipāyana this.)
Then the sage, motivated by curiosity, made a hidden knot in the book; in which, with a declaration, the sage Dvaipāyana spoke this. (nila 1.1.80)
अष्टौ श्लोकसहस्राणि अष्टौ श्लोकशतानि च। अहं वेद्मि शुको वेत्ति सञ्जयो वेत्ति वा न वा ॥ (नील १.१.८१)
aṣṭau ślokasahasrāṇi aṣṭau ślokaśatāni ca। ahaṃ vedmi śuko vetti sañjayo vetti vā na vā॥ (nīla 1.1.81)
[अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślokasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; श्लोकशतानि (ślokaśatāni) - hundred verses; च (ca) - and; अहं (ahaṃ) - I; वेद्मि (vedmi) - know; शुको (śuko) - Śuka; विक्ति (vetti) - knows; सञ्जयः (sañjayaḥ) - Saṃjaya; विक्ति (vetti) - knows; वा (vā) - or; न (na) - not; वा (vā) - or;]
(Eight thousand verses, eight hundred verses and; I know, Śuka knows, Saṃjaya knows or not or.)
There are eighty thousand verses and eight hundred as well; I know them, Śuka knows them, and Saṃjaya knows, or perhaps does not. (1.1.81)
तच्छ्लोककूटमद्यापि ग्रथितं सुदृढं मुने। भेत्तुं न शक्यतेऽर्थस्य गूढत्वात्प्रश्रितस्य च ॥ (नील १.१.८२)
tac-chlokakūṭam adyāpi grathitaṃ sudṛḍhaṃ mune। bhettuṃ na śakyate'rthasya gūḍhatvāt praśritasya ca ॥ (nīla 1.1.82)
[तत् (tad) (tad) - that; श्लोककूटम् (ślokakūṭam) (ślokakūṭam) - the puzzle of verses; अद्यापि (adyāpi) (adyāpi) - even today; ग्रथितम् (grathitam) (grathitam) - woven; सुदृढम् (sudṛḍham) (sudṛḍham) - very firm; मुने (mune) (mune) - O sage; भेत्तुम् (bhettum) (bhettum) - to break; न (na) (na) - not; शक्यते (śakyate) (śakyate) - is possible; अर्थस्य (arthasya) (arthasya) - of the meaning; गूढत्वात् (gūḍhatvāt) (gūḍhatvāt) - due to being hidden; प्रश्रितस्य (praśritasya) (praśritasya) - being profound; च (ca) (ca) - and;]
(That puzzle of verses even today is woven very firm, O sage; to break (it) is not possible, of the meaning due to being hidden and being profound.)
O sage, even today that puzzle of verses is firmly interwoven; it cannot be broken because its meaning is hidden and profound. (1.1.82)
सर्वज्ञोपि गणेशो यत्क्षणमास्ते विचारयन्। तावच्चकार व्यासोपि श्लोकानन्यान्बहूनपि ॥ (नील १.१.८३)
sarvajñopi gaṇeśo yatkṣaṇam āste vicārayan। tāvaccakāra vyāsopi ślokān anyān bahūn api॥ (nīla 1.1.83)
[सर्वज्ञः (sarvajñaḥ) - omniscient one; अपि (api) - indeed; गणेशः (gaṇeśaḥ) - Ganesha; यत् (yat) - which; क्षणम् (kṣaṇam) - moment; आस्ते (āste) - remained; विचारयन् (vicārayan) - reflecting; तावत् (tāvat) - meanwhile; चकाऱ (cakāra) - did; व्यासः (vyāsaḥ) - Vyasa; अपि (api) - also; श्लोकान् (ślokān) - verses; अन्यान् (anyān) - other; बहून् (bahūn) - many; अपि (api) - indeed;]
(Even though Ganesha, the omniscient one, remained reflecting for that moment, meanwhile Vyasa indeed composed many other verses.)
Even though Ganesha, the omniscient, paused to reflect for a moment, during that time Vyasa too composed many other verses. (1.1.83)
अज्ञानतिमिरान्धस्य लोकस्य तु विचेष्टतः। ज्ञानाञ्जनशालाकाभिः नेत्रोऽन्मीलनकारकम् ॥ (नील १.१.८४)
ajñāna-timira-andhasya lokasya tu viceṣṭataḥ। jñānāñjana-śālākābhiḥ netro'nmīlana-kārakam ॥ (nīla 1.1.84)
[अज्ञानतिमिरान्धस्य (ajñānatimirāndhasya) - of one blinded by the darkness of ignorance; लोकस्य (lokasya) - of the world; तु (tu) - indeed; विचेष्टतः (viceṣṭataḥ) - engaged in activity; ज्ञानाञ्जनशालाकाभिः (jñānāñjanaśālākābhiḥ) - by the rods of the collyrium of knowledge; नेत्रोऽन्मीलनकारकम् (netro'nmīlanakārakam) - the producer of the opening of the eye;]
(Of one blinded by the darkness of ignorance, of the world, indeed, engaged in activity, by the rods of the collyrium of knowledge, the producer of the opening of the eye.)
For the world, blinded by the darkness of ignorance yet striving, it is by the rods of the collyrium of knowledge that one brings about the opening of the eye. (nīla 1.1.84)
धर्मार्थकाममोक्षार्थैः समासव्यासकीर्तनैः। तथा भारतसूर्येण नृणां विनिहतं तमः ॥ (नील १.१.८५)
dharmārthakāmamokṣārthaiḥ samāsavyāsakīrtanaiḥ। tathā bhāratasūryeṇa nṛṇāṃ vinihataṃ tamaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.85)
[धर्मार्थकाममोक्षार्थैः (dharmārthakāmamokṣārthaiḥ) - for the purposes of dharma, artha, kāma, and mokṣa; समासव्यासकीर्तनैः (samāsavyāsakīrtanaiḥ) - by brief and detailed narrations; तथा (tathā) - so; भारतसूर्येण (bhāratasūryeṇa) - by the sun of the Mahābhārata; नृणां (nṛṇāṃ) - of men; विनिहतं (vinihataṃ) - destroyed; तमः (tamaḥ) - darkness;]
(For the purposes of dharma, artha, kāma, and mokṣa, by brief and detailed narrations, so by the sun of the Mahābhārata, of men, darkness is destroyed.)
By the sun of the Mahābhārata, through its brief and detailed narrations for the attainment of dharma, artha, kāma, and mokṣa, the darkness of men is destroyed. (nīla 1.1.85)
पुराणपूर्णचन्द्रेण श्रुतिज्योत्स्नाः प्रकाशिताः। नृबुद्धिकौरवाणां च कृतमेतत्प्रकाशनम् ॥ (नील १.१.८६)
purāṇapūrṇacandreṇa śrutijyotsnāḥ prakāśitāḥ। nṛbuddhikauravāṇāṃ ca kṛtametatprakāśanam ॥ (nīla 1.1.86)
[पुराणपूर्णचन्द्रेण (purāṇa-pūrṇa-candreṇa) - by the full moon of the Purāṇa; श्रुतिज्योत्स्नाः (śruti-jyotsnāḥ) - the moonbeams of the Veda (śruti); प्रकाशिताः (prakāśitāḥ) - have been illuminated; नृबुद्धिकौरवाणां (nṛ-buddhi-kauravāṇām) - for the Kauravas of human intelligence; च (ca) - and; कृतम् (kṛtam) - has been done; एतत्प्रकाशनम् (etat-prakāśanam) - this illumination;]
(By the full moon of the Purāṇa, the moonbeams of the Veda (śruti) have been illuminated; for the Kauravas of human intelligence also, this illumination has been done.)
The full moon of the Purāṇa has illuminated the Vedic radiance; this illumination was accomplished also for the Kauravas of human intellect. (Nīla 1.1.86)
इतिहासप्रदीपेन मोहावरणघातिना। लोकगर्भगृहं कृत्स्नं यथावत्सम्प्रकाशितम् ॥ (नील १.१.८७)
itihāsapradīpena mohāvaraṇaghātinā। lokagarbhagṛhaṃ kṛtsnaṃ yathāvatsamprakāśitam ॥ (nīla 1.1.87)
[इतिहासप्रदीपेन (itihāsa-pradīpena) - by the lamp of history; मोहावरणघातिना (moha-āvaraṇa-ghātinā) - destroying the veil of delusion; लोकगर्भगृहं (loka-garbha-gṛham) - the inner chamber of the world; कृत्स्नं (kṛtsnam) - the whole; यथावत् (yathāvat) - as it is; सम्प्रकाशितम् (samprakāśitam) - made manifest;]
(By the lamp of history, destroying the veil of delusion, the whole inner chamber of the world was made manifest as it is.)
By the lamp of history, which destroys the veil of delusion, the entire inner chamber of the world is revealed just as it is. (nīla 1.1.87)
सङ्ग्रहाध्यायबीजो वै पौलोमास्तीकमूलवान्। सम्भवस्कन्धविस्तारः सभारण्यविटङ्कवान् ॥ (नील १.१.८८)
saṅgrahādhyāyabījo vai paulomāstīkamūlavān। sambhavaskandhavistāraḥ sabhāraṇyaviṭaṅkavān ॥ (nīla 1.1.88)
[सङ्ग्रहाध्यायबीजः (saṅgrahādhyāyabījaḥ) - seed (source) of the Saṅgraha chapter; वै (vai) - indeed; पौलोम (pauloma) - of the Pauloma section; आस्तीक (āstīka) - of the Āstīka section; मूलवान् (mūlavān) - possessing root; सम्भव (sambhava) - origin; स्कन्ध (skandha) - branch; विस्तारः (vistāraḥ) - expansion; स (sa) - with; भारण्य (bhāraṇya) - of Bhāraṇya; विटङ्कवान् (viṭaṅkavān) - having a dispute (contention);]
(Seed of the Saṅgraha chapter indeed, possessing the root of the Pauloma and Āstīka sections. Origin, branch, expansion, with Bhāraṇya, having dispute.)
It is indeed the source of the Saṅgraha chapter, having as its root the Pauloma and Āstīka sections, with origin, branches, and expansion, along with Bhāraṇya, containing contention. (1.1.88)
अरणीपर्वरुपाढ्यो विराटोद्योगसारवान्। भीष्मपर्वमहाशाखो द्रोणपर्वपलाशवान् ॥ (नील १.१.८९)
araṇī-parva-rūpa-āḍhyaḥ virāṭa-ud-yoga-sāra-vān। bhīṣma-parva-mahā-śākhaḥ droṇa-parva-palāśa-vān॥ (nīla 1.1.89)
[अरणीपर्वरुपाढ्यः (araṇī-parva-rūpa-āḍhyaḥ) - endowed with the form of the Aranī-parva; विराटोद्योगसारवान् (virāṭa-ud-yoga-sāra-vān) - possessed of the essence of the Virāṭa and Udyoga parvas; भीष्मपर्वमहाशाखः (bhīṣma-parva-mahā-śākhaḥ) - having Bhīṣma-parva as the great branch; द्रोणपर्वपलाशवान् (droṇa-parva-palāśa-vān) - adorned with the leaves of the Droṇa-parva; () -;]
(Endowed with the form of the Aranī-parva, possessed of the essence of the Virāṭa and Udyoga parvas, having Bhīṣma-parva as the great branch, adorned with the leaves of the Droṇa-parva. (nīla 1.1.89))
With the form of the Aranī-parva, the essence of the Virāṭa and Udyoga parvas, the great branch being the Bhīṣma-parva, and the leaves being the Droṇa-parva. (1.1.89)
कर्णपर्वसितैः पुष्पैः शल्यपर्वसुगन्धिभिः। स्त्रीपर्वैवीकविश्रामः शान्तिपर्वमहाफलः ॥ (नील १.१.९०)
karṇaparvasitaiḥ puṣpaiḥ śalyaparvasugandhibhiḥ। strīparvaivīkaviśrāmaḥ śāntiparvamahāphalaḥ॥ (nīla 1.1.90)
[कर्णपर्वसितैः (karṇaparvasitaiḥ) - with the white (pure) flowers of Karṇaparva; पुष्पैः (puṣpaiḥ) - with flowers; शल्यपर्वसुगन्धिभिः (śalyaparvasugandhibhiḥ) - with the fragrant (pleasant smelling) of Śalyaparva; स्त्रीपर्वैः (strīparvaiḥ) - with the Strīparva(s); एव (eva) - indeed; ईकविश्रामः (īka-viśrāmaḥ) - having rest/abode in Īkaparva; शान्तिपर्व (śāntiparva) - of Śāntiparva; महाफलः (mahāphalaḥ) - of great fruit;]
(With the white flowers of Karṇaparva, with flowers fragrant from Śalyaparva, indeed resting in Īkaparva, (and) Śāntiparva of great fruit.)
The Karṇaparva is like pure white flowers, Śalyaparva is fragrant like sweet-scented blooms; the Strīparva and Īkaparva offer repose, while the Śāntiparva holds the greatest fruit. (nīla 1.1.90)
अश्वमेधामृतरसस्वाश्रमस्थानसंशयः। मौसलः श्रुतिसङ्क्षेपः शिष्टद्विजनिषेवितः ॥ (नील १.१.९१)
aśvamedhāmṛtarasasvāśramasthānasaṃśayaḥ. mausalaḥ śrutisaṅkṣepaḥ śiṣṭadvijaniṣevitaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.91)
[अश्वमेध (aśvamedha) - horse-sacrifice; अमृतरस (amṛtarasa) - nectar-essence; स्वाश्रम (svāśrama) - one's own hermitage; स्थान (sthāna) - place; संशयः (saṃśayaḥ) - doubt; मौसलः (mausalaḥ) - Mausala (episode); श्रुतिसङ्क्षेपः (śrutisaṅkṣepaḥ) - abbreviation of the Veda; शिष्टद्विजनिषेवितः (śiṣṭadvijaniṣevitaḥ) - resorted to by noble twice-born;]
(Doubt concerning the place of the nectar-essence of the horse-sacrifice's own hermitage. The Mausala (episode), abbreviation of the Veda, resorted to by noble twice-born.)
A doubt about the place of the nectar-essence of the horse-sacrifice in one's own hermitage arises; the Mausala episode, the abbreviation of the Veda, and what is frequented by noble twice-born are mentioned here. (1.1.91)
सर्वेषां कविमुख्यानामुपजीव्यो भविष्यति। पर्जन्य इव भूतानामक्षयो भारतद्रुमः ॥ (नील १.१.९२)
sarveṣāṃ kavimukhyānām upajīvyo bhaviṣyati। parjanya iva bhūtānām akṣayo bhāratadrumaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.92)
[सर्वेषां (sarveṣām) - of all; कविमुख्यानाम् (kavimukhyānām) - of the foremost poets; उपजीव्यो (upajīvyaḥ) - to be depended upon for livelihood; भविष्यति (bhaviṣyati) - will be; पर्जन्य (parjanyaḥ) - the raincloud; इव (iva) - like; भूतानाम् (bhūtānām) - of creatures; अक्षयः (akṣayaḥ) - inexhaustible; भारतद्रुमः (bhāratadrumaḥ) - the Indian tree;]
(Of all the foremost poets, to be depended upon for livelihood he will be. Like the raincloud for creatures, the Indian tree is inexhaustible.)
He will be the supporter of all the foremost poets, just as the Indian tree is an inexhaustible source for creatures like the raincloud. (nīla 1.1.92)
सौतिरुवाच। तस्य वृक्षस्य वक्ष्यामि शश्वत्पुष्पफलोदयम्। स्वादुमेध्यरसोपेतमच्छेद्यममरैरपि ॥ (नील १.१.९३)
sautir uvāca। tasya vṛkṣasya vakṣyāmi śaśvat-puṣpa-phala-udayam। svādu-medhya-rasa-upetam acchedyam amaraiḥ api ॥ (nīla 1.1.93)
[सौतिर् (sautir) - the Sauti (one who narrates the epics); उवाच (uvāca) - said; तस्य (tasya) - of that; वृक्षस्य (vṛkṣasya) - of the tree; वक्ष्यामि (vakṣyāmi) - I shall explain; शश्वत् (śaśvat) - eternal; पुष्प (puṣpa) - flower; फल (phala) - fruit; उदयम् (udayam) - production; स्वादु (svādu) - sweet; मेध्य (medhya) - pure; रस (rasa) - essence; उपेतम् (upetam) - endowed with; अच्छेद्यम् (acchedyam) - unbreakable; अमरैः (amaraiḥ) - by the immortals; अपि (api) - even;]
(Sauti said. Of that tree, I shall explain the eternal production of flowers and fruits, endowed with sweet, pure essence, unbreakable even by the immortals.)
Sauti said, "I will describe the tree whose flowers and fruits are produced eternally, whose essence is sweet and pure, and which cannot be broken even by the immortals." (1.1.93)
क्षेत्रे विचित्रवीर्यस्य कृष्णद्वैपायनः पुरा।त्रीनग्नीनिव कौरव्याञ्जनयामास वीर्यवान् ॥ (बोरि १.१.५४)
kṣetre vicitravīryasya kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ purā। trīn agnīn iva kauravyān janayām āsa vīryavān ॥ (bori 1.1.54)
[क्षेत्रे (kṣetre) - in the (sacrificial) field; विचित्रवीर्यस्य (vicitravīryasya) - of Vicitravīrya; कृष्णद्वैपायनः (kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); पुरा (purā) - formerly; त्रीन् (trīn) - three; अग्नीन् (agnīn) - fires; इव (iva) - like; कौरव्याञ् (kauravyān) - the Kauravas; जनयाम् आस (janayām āsa) - caused to be born; वीर्यवान् (vīryavān) - powerful;]
(In the (sacrificial) field of Vicitravīrya, Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa), formerly, like three fires, caused the Kauravas to be born, being powerful.)
In the field of Vicitravīrya, the powerful Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa) formerly caused the three Kauravas to be born, like three sacred fires. (bori 1.1.54)
उत्पाद्य धृतराष्ट्रं च पाण्डुं विदुरमेव च।जगाम तपसे धीमान्पुनरेवाश्रमं प्रति ॥ (बोरि १.१.५५)
utpādya dhṛtarāṣṭraṁ ca pāṇḍuṁ viduram-eva ca। jagāma tapase dhīmān punar-evāśramaṁ prati ॥ (bori 1.1.55)
[उत्पाद्य (utpādya) - having begotten; धृतराष्ट्रं (dhṛtarāṣṭraṁ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra (name); च (ca) - and; पाण्डुं (pāṇḍuṁ) - Pāṇḍu (name); विदुरमेव (viduram-eva) - Vidura only; च (ca) - and; जगाम (jagāma) - went; तपसे (tapase) - for austerity; धीमान् (dhīmān) - the wise one; पुनर् (punar) - again; एव (eva) - indeed; आश्रमं (āśramaṁ) - to the hermitage; प्रति (prati) - towards;]
(Having begotten Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu and Vidura only, the wise one went for austerity, again indeed towards the hermitage.)
After having begotten Dhṛtarāṣṭra, Pāṇḍu, and Vidura, the wise one again went to the hermitage for austerity. (bori 1.1.55)
तेषु जातेषु वृद्धेषु गतेषु परमां गतिम्।अब्रवीद्भारतं लोके मानुषेऽस्मिन्महानृषिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.५६)
teṣu jāteṣu vṛddheṣu gateṣu paramāṃ gatim। abravīd bhārataṃ loke mānuṣe'smin mahān ṛṣiḥ॥ (bori 1.1.56)
[तेषु (teṣu) - in those; (locative plural of 'tat', 'that'); जातेषु (jāteṣu) - having been born; (locative plural of 'jāta'); वृद्धेषु (vṛddheṣu) - having grown old; (locative plural of 'vṛddha'); गतेषु (gateṣu) - having gone (i.e., died); (locative plural of 'gata'); परमां (paramām) - supreme; (accusative singular feminine of 'parama'); गतिम् (gatim) - state; path; fate; (accusative singular of 'gati'); अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - he spoke; (3rd person singular perfect of 'brū'); भारतं (bhārataṃ) - the tale of Bharata; (accusative singular neuter); लोके (loke) - in the world; (locative singular of 'loka'); मानुषेऽस्मिन् (mānuṣe'smin) - in this human; (locative singular of 'mānuṣa', with 'asmin', 'in this'); महानृषिः (mahān ṛṣiḥ) - the great seer; (nominative singular masculine of 'mahān ṛṣi');]
(When in those (people) born, grown old, having gone to the supreme state, the great seer spoke the Bharata in this human world.)
When those who were born, grew old, and passed on to the supreme state, the great seer told the story of the Bharata in this world of humans. (1.1.56)
जनमेजयेन पृष्टः सन्ब्राह्मणैश्च सहस्रशः।शशास शिष्यमासीनं वैशम्पायनमन्तिके ॥ (बोरि १.१.५७)
janamejayena pṛṣṭaḥ san brāhmaṇaiś ca sahasraśaḥ। śaśāsa śiṣyam āsīnaṃ vaiśampāyanam antike ॥ (bori 1.1.57)
[जनमेजयेन (janamejayena) - by Janamejaya; पृष्टः (pṛṣṭaḥ) - having been asked; सन् (san) - being; ब्राह्मणैश्च (brāhmaṇaiś ca) - and by brāhmaṇas; सहस्रशः (sahasraśaḥ) - by thousands; शशास (śaśāsa) - instructed; शिष्यम् (śiṣyam) - the disciple; आसीनम् (āsīnam) - seated; वैशम्पायनम् (vaiśampāyanam) - Vaiśampāyana; अन्तिके (antike) - nearby;]
(by Janamejaya, having been asked, being, and by brāhmaṇas, by thousands, instructed the disciple seated, Vaiśampāyana, nearby.)
Having been asked by Janamejaya and by thousands of brāhmaṇas, he instructed his disciple Vaiśampāyana, who was seated nearby. (bori 1.1.57)
स सदस्यैः सहासीनः श्रावयामास भारतम्।कर्मान्तरेषु यज्ञस्य चोद्यमानः पुनः पुनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.५८)
sa sadasyaiḥ sahāsīnaḥ śrāvayāmāsa bhāratam। karmāntareṣu yajñasya codyamānaḥ punaḥ punaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.58)
[स (sa) - he; सदस्यैः (sadasyaiḥ) - with members (of the assembly); सह (saha) - together with; आसीनः (āsīnaḥ) - sitting; श्रावयामास (śrāvayāmāsa) - caused to be heard; भारतम् (bhāratam) - the Bhārata (epic); कर्मान्तरेषु (karmāntareṣu) - during the intermissions (of ritual acts); यज्ञस्य (yajñasya) - of the sacrifice; चोद्यमानः (codyamānaḥ) - being urged; पुनः पुनः (punaḥ punaḥ) - again and again;]
(He, sitting together with the members of the assembly, caused the Bhārata to be heard. During the intermissions of the sacrifice, being urged again and again.)
He, sitting with the members, recited the Bhārata; during the intervals of the sacrifice, being repeatedly urged, again and again. (bori 1.1.58)
विस्तरं कुरुवंशस्य गान्धार्या धर्मशीलताम्।क्षत्तुः प्रज्ञां धृतिं कुन्त्याः सम्यग्द्वैपायनोऽब्रवीत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.५९)
vistaraṃ kuruvaṃśasya gāndhāryā dharmaśīlatām। kṣattuḥ prajñāṃ dhṛtiṃ kuntyāḥ samyag-dvaipāyano'bravīt॥ (bori 1.1.59)
[विस्तरं (vistaram) - expansion; extensive account; कुरुवंशस्य (kuru-vaṃśasya) - of the Kuru lineage; गान्धार्या (gāndhāryāḥ) - of Gandhari; धर्मशीलताम् (dharma-śīlatām) - righteous disposition; क्षत्तुः (kṣattuḥ) - of (the) charioteer (Vidura); प्रज्ञां (prajñām) - wisdom; धृतिं (dhṛtim) - steadfastness; कुन्त्याः (kuntyāḥ) - of Kuntī; सम्यक् (samyak) - rightly; properly; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - Vyāsa; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - spoke; said;]
(Vyāsa spoke rightly the expansion of the Kuru lineage, Gandhari's righteous disposition, Vidura's wisdom, Kuntī's steadfastness.)
Vyāsa properly described the detailed account of the Kuru lineage, Gandhari's righteousness, Vidura's wisdom, and Kuntī's steadfastness. (bori 1.1.59)
वासुदेवस्य माहात्म्यं पाण्डवानां च सत्यताम्।दुर्वृत्तं धार्तराष्ट्राणामुक्तवान्भगवानृषिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६०)
vāsudevasya māhātmyaṁ pāṇḍavānāṁ ca satyatām।durvṛttaṁ dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām uktavān bhagavān ṛṣiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.60)
[वासुदेवस्य (vāsudevasya) - of Vāsudeva; माहात्म्यं (māhātmyaṁ) - greatness; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; च (ca) - and; सत्यताम् (satyatām) - truthfulness; दुर्वृत्तं (durvṛttaṁ) - wickedness; धार्तराष्ट्राणाम् (dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām) - of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; उक्तवान् (uktavān) - spoke; भगवान् (bhagavān) - the revered one; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - sage;]
(Of Vāsudeva the greatness, of the Pāṇḍavas also the truthfulness, the wickedness of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, spoke the revered sage.)
The revered sage spoke of the greatness of Vāsudeva, the truthfulness of the Pāṇḍavas, and the wickedness of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. (bori 1.1.60)
इदं शतसहस्रं तु श्लोकानां पुण्यकर्मणाम्। उपाख्यानैः सह ज्ञेयं श्राव्यं भारतमुत्तमम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.७७)
idaṃ śatasahasraṃ tu ślokānāṃ puṇyakarmaṇām। upākhyānaiḥ saha jñeyaṃ śrāvyaṃ bhāratamuttamam ॥ (kumbha 1.1.77)
[इदं (idaṃ) - this; शतसहस्रं (śatasahasraṃ) - one hundred thousand; तु (tu) - but; indeed; श्लोकानां (ślokānāṃ) - of verses; पुण्यकर्मणाम् (puṇyakarmaṇām) - of virtuous acts; उपाख्यानैः (upākhyānaiḥ) - with stories; सह (saha) - together; with; ज्ञेयं (jñeyaṃ) - to be known; श्राव्यं (śrāvyaṃ) - to be heard; भारतम् (bhāratam) - the Mahabharata; उत्तमम् (uttamam) - the best;]
(This hundred thousand but of verses of virtuous acts, with stories together, to be known, to be heard, the best Mahabharata.)
This Mahabharata, the best, consisting of a hundred thousand verses of virtuous acts together with stories, should be listened to and understood. (1.1.77)
चतुर्विंशतिसाहस्रीं चक्रे भारतसंहिताम्।उपाख्यानैर्विना तावद्भारतं प्रोच्यते बुधैः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६१)
caturviṁśatīsāhasrīṁ cakre bhāratasaṁhitām। upākhyānair vinā tāvad bhārataṁ procyate budhaiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.61)
[चतुर्विंशतिसाहस्रीं (catur-viṁśati-sāhasrīṁ) - of twenty-four thousand (verses); चक्रे (cakre) - he made; भारतसंहिताम् (bhārata-saṁhitām) - the Bhārata compendium; उपाख्यानैः (upākhyānaiḥ) - with stories; विना (vinā) - without; तावत् (tāvat) - to that extent; so much; भारतं (bhāratam) - the Bhārata; प्रोच्यते (procyate) - is declared; बुधैः (budhaiḥ) - by the learned;]
(He made the Bhārata compendium of twenty-four thousand (verses). The Bhārata, without stories, is so much declared by the learned.)
He composed the Bhārata Saṁhitā of twenty-four thousand verses. The Bhārata, excluding the stories, is thus regarded by the learned. (bori 1.1.61)
ततोऽध्यर्धशतं भूयः सङ्क्षेपं कृतवानृषिः।अनुक्रमणिमध्यायं वृत्तान्तानां सपर्वणाम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.६२)
tato'dhyardhaśataṃ bhūyaḥ saṅkṣepaṃ kṛtavān ṛṣiḥ। anukramaṇim adhyāyaṃ vṛttāntānāṃ saparvaṇām ॥ (bori 1.1.62)
[ततः (tataḥ) - from that; then; अध्यर्धशतम् (adhyardhaśatam) - more than half a hundred; (i.e., more than fifty;) भूयः (bhūyaḥ) - further; again; सङ्क्षेपं (saṅkṣepam) - summary; abridgment; कृतवान् (kṛtavān) - made; composed; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - the sage; अनुक्रमणिम् (anukramaṇim) - index; order of succession; अध्यायम् (adhyāyam) - chapter; वृत्तान्तानाम् (vṛttāntānām) - of accounts; of narratives; सपर्वणाम् (saparvaṇām) - with parvans; with divisions;]
(Then, more than half a hundred, further, a summary made the sage; an index chapter of narratives with divisions.)
Then the sage composed an additional summary of more than fifty, an index chapter of all the narratives with their divisions. (1.1.62)
इदं द्वैपायनः पूर्वं पुत्रमध्यापयच्छुकम्।ततोऽन्येभ्योऽनुरूपेभ्यः शिष्येभ्यः प्रददौ प्रभुः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६३)
idaṃ dvaipāyanaḥ pūrvaṃ putram adhyāpayac chukam। tato'nye bhyo'nurūpebhyaḥ śiṣyebhyaḥ prādadau prabhuḥ॥ (bori 1.1.63)
[इदं (idaṃ) - this; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); पूर्वं (pūrvaṃ) - formerly; at first; पुत्रम् (putram) - son; अध्यापयत् (adhyāpayat) - taught; शुकम् (śukam) - Śuka; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; अन्येभ्यः (anye bhyaḥ) - to others; अनुरूपेभ्यः (anurūpebhyaḥ) - to the suitable (ones); शिष्येभ्यः (śiṣyebhyaḥ) - to disciples; प्रददौ (pradadau) - gave forth; imparted; प्रभुः (prabhuḥ) - the master; the lord;]
(This Dvaipāyana formerly taught his son Śuka; thereafter, to other suitable disciples, the master imparted (it). (bori 1.1.63))
Dvaipāyana first taught this to his son Śuka; then, the master imparted it to other worthy disciples. (bori 1.1.63)
षष्टिं शतसहस्राणि चकारान्यां स संहिताम् ॥ (नील १.१.१०५)
ṣaṣṭiṁ śatasahasrāṇi cakārānyāṁ sa saṁhitām ॥ (nīla 1.1.105)
[षष्टिं (ṣaṣṭiṁ) - sixty; शतसहस्राणि (śatasahasrāṇi) - hundred-thousand(s); चकार (cakāra) - he made; अन्यां (anyām) - another; स (sa) - he; संहिताम् (saṁhitām) - saṁhitā (collection);]
(Sixty hundred-thousands he made another he saṁhitā.)
He made another saṁhitā (collection) of sixty hundred-thousand (verses). (1.1.105)
त्रिंशच्छतसहस्रं च देवलोके प्रतिष्ठितम्। पित्र्ये पञ्चदश प्रोक्तं गन्धर्वेषु चतुर्दश ॥ (नील १.१.१०६)
triṃśac-chata-sahasraṃ ca devaloke pratiṣṭhitam। pitrye pañcadaśa proktaṃ gandharveṣu caturdaśa ॥ (nīla 1.1.106)
[त्रिंशच्छतसहस्रं (triṃśac-chata-sahasram) - thirty hundred thousand; च (ca) - and; देवलोके (devaloke) - in the world of the gods; प्रतिष्ठितम् (pratiṣṭhitam) - established; पित्र्ये (pitrye) - in the ancestral (world/rite); पञ्चदश (pañcadaśa) - fifteen; प्रोक्तं (proktam) - said; गन्धर्वेषु (gandharveṣu) - among the Gandharvas; चतुर्दश (caturdaśa) - fourteen;]
(Thirty hundred thousand and in the world of gods (is) established; in the ancestral (world) fifteen (are) said; among the Gandharvas, fourteen.)
Thirty hundred thousand are established in the world of the gods; fifteen are said in the ancestral realm; among the Gandharvas, there are fourteen. (1.1.106)
एकं शतसहस्रं तु मानुषेषु प्रतिष्ठितम् ॥ (नील १.१.१०७)
ekaṁ śatasahasraṁ tu mānuṣeṣu pratiṣṭhitam ॥ (nīla 1.1.107)
[एकं (ekaṁ) - one; शतसहस्रं (śatasahasraṁ) - one hundred thousand; तु (tu) - but; मानुषेषु (mānuṣeṣu) - among humans; प्रतिष्ठितम् (pratiṣṭhitam) - established;]
(One hundred thousand indeed established among humans but.)
But among humans, one hundred thousand is established. (nīla 1.1.107)
नारदोऽश्रावयद्देवानसितो देवलः पितृन्।गन्धर्वयक्षरक्षांसि श्रावयामास वै शुकः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६४)
nārado'śrāvayaddevānasito devalaḥ pitṝn|gandharvayakṣarakṣāṃsi śrāvayāmāsa vai śukaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.64)
[नारदः (nāradaḥ) - Nārada; (proper noun; a sage); अश्रावयत् (aśrāvayat) - caused to be heard; made to hear; देवान् (devān) - the gods; (accusative plural); सितः (sitaḥ) - Sita; (proper noun, name of a sage, lit. 'white/pure'); देवलः (devalaḥ) - Devala; (proper noun; a sage); पितॄन् (pitṝn) - the ancestors; (accusative plural); गन्धर्व-यक्ष-रक्षांसि (gandharva-yakṣa-rakṣāṃsi) - gandharvas, yakṣas, and rākṣasas; (accusative plural); श्रावयामास (śrāvayāmāsa) - caused to be heard; वै (vai) - indeed; शुकः (śukaḥ) - Śuka; (proper noun; a sage);]
(Nārada caused the gods to hear, Sita and Devala (caused to hear) the ancestors. Gandharvas, yakṣas, and rākṣasas Śuka indeed caused to hear.)
Nārada informed the gods, Sita and Devala informed the ancestors. Śuka indeed caused the gandharvas, yakṣas, and rākṣasas to hear. (bori 1.1.64)
वैशम्पायनविप्रर्षिः श्रावयामास पार्थिवम्। पारिक्षितं महात्मानं नाम्ना तु जनमेजयम् ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१२५)
vaiśampāyana-vipra-ṛṣiḥ śrāvayāmāsa pārthivam। pārīkṣitaṃ mahātmānaṃ nāmnā tu janamejayam॥ (kumbha 1.1.125)
[वैशम्पायनविप्रर्षिः (vaiśampāyana-vipra-ṛṣiḥ) - the brāhmaṇa sage Vaiśampāyana; श्रावयामास (śrāvayāmāsa) - caused to hear; पार्थिवम् (pārthivam) - the king; पारिक्षितं (pārīkṣitam) - descendant of Parīkṣit; महात्मानं (mahātmānam) - great-souled; नाम्ना (nāmnā) - by name; तु (tu) - however; जनमेजयम् (janamejayam) - Janamejaya;]
(The brāhmaṇa sage Vaiśampāyana caused the king, descendant of Parīkṣit, great-souled, by name however Janamejaya, to hear.)
The brāhmaṇa-sage Vaiśampāyana made the king, the great-souled Janamejaya, the descendant of Parīkṣit, hear [this]. (Kumbha 1.1.125)
अस्मिंस्तु मानुषे लोके वैशम्पायन उक्तवान्। शिष्यो व्यासस्य धर्मात्मा सर्ववेदविदां वरः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१२६)
asmin tu mānuṣe loke vaiśampāyana uktavān। śiṣyo vyāsasya dharmātmā sarvavedavidāṃ varaḥ॥ (kumbha 1.1.126)
[अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; तु (tu) - but; मानुषे (mānuṣe) - human; लोके (loke) - world; वैशम्पायन (vaiśampāyana) - Vaiśampāyana; उक्तवान् (uktavān) - had spoken; शिष्यः (śiṣyaḥ) - student; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; धर्मात्मा (dharmātmā) - righteous-souled; सर्ववेदविदां (sarvavedavidām) - of all knowers of Vedas; वरः (varaḥ) - the foremost;]
(But in this human world, Vaiśampāyana had spoken; the student of Vyāsa, righteous-souled, the foremost of all knowers of the Vedas.)
But in this human world, Vaiśampāyana, the righteous-souled student of Vyāsa and foremost among all knowers of the Vedas, had spoken. (Kumbha 1.1.126)
एकं शतसहस्रं तु मयोक्तं वै निबोधत ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१२७)
ekaṃ śatasahasraṃ tu mayoktaṃ vai nibodhata ॥ (kumbha 1.1.127)
[एकं (ekaṃ) - one; शतसहस्रं (śatasahasraṃ) - hundred-thousand; तु (tu) - but; मया (mayā) - by me; उक्तं (uktaṃ) - spoken; वै (vai) - indeed; निबोधत (nibodhata) - understand;]
(One hundred-thousand but by me spoken indeed understand.)
But know that one hundred thousand has indeed been spoken by me. (Kumbha 1.1.127)
दुर्योधनो मन्युमयो महाद्रुमः; स्कन्धः कर्णः शकुनिस्तस्य शाखाः। दुःशासनः पुष्पफले समृद्धे; मूलं राजा धृतराष्ट्रोऽमनीषी ॥ (बोरि १.१.६५)
duryodhhano manyumayo mahādrumaḥ; skandhaḥ karṇaḥ śakunis tasya śākhāḥ। duḥśāsanaḥ puṣpaphale samṛddhe; mūlaṃ rājā dhṛtarāṣṭro'manīṣī ॥ (bori 1.1.65)
[दुर्योधनः (duryodhanaḥ) - Duryodhana; मन्युमयः (manyumayaḥ) - composed of wrath; महाद्रुमः (mahādrumaḥ) - great tree; स्कन्धः (skandhaḥ) - trunk; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) - Karṇa; शकुनिः (śakuniḥ) - Śakuni; तस्य (tasya) - of that (tree); शाखाः (śākhāḥ) - branches; दुःशासनः (duḥśāsanaḥ) - Duḥśāsana; पुष्पफले (puṣpaphale) - flower and fruit; समृद्धे (samṛddhe) - abundant; मूलं (mūlaṃ) - root; राजा (rājā) - king; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; अमनीषी (amanīṣī) - without wisdom;]
(Duryodhana, composed of wrath, is the great tree; Karṇa is the trunk, Śakuni is its branches. Duḥśāsana is the abundant flower and fruit; the root is King Dhṛtarāṣṭra, without wisdom.)
Duryodhana, formed of wrath, is the great tree; Karṇa is its trunk, Śakuni its branches. Duḥśāsana is the richly blossoming flower and fruit; and the root is King Dhṛtarāṣṭra, devoid of wisdom. (bori 1.1.65)
युधिष्ठिरो धर्ममयो महाद्रुमः स्कन्धोऽर्जुनो भीमसेनोऽस्य शाखाः। माद्रीसुतौ पुष्पफले समृद्धे मूलं कृष्णो ब्रह्म च ब्राह्मणाश्च ॥ (नील १.१.१११)
yudhiṣṭhiro dharmamayo mahādrumaḥ skandho'rjuno bhīmaseno'sya śākhāḥ। mādrīsutau puṣpaphale samṛddhe mūlaṃ kṛṣṇo brahma ca brāhmaṇāś ca ॥ (nīla 1.1.111)
[युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhiṣṭhira; धर्ममयः (dharmamayaḥ) - full of dharma; महाद्रुमः (mahādrumaḥ) - great tree; स्कन्धः (skandhaḥ) - trunk; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; भीमसेनः (bhīmasenaḥ) - Bhīmasena; अस्य (asya) - of this (tree); शाखाः (śākhāḥ) - branches; माद्रीसुतौ (mādrīsutau) - the two sons of Mādrī; पुष्पफले (puṣpaphale) - flowers and fruits; समृद्धे (samṛddhe) - abundant; मूलम् (mūlam) - root; कृष्णः (kṛṣṇaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa; ब्रह्म (brahma) - Brahman; च (ca) - and; ब्राह्मणाः (brāhmaṇāḥ) - Brāhmaṇas; च (ca) - and;]
(Yudhiṣṭhira, full of dharma, (is) the great tree; Arjuna (is) the trunk; Bhīmasena, of this (tree), (are) the branches; the two sons of Mādrī (are) the flowers and fruits, abundant; the root (is) Kṛṣṇa, Brahman and Brāhmaṇas and.)
Yudhiṣṭhira, who embodies dharma, is the great tree; Arjuna is its trunk; Bhīmasena are the branches of this tree; the two sons of Mādrī are its rich flowers and fruits; Kṛṣṇa, along with Brahman and the Brāhmaṇas, is its root. (1.1.111)
पाण्डुर्जित्वा बहून्देशान्बुद्ध्या विक्रमणेन च। अरण्ये मृगयाशीलो न्यवसन्मुनिभिः सह ॥ (नील १.१.११२)
pāṇḍur jitvā bahūn deśān buddhyā vikramaṇena ca। araṇye mṛgayāśīlo nyavasan munibhiḥ saha॥ (nīla 1.1.112)
[पाण्डुः (pāṇḍuḥ) - Pāṇḍu; (proper noun); जित्वा (jitvā) - having conquered; बहून् (bahūn) - many; देशान् (deśān) - regions; lands; बुद्ध्या (buddhyā) - by intelligence; विक्रमणेन (vikramaṇena) - by valor; च (ca) - and; अरण्ये (araṇye) - in forest; मृगया-शीलः (mṛgayā-śīlaḥ) - fond of hunting; having the habit of hunting; न्यवसत् (nyavasat) - lived; dwelt; मुनिभिः (munibhiḥ) - with sages; सह (saha) - together with;]
(Pāṇḍu, having conquered many regions by intelligence and by valor, in the forest, fond of hunting, lived together with sages.)
Pāṇḍu, after conquering many lands through intelligence and valor, dwelt in the forest together with sages, being fond of hunting. (1.1.112)
मृगव्यवायनिधनात्कृच्छ्रां प्राप स आपदम्। जन्मप्रभृति पार्थानां तत्राचारविधिक्रमः ॥ (नील १.१.११३)
mṛgavyavāyanidhanātkṛcchrāṃ prāpa sa āpadam। janmaprabhṛti pārthānāṃ tatrācāravidhikramaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.113)
[मृगव्यवायनिधनात् (mṛgavyavāyanidhanāt) - from the death of the deer-breeder; कृच्छ्राम् (kṛcchrām) - great trouble; प्राप (prāpa) - (he) attained; सः (saḥ) - he; आपदम् (āpadam) - calamity; जन्मप्रभृति (janma-prabhṛti) - from birth onwards; पार्थानाम् (pārthānām) - of the Pārthas; तत्र (tatra) - there; आचारविधिक्रमः (ācāravidhikramaḥ) - the custom and rule; ॥ (नील १.१.११३) (॥ (nīla 1.1.113)) - ;]
(From the death of the deer-breeder, he attained great calamity. From birth onwards, of the Pārthas, there the custom and rule (was thus). (nīla 1.1.113))
He suffered a great calamity due to the death of the deer-breeder. From birth onwards, this was the way of conduct and rule among the Pārthas there. (nīla 1.1.113)
स सदस्यैः सहासीनः श्रावयामास भारतम्। कर्मान्तरेषु यज्ञस्य चोद्यमानः पुनः पुनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६६)
sa sadasyaiḥ sahāsīnaḥ śrāvayāmāsa bhāratam। karmāntareṣu yajñasya codyamānaḥ punaḥ punaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.66)
[स (sa) - he; सदस्यैः (sadasyaiḥ) - with the members (of the assembly); सह (saha) - together; आसीनः (āsīnaḥ) - seated; श्रावयामास (śrāvayāmāsa) - caused to be heard; भारतम् (bhāratam) - the Mahābhārata; कर्मान्तरेषु (karmāntareṣu) - during intervals of rites; यज्ञस्य (yajñasya) - of the sacrifice; चोद्यमानः (codyamānaḥ) - being urged; पुनः पुनः (punaḥ punaḥ) - again and again; ॥ (बोरि १.१.६६) (॥ (bori 1.1.66)) -;]
(He, together with the members, seated, caused the Mahābhārata to be heard. During the intervals of sacrificial rites, being urged again and again.)
He, seated together with the members of the assembly, caused the Mahābhārata to be recited, again and again being urged during the intervals of the sacrifice. (bori 1.1.66)
विस्तरं कुरुवंशस्य गान्धार्या धर्मशीलताम्। क्षत्तुः प्रज्ञां धृतिं कुन्त्याः सम्यग्द्वैपायनोऽब्रवीत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.६७)
vistaraṃ kuruvaṃśasya gāndhāryā dharmaśīlatām। kṣattuḥ prajñāṃ dhṛtiṃ kuntyāḥ samyag dvaipāyano 'bravīt॥ (bori 1.1.67)
[विस्तरं (vistaraṃ) - extensively; thoroughly; कुरुवंशस्य (kuruvaṃśasya) - of the Kuru dynasty; गान्धार्या (gāndhāryā) - of Gāndhārī; धर्मशीलताम् (dharmaśīlatām) - righteous nature; क्षत्तुः (kṣattuḥ) - of the minister (Vidura); प्रज्ञां (prajñāṃ) - wisdom; धृतिं (dhṛtiṃ) - steadfastness; कुन्त्याः (kuntyāḥ) - of Kunti; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; completely; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - Vyāsa (son of Dvaipayana); अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - said;]
(Extensively, of the Kuru dynasty, of Gāndhārī, righteous nature; of the minister, wisdom; steadfastness of Kunti; properly, Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa) said.)
Vyāsa (Dvaipāyana) properly described extensively the Kuru dynasty, the righteousness of Gāndhārī, the wisdom of Vidura, and the steadfastness of Kunti. (BORI 1.1.67)
वासुदेवस्य माहात्म्यं पाण्डवानां च सत्यताम्। दुर्वृत्तं धार्तराष्ट्राणामुक्तवान्भगवानृषिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६८)
vāsudevasya māhātmyaṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ ca satyatām. durvṛttaṃ dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām uktavān bhagavān ṛṣiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.68)
[वासुदेवस्य (vāsudevasya) - of Vāsudeva; माहात्म्यं (māhātmyaṃ) - greatness; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; च (ca) - and; सत्यताम् (satyatām) - truthfulness; दुर्वृत्तं (durvṛttam) - evil conduct; धार्तराष्ट्राणाम् (dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām) - of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; उक्तवान् (uktavān) - told; भगवान् (bhagavān) - the revered; ऋषिः (ṛṣiḥ) - sage;]
(Of Vāsudeva, greatness; of the Pāṇḍavas, and, truthfulness; evil conduct of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; told the revered sage.)
The revered sage told of the greatness of Vāsudeva, the truthfulness of the Pāṇḍavas, and the evil conduct of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. (bori 1.1.68)
मात्रोरभ्युपपत्तिश्च धर्मोपनिषदं प्रति। धर्मस्य वायोः शक्रस्य देवयोश्च तथाश्विनोः ॥ (बोरि १.१.६९)
mātror abhyupapattiś ca dharmopaniṣadaṃ prati। dharmasya vāyoḥ śakrasya devayoś ca tathāśvinoḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.69)
[मात्रोः (mātror) - of the mother (genitive dual or ablative singular/feminine); अभ्युपपत्तिः (abhyupapattiḥ) - acceptance; च (ca) - and; धर्मोपनिषदं (dharmopaniṣadam) - regarding the dharmopaniṣad (Upaniṣad on dharma); प्रति (prati) - towards/with reference to; धर्मस्य (dharmasya) - of dharma; वायोः (vāyoḥ) - of Vāyu (the Wind god); शक्रस्य (śakrasya) - of Śakra (Indra); देवयोः (devayoḥ) - of the two gods; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - likewise; अश्विनोः (aśvinoḥ) - of the Aśvins (the twin horsemen);]
(Of the mother, acceptance and; with reference to the Dharmopaniṣad; of Dharma, of Vāyu, of Śakra, of the two gods and likewise of the Aśvins;)
With reference to the Dharmopaniṣad, the acceptance of the mother, as well as of Dharma, Vāyu, Śakra, the two gods, and likewise of the Aśvins is stated. (bori 1.1.69)
ततो धर्मोपनिषदं भूत्वा भर्तुः प्रिया पृथा। धर्मानिलेन्द्रांस्ताभिः साऽऽजुहाव सुतवाञ्छया ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१३३)
tato dharmopaniṣadaṁ bhūtvā bhartuḥ priyā pṛthā। dharmānilendrāṁstābhiḥ sā''juhāva sutavāñchayā ॥ (kumbha 1.1.133)
[ततो (tataḥ) - then; धर्मोपनिषदं (dharmopaniṣadam) - meditation upon Dharma (religion); भूत्वा (bhūtvā) - having become; भर्तुः (bhartuḥ) - of the husband; प्रिया (priyā) - beloved; पृथा (pṛthā) - Pṛthā; धर्मानिल-इन्द्रान् (dharma-anila-indrān) - Dharma, Anila (Wind), Indra; ताभिः (tābhiḥ) - with them; सा (sā) - she; आजुहाव (ājuhāva) - summoned; सुतवाञ्छया (sutavāñchayā) - with the desire for a son;]
(Then, having become one intent on Dharma, the beloved Pṛthā of her husband, with the desire for a son, summoned Dharma, Anila, and Indra with them.)
Then Pṛthā, the beloved of her husband, intent on (the meditation of) Dharma, with the desire to have a son, summoned Dharma, Anila (Wind), and Indra. (Kumbha 1.1.133)
तद्दत्तोपनिषन्माद्री चाश्विनावाजुहाव च। जाताः पार्थास्ततः सर्वे कुन्त्या माद्र्याश्च मन्त्रतः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१३४)
taddattopaniṣanmādrī cāśvināvājuhāva ca। jātāḥ pārthāstataḥ sarve kunt-yā mādryāśca mantrataḥ॥ (kumbha 1.1.134)
[तत्-दत्त-उपनिषन् (tat-datta-upaniṣan) - that-given-approaching; माद्री (mādrī) - Mādrī; च (ca) - and; अश्विनौ (aśvinau) - the Aśvin twins; आ-जुहाव (ā-juhāva) - invoked, called; च (ca) - and; जाताः (jātāḥ) - born; पार्थाः (pārthāḥ) - the sons of Pṛthā (Kuntī); ततः (tataḥ) - from that; सर्वे (sarve) - all; कुन्त्या (kunt-yā) - by Kuntī; माद्र्याः (mādryāḥ) - by Mādrī; च (ca) - and; मन्त्रतः (mantrataḥ) - through mantra, by mantra;]
(Mādrī, having approached as given (by Kuntī), invoked the Aśvins also. Thus all the sons of Pṛthā (Kuntī) and those by Mādrī were born through mantra.)
Mādrī, following what was given (by Kuntī), also invoked the Aśvin twins. Thus, all the sons of Kuntī and Mādrī were born through the mantra. (1.1.134)
तापसैः सह संवृद्धा मातृभ्यां परिरक्षिताः। मेध्यारण्येषु पुण्येषु महतामाश्रमेषु च ॥ (बोरि १.१.७०)
tāpasaiḥ saha saṁvṛddhā mātṛbhyāṁ parirakṣitāḥ। medhyāraṇyeṣu puṇyeṣu mahatām āśrameṣu ca ॥ (bori 1.1.70)
[तापसैः (tāpasaiḥ) - by ascetics; सह (saha) - together with; संवृद्धा (saṁvṛddhā) - grown up; मातृभ्यां (mātṛbhyām) - by the two mothers; परिरक्षिताः (parirakṣitāḥ) - protected; मेध्यारण्येषु (medhyāraṇyeṣu) - in the pure forests; पुण्येषु (puṇyeṣu) - in the holy; महताम् (mahatām) - of great (beings); आश्रमेषु (āśrameṣu) - in the hermitages; च (ca) - and;]
(By ascetics together with, grown up, by the two mothers protected; in the pure forests, in the holy, in the hermitages of great (beings) and.)
They were raised together with ascetics, protected by their two mothers, in the pure and holy forests and in the hermitages of the great. (1.1.70)
तेषु जातेषु सर्वेषु पाण्डवेषु महात्मसु ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१३५)
teṣu jāteṣu sarveṣu pāṇḍaveṣu mahātmasu ॥ (kumbha 1.1.135)
[तेषु (teṣu) - in those; जातेषु (jāteṣu) - born ones; सर्वेषु (sarveṣu) - all; पाण्डवेषु (pāṇḍaveṣu) - among the Pāṇḍavas; महात्मसु (mahātmasu) - among great-souled ones;]
(In those all born Pāṇḍavas, among great-souled ones.)
Among all those Pāṇḍavas who were born, who were great-souled ones. (1.1.135)
माद्र्या तु सह संगम्य ऋषिशापप्रभावतः। मृतः पाण्डुर्महापुण्ये शतशृङ्गे महागिरौ ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१३६)
mādryā tu saha saṅgamya ṛṣiśāpaprabhāvataḥ। mṛtaḥ pāṇḍurmahāpuṇye śataśṛṅge mahāgirau॥ (kumbha 1.1.136)
[माद्र्या (mādryā) - with Mādrī; तु (tu) - but; सह (saha) - together with; संगम्य (saṅgamya) - having united; ऋषिशापप्रभावतः (ṛṣiśāpaprabhāvataḥ) - by the power of a sage’s curse; मृतः (mṛtaḥ) - died; पाण्डु (pāṇḍu) - Pāṇḍu; महापुण्ये (mahāpuṇye) - in the very holy; शतशृङ्गे (śataśṛṅge) - at Śataśṛṅga; महागिरौ (mahāgirau) - on the great mountain;]
(With Mādrī but together having united by the power of a sage’s curse, died Pāṇḍu, in the very holy Śataśṛṅga, on the great mountain.)
But having united with Mādrī, Pāṇḍu died as a result of the sage’s curse, at the very holy Śataśṛṅga, on the great mountain. (Kumbha 1.1.136)
ऋषिभिश्च तदानीता धार्तराष्ट्रान्प्रति स्वयम्। शिशवश्चाभिरूपाश्च जटिला ब्रह्मचारिणः ॥ (बोरि १.१.७१)
ṛṣibhiś ca tadānītā dhārtarāṣṭrān prati svayam। śiśavaś cābhirūpāś ca jaṭilā brahmacāriṇaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.71)
[ऋषिभिः (ṛṣibhiḥ) - by sages; च (ca) - and; तदा (tadā) - then; नीता (nītā) - brought; धार्तराष्ट्रान् (dhārtarāṣṭrān) - to the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; प्रति (prati) - towards; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; शिशवः (śiśavaḥ) - boys; च (ca) - and; अभिरूपाः (abhirūpāḥ) - handsome; च (ca) - and; जटिलाः (jaṭilāḥ) - matted-haired; ब्रह्मचारिणः (brahmacāriṇaḥ) - students (celibates);]
(By sages and then brought towards the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra himself; boys and handsome and matted-haired students (celibates).)
Then, by the sages themselves, boys—handsome, with matted hair, practicing celibacy—were brought to the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. (bori 1.1.71)
पुत्राश्च भ्रातरश्चेमे शिष्याश्च सुहृदश्च वः। पाण्डवा एत इत्युक्त्वा मुनयोऽन्तर्हितास्ततः ॥ (बोरि १.१.७२)
putrāś ca bhrātaraś ca ime śiṣyāś ca suhṛdaś ca vaḥ। pāṇḍavā eta ity uktvā munayo 'ntarhitās tataḥ॥ (bori 1.1.72)
[पुत्राः (putrāḥ) - sons; च (ca) - and; भ्रातरः (bhrātaraḥ) - brothers; च (ca) - and; इमे (ime) - these; शिष्याः (śiṣyāḥ) - disciples; च (ca) - and; सुहृदः (suhṛdaḥ) - friends; च (ca) - and; वः (vaḥ) - your; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - Pāṇḍavas; एते (ete) - these; इति (iti) - thus; उक्त्वा (uktvā) - having said; मुनयः (munayaḥ) - sages; अन्तर्हिताः (antarhitāḥ) - became invisible; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
(sons and brothers and these disciples and friends of yours—these are the Pāṇḍavas—thus having said, the sages became invisible then.)
Having said, "These sons, brothers, disciples, and friends of yours are the Pāṇḍavas," the sages then became invisible. (1.1.72)
तांस्तैर्निवेदितान्दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवान्कौरवास्तदा। शिष्टाश्च वर्णाः पौरा ये ते हर्षाच्चुक्रुशुर्भृशम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.७३)
tāṃs tair niveditān dṛṣṭvā pāṇḍavān kauravās tadā। śiṣṭāś ca varṇāḥ paurā ye te harṣāc cukruśur bhṛśam॥ (bori 1.1.73)
[ताम् (tām) - them (accusative plural); तैः (taiḥ) - by them; निवेदितान् (niveditān) - reported; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; कौरवाः (kauravāḥ) - the Kauravas; तदा (tadā) - then; शिष्टाः (śiṣṭāḥ) - the respected; च (ca) - and; वर्णाः (varṇāḥ) - classes (of people); पौऱाः (paurāḥ) - citizens; ये (ye) - who; ते (te) - they; हर्षात् (harṣāt) - from joy; चुक्रुशुः (cukruśuḥ) - cried out; भृशम् (bhṛśam) - exceedingly;]
(Them, by them reported, having seen, the Pāṇḍavas, the Kauravas then, the respected and classes citizens who they, from joy, cried out exceedingly.)
Then, when the Kauravas saw the Pāṇḍavas reported by them, the respected ones, classes, and citizens—those people—cried out exceedingly with joy. (bori 1.1.73)
आहुः केचिन्न तस्यैते तस्यैत इति चापरे। यदा चिरमृतः पाण्डुः कथं तस्येति चापरे ॥ (बोरि १.१.७४)
āhuḥ kecin na tasyai te tasya ita iti ca apare। yadā ciramṛtaḥ pāṇḍuḥ kathaṃ tasya iti ca apare॥ (bori 1.1.74)
[आहुः (āhuḥ) - have said; केचित् (kecit) - some; न (na) - not; तस्य (tasya) - his; एते (ete) - these; तस्य (tasya) - his; इति (iti) - thus; च (ca) - and; अपरे (apare) - others; यदा (yadā) - when; चिरम्-ऋतः (ciram-ṛtaḥ) - long-dead; पाण्डुः (pāṇḍuḥ) - Pāṇḍu; कथम् (katham) - how; तस्य (tasya) - his; इति (iti) - thus; च (ca) - and; अपरे (apare) - others;]
(Some have said "not his these", others (have said) "of him thus"; when Pāṇḍu, long dead, how (are they) his - thus also others.)
Some have said "these are not his"; others (have said) "they are his"; and still others have said, since Pāṇḍu has long been dead, how can they be his? (bori 1.1.74)
स्वागतं सर्वथा दिष्ट्या पाण्डोः पश्याम सन्ततिम्। उच्यतां स्वागतमिति वाचोऽश्रूयन्त सर्वशः ॥ (बोरि १.१.७५)
svāgataṃ sarvathā diṣṭyā pāṇḍoḥ paśyāma santatim। ucyatāṃ svāgatamiti vāco'śrūyanta sarvaśaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.75)
[स्वागतं (svāgatam) - welcome; सर्वथा (sarvathā) - entirely; in every way; दिष्ट्या (diṣṭyā) - by good fortune; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; पश्याम (paśyāma) - we see; सन्ततिम् (santatim) - progeny; lineage; उच्यतां (ucyatām) - let it be said; स्वागतम् (svāgatam) - welcome; इति (iti) - thus; वाचः (vācaḥ) - words; voices; अश्रूयन्त (aśrūyanta) - were heard; सर्वशः (sarvaśaḥ) - everywhere;]
(Welcome entirely by good fortune of Pāṇḍu we see the lineage. Let it be said "welcome" thus voices were heard everywhere. (bori 1.1.75))
Entirely welcome! By good fortune, we see the lineage of Pāṇḍu. Everywhere voices saying "welcome" were heard. (bori 1.1.75)
तस्मिन्नुपरते शब्दे दिशः सर्वा विनादयन्। अन्तर्हितानां भूतानां निस्वनस्तुमुलोऽभवत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.७६)
tasminnuparate śabde diśaḥ sarvā vinādayan। antarhitānāṃ bhūtānāṃ nisvanastumulo'bhavat॥ (bori 1.1.76)
[तस्मिन् (tasmin) (tasmin) - in that; उपरते (uparate) (uparate) - ceased; शब्दे (śabde) (śabde) - sound; दिशः (diśaḥ) (diśaḥ) - directions; सर्वा (sarvā) (sarvā) - all; विनादयन् (vinādayan) (vinādayan) - making resound; अन्तर्हितानां (antarhitānāṃ) (antarhitānāṃ) - of the vanished; भूतानां (bhūtānāṃ) (bhūtānāṃ) - of beings; निस्वनः (nisvanaḥ) (nisvanaḥ) - reverberation; तुमुलः (tumulaḥ) (tumulaḥ) - loud; अभवत् (abhavat) (abhavat) - arose;]
(In that ceased sound, all directions making resound, of the vanished beings, a loud reverberation arose.)
When that sound ceased, all directions resounded, and a loud reverberation arose from the vanished beings. (bori 1.1.76)
पुष्पवृष्टिः शुभा गन्धाः शङ्खदुन्दुभिनिस्वनाः। आसन्प्रवेशे पार्थानां तदद्भुतमिवाभवत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.७७)
puṣpavṛṣṭiḥ śubhā gandhāḥ śaṅkhadundubhinisvanāḥ। āsanpraveśe pārthānāṃ tadadbhutamivābhavat॥ (bori 1.1.77)
[पुष्पवृष्टिः (puṣpavṛṣṭiḥ) - shower of flowers; शुभा (śubhā) - auspicious; गन्धाः (gandhāḥ) - fragrances; शङ्खदुन्दुभिनिस्वनाः (śaṅkhadundubhinisvanāḥ) - blaring of conches and kettledrums; आसन् (āsan) - were; प्रवेशे (praveśe) - at (the time of) entry; पार्थानाम् (pārthānām) - of the Pārthas (sons of Pṛthā); तत् (tat) - that; अद्भुतम् (adbhutam) - wonderful; इव (iva) - as if; आभवत् (ābhavat) - became;]
(Shower of flowers, auspicious, fragrances, blaring of conches and kettledrums, were at the entry of the Pārthas; that became as if wonderful.)
There was a shower of flowers, auspicious fragrances, and the blaring of conches and kettledrums at the entry of the Pārthas; it seemed as if it was a marvel. (bori 1.1.77)
तत्प्रीत्या चैव सर्वेषां पौराणां हर्षसम्भवः। शब्द आसीन्महांस्तत्र दिवस्पृक्कीर्तिवर्धनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.७८)
tatprītyā caiva sarveṣāṃ paurāṇāṃ harṣasambhavaḥ। śabda āsīn mahāṃs tatra divaspṛk-kīrtivardhanaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.78)
[तत्प्रीत्या (tatprītyā) - from that satisfaction; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; सर्वेषां (sarveṣām) - of all; पौराणां (paurāṇām) - of the citizens; हर्षसम्भवः (harṣasambhavaḥ) - origin of joy; शब्दः (śabdaḥ) - sound; आसीत् (āsīt) - there was; महान् (mahān) - great; तत्र (tatra) - there; दिवस्पृक् (divaspṛk) - touching the sky; कीर्तिवर्धनः (kīrtivardhanaḥ) - increasing fame;]
(From that satisfaction indeed, of all the citizens, the origin of joy; a sound there was, great, touching the sky, increasing fame.)
Indeed, from that satisfaction, all the citizens experienced the rise of joy; a great sound arose there, reaching up to the sky and increasing their fame. (bori 1.1.78)
तेऽप्यधीत्याखिलान्वेदाञ्शास्त्राणि विविधानि च। न्यवसन्पाण्डवास्तत्र पूजिता अकुतोभयाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.७९)
te'py adhītyākhilān vedāñ śāstrāṇi vividhāni ca। nyavasan pāṇḍavās tatra pūjitā akutobhayaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.79)
[ते अपि (te api) - they also; अधीत्य (adhītya) - having studied; अखिलान् वेदान् (akhilān vedān) - all Vedas; शास्त्राणि विविधानि च (śāstrāṇi vividhāni ca) - and various śāstras; न्यवसन् (nyavasan) - they dwelt; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; तत्र (tatra) - there; पूजिताः (pūjitāḥ) - honored; अकुतोभयाः (akutobhayaḥ) - free from all fear;]
(They also, having studied all the Vedas and various śāstras, the Pāṇḍavas dwelt there, honored, free from all fear.)
The Pāṇḍavas too, after studying all the Vedas and various śāstras, lived there, honored and fearless. (1.1.79)
युधिष्ठिरस्य शौचेन प्रीताः प्रकृतयोऽभवन्। धृत्या च भीमसेनस्य विक्रमेणार्जुनस्य च ॥ (बोरि १.१.८०)
yudhiṣṭhirasya śaucena prītāḥ prakṛtayo'bhavan। dhṛtyā ca bhīmasenasya vikrameṇārjunasya ca ॥ (bori 1.1.80)
[युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; शौचेन (śaucena) - by purity; प्रीताः (prītāḥ) - pleased; प्रकृतयः (prakṛtayaḥ) - the people (subjects); अभवन् (abhavan) - became; धृत्या (dhṛtyā) - by steadfastness; च (ca) - and; भीमसेनस्य (bhīmasenasya) - of Bhīmasena; विक्रमेण (vikrameṇa) - by valor; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; च (ca) - and;]
(By Yudhiṣṭhira's purity, the people became pleased. And by the steadfastness of Bhīmasena and by the valor of Arjuna as well.)
The people were pleased with Yudhiṣṭhira's purity, with Bhīmasena's steadfastness, and with Arjuna's valor. (bori 1.1.80)
गुरुशुश्रूषया कुन्त्या यमयोर्विनयेन च। तुतोष लोकः सकलस्तेषां शौर्यगुणेन च ॥ (बोरि १.१.८१)
guruśuśrūṣayā kuntiyā yamayorvinayena ca। tutoṣa lokaḥ sakalasteṣāṃ śauryaguṇena ca॥ (bori 1.1.81)
[गुरुशुश्रूषया (guruśuśrūṣayā) - by service to the teacher; कुन्त्या (kuntiyā) - by Kuntī; यमयोः (yamayoḥ) - of the two Yamas (Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma, or Yama twins); विनयेन (vinayena) - by humility; च (ca) - and; तुतोष (tutoṣa) - was pleased; लोकः (lokaḥ) - the people; सकलः (sakalaḥ) - all; तेषां (teṣāṃ) - of them; शौर्यगुणेन (śauryaguṇena) - by the quality of valor; च (ca) - and;]
(By service to the teacher, by Kuntī, by humility of the two Yamas, and by the quality of valor of them, all people were pleased.)
All people were pleased by their service to the teacher, by Kuntī, by the humility of the two Yamas, and by their quality of valor. (bori 1.1.81)
समवाये ततो राज्ञां कन्यां भर्तृस्वयंवराम्।प्राप्तवानर्जुनः कृष्णां कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.८२)
samavāye tato rājñāṃ kanyāṃ bhartṛsvayaṃvarām। prāptavān arjunaḥ kṛṣṇāṃ kṛtvā karma suduṣkaram ॥ (bori 1.1.82)
[समवाये (samavāye) - in the assembly; ततो (tato) - then; राज्ञां (rājñām) - of the kings; कन्यां (kanyām) - the maiden; भर्तृस्वयंवराम् (bhartṛsvayaṃvarām) - self-choice of husband; प्राप्तवान् (prāptavān) - obtained; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; कृष्णां (kṛṣṇām) - Kṛṣṇā; कृत्वा (kṛtvā) - having performed; कर्म (karma) - the act; सुदुष्करम् (suduṣkaram) - very difficult;]
(In the assembly then, of the kings, the maiden self-choice (of husband), obtained (was) Arjuna (for) Kṛṣṇā, having performed the act very difficult.)
Then, in the assembly of kings, Arjuna obtained Kṛṣṇā, the maiden of self-choice, having accomplished a deed that was very difficult. (bori 1.1.82)
ततः प्रभृति लोकेऽस्मिन्पूज्यः सर्वधनुष्मताम्।आदित्य इव दुष्प्रेक्ष्यः समरेष्वपि चाभवत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.८३)
tataḥ prabhṛti loke'smin pūjyaḥ sarva-dhanuṣmatām। āditya iva duṣprekṣyaḥ samareṣv api ca abhavat ॥ (bori 1.1.83)
[ततः (tataḥ) - from then; प्रभृति (prabhṛti) - onwards; लोकेऽस्मिन् (loke'smin) - in this world; पूज्यः (pūjyaḥ) - honored; सर्वधनुष्मताम् (sarva-dhanuṣmatām) - of all bow-bearers; आदित्य (āditya) - the sun; इव (iva) - like; दुष्प्रेक्ष्यः (duṣprekṣyaḥ) - difficult to behold; समरेषु (samareṣu) - in battles; अपि (api) - even; च (ca) - and; अभवत् (abhavat) - became;]
(From then onwards in this world, honored among all bow-bearers, like the sun, difficult to behold even in battles and also he became.)
From then on, in this world, he became honored among all bowmen, and, like the sun, was also difficult to look upon even in battle. (1.1.83)
स सर्वान्पार्थिवाञ्जित्वा सर्वांश्च महतो गणान्।आजहारार्जुनो राज्ञे राजसूयं महाक्रतुम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.८४)
saḥ sarvān pārthivān jitvā sarvāṁś ca mahato gaṇān। ājahāra arjunaḥ rājñe rājasūyam mahākratum ॥ (bori 1.1.84)
[सः (saḥ) - he; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; पार्थिवान् (pārthivān) - kings; जित्वा (jitvā) - having conquered; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; च (ca) - and; महतः (mahataḥ) - great; गणान् (gaṇān) - hosts; आजहार (ājahāra) - brought; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; राज्ञे (rājñe) - to the king; राजसूयम् (rājasūyam) - Rājasūya; महाक्रतुम् (mahākratum) - great sacrifice;]
(He, having conquered all the kings and all the great hosts, Arjuna brought to the king the Rājasūya, the great sacrifice.)
Arjuna, after conquering all the kings and their mighty hosts, brought the Rājasūya great sacrifice to the king. (bori 1.1.84)
अन्नवान्दक्षिणावांश्च सर्वैः समुदितो गुणैः।युधिष्ठिरेण सम्प्राप्तो राजसूयो महाक्रतुः ॥ (बोरि १.१.८५)
annavān dakṣiṇāvāṃś ca sarvaiḥ samudito guṇaiḥ। yudhiṣṭhireṇa samprāpto rājasūyo mahākratuḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.85)
[अन्नवान् (annavān) - possessing food; rich in food; दक्षिणावान् (dakṣiṇāvān) - possessing gifts; endowed with offerings; च (ca) - and; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - with all; समुदितः (samuditaḥ) - endowed; accompanied; गुणैः (guṇaiḥ) - qualities; युधिष्ठिरेण (yudhiṣṭhireṇa) - by Yudhiṣṭhira; सम्प्राप्तः (samprāptaḥ) - was attained; has been obtained; राजसूयः (rājasūyaḥ) - the Rājasūya (royal consecration); महाक्रतुः (mahākratuḥ) - great sacrifice;]
(The Rājasūya, the great sacrifice, possessing food and possessing gifts and endowed with all qualities, was attained by Yudhiṣṭhira.)
The great Rājasūya sacrifice, rich in food, gifts, and all virtues, was performed by Yudhiṣṭhira. (1.1.85)
सुनयाद्वासुदेवस्य भीमार्जुनबलेन च।घातयित्वा जरासन्धं चैद्यं च बलगर्वितम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.८६)
sunayād vā́sudevasya bhīmārjunabalena ca।ghātayitvā jarāsandhaṁ caidyaṁ ca balagarvitam ॥ (bori 1.1.86)
[सुनया (sunayā) - by good policy; द्वासुदेवस्य (dvāsudevasya) - with (the) two sons of Vasudeva; भीमार्जुनबलेन (bhīmārjunabalena) - by the strength of Bhīma and Arjuna; च (ca) - and; घातयित्वा (ghātayitvā) - having put to death; जरासन्धं (jarāsandham) - Jarāsandha; चैद्यं (caidyaṁ) - the king of the Cedis (Śiśupāla); च (ca) - and; बलगर्वितम् (balagarvitam) - proud of strength;]
(By good policy, with (the) two sons of Vasudeva, by the strength of Bhīma and Arjuna and, having put to death Jarāsandha and the Cedi (Śiśupāla), proud of strength.)
By wise policy and with the aid of Vāsudeva's two sons, and by the strength of Bhīma and Arjuna, he caused Jarāsandha and the proud Cedi king to be slain. (bori 1.1.86)
दुर्योधनमुपागच्छन्नर्हणानि ततस्ततः।मणिकाञ्चनरत्नानि गोहस्त्यश्वधनानि च ॥ (बोरि १.१.८७)
duryodhanam upāgacchan narhaṇāni tatas tataḥ। maṇikāñcanaratnāni go-hastyaśva-dhanāni ca ॥ (bori 1.1.87)
[दुर्योधनम् (duryodhanam) - to Duryodhana; उपागच्छन् (upāgacchan) - approaching; नर्हणानि (narhaṇāni) - gifts worthy of a man; ततस्ततः (tatas tataḥ) - from here and there; मणिकाञ्चनरत्नानि (maṇikāñcanaratnāni) - jewels, gold, and precious stones; गोहस्त्यश्वधनानि (go-hastyaśva-dhanāni) - cows, elephants, horses, treasures; च (ca) - and;]
(Approaching Duryodhana, gifts worthy of a man from here and there, jewels, gold, precious stones, cows, elephants, horses, and treasures and;)
He approached Duryodhana, bringing worthy gifts from all around—jewels, gold, precious stones, cows, elephants, horses, and other treasures. (bori 1.1.87)
विचित्राणि च वासांसि प्रावारावरणानि च। कम्बलाजिनरत्नानि राङ्कवास्तरणानि च ॥ (नील १.१.१३३)
vicitrāṇi ca vāsāṃsi prāvāra-āvaraṇāni ca| kambala-ājina-ratnāni rāṅka-vāstaraṇāni ca|| (nīla 1.1.133)
[विचित्राणि (vicitrāṇi) - wondrous; variegated; च (ca) - and; वासांसि (vāsāṃsi) - garments; प्रावारावरणानि (prāvāra-āvaraṇāni) - cloaks and coverings; च (ca) - and; कम्बलाजिनरत्नानि (kambala-ājina-ratnāni) - blankets, animal skins, jewels; राङ्कवास्तरणानि (rāṅka-vāstaraṇāni) - rugs and spreads; च (ca) - and;]
(Wondrous and garments, cloaks and coverings and blankets, animal skins, jewels, rugs and spreads and.)
Wondrous garments, cloaks and coverings, blankets, animal skins, jewels, rugs and spreads.
समृद्धां तां तथा दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवानां तदा श्रियम्।ईर्ष्यासमुत्थः सुमहांस्तस्य मन्युरजायत ॥ (बोरि १.१.८८)
samṛddhāṁ tāṁ tathā dṛṣṭvā pāṇḍavānāṁ tadā śriyam | īrṣyā-samutthaḥ sumahāṁs tasya manyur ajāyata ॥ (bori 1.1.88)
[समृद्धाम् (samṛddhām) - prosperous; full of wealth; ताम् (tām) - that (feminine accusative); तथा (tathā) - thus; in that manner; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; तदा (tadā) - then; श्रियम् (śriyam) - prosperity; fortune; ईर्ष्या-समुत्थः (īrṣyā-samutthaḥ) - arisen from envy; सुमहान् (sumahān) - very great; तस्य (tasya) - his; मन्युः (manyuḥ) - anger; अजायत (ajāyata) - arose; was born;]
(Having seen that prosperous fortune of the Pāṇḍavas in such a manner, then, a very great anger, arisen from envy, was born in him.)
When he saw such prosperity of the Pāṇḍavas, a very great anger, born of envy, arose in him. (1.1.88)
विमानप्रतिमां चापि मयेन सुकृतां सभाम्।पाण्डवानामुपहृतां स दृष्ट्वा पर्यतप्यत ॥ (बोरि १.१.८९)
vimānapratimāṃ cāpi mayena sukṛtāṃ sabhām। pāṇḍavānām upahṛtāṃ sa dṛṣṭvā paryatapyata ॥ (bori 1.1.89)
[विमानप्रतिमां (vimānapratimām) - resembling an aerial chariot; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; मयेन (mayena) - by Maya; सुकृतां (sukṛtām) - well-constructed; सभाम् (sabhām) - assembly-hall; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; उपहृतां (upahṛtām) - presented; स (sa) - he; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; पर्यतप्यत (paryatapyata) - was tormented;]
(Resembling an aerial chariot and also (that) well-constructed assembly-hall by Maya, presented to the Pāṇḍavas, he having seen, was tormented.)
Seeing the splendid assembly-hall, resembling an aerial chariot, well built by Maya and presented to the Pāṇḍavas, he was tormented. (bori 1.1.89)
यत्रावहसितश्चासीत्प्रस्कन्दन्निव सम्भ्रमात्।प्रत्यक्षं वासुदेवस्य भीमेनानभिजातवत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९०)
yatrāvahasitaś cāsīt praskandann iva sambhramāt। pratyakṣaṃ vāsudevasya bhīmenānabhijātavat॥ (bori 1.1.90)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; आवहसितः (āvahasitaḥ) - laughter brought forth; च (ca) - and; आसीत् (āsīt) - there was; प्रस्कन्दन् (praskandan) - leaping forth; इव (iva) - as if; सम्भ्रमात् (sambhramāt) - from confusion; प्रत्यक्षम् (pratyakṣam) - in the presence (directly before); वासुदेवस्य (vāsudevasya) - of Vāsudeva; भीमेना (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; अनभिजातवत् (anabhijātavat) - as if not accustomed; । (।) - ; ॥ (॥) - ; (बोरि १.१.९०) ((bori 1.1.90)) - ;]
(Where laughter was brought forth and (he) was, leaping forth as if from confusion, directly in the presence of Vāsudeva by Bhīma as if not accustomed.)
Where laughter arose and he seemed to leap up in confusion, directly in the presence of Vāsudeva, as if Bhīma was unaccustomed to it. (bori 1.1.90)
स भोगान्विविधान्भुञ्जन्रत्नानि विविधानि च। कथितो धृतराष्ट्रस्य विवर्णो हरिणः कृशः ॥ (बोरि १.१.९१)
sa bhogān vividhān bhuñjan ratnāni vividhāni ca. kathito dhṛtarāṣṭrasya vivarṇo hariṇaḥ kṛśaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.91)
[स (sa) - he; भोगान् (bhogān) - pleasures; विविधान् (vividhān) - various; भुञ्जन् (bhuñjan) - enjoying; रत्नानि (ratnāni) - jewels; विविधानि (vividhāni) - various; च (ca) - and; कथितः (kathitaḥ) - is described; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhṛtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhritarashtra; विवर्णः (vivarṇaḥ) - pale; हरिणः (hariṇaḥ) - deer; कृशः (kṛśaḥ) - thin;]
(He, enjoying various pleasures and various jewels, is described as the pale and thin deer of Dhritarashtra.)
He, enjoying many kinds of pleasures and jewels, is described as Dhritarashtra's pale and emaciated deer. (1.1.91)
अन्वजानात्ततो द्यूतं धृतराष्ट्रः सुतप्रियः। तच्छ्रुत्वा वासुदेवस्य कोपः समभवन्महान् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९२)
anvajānāt tato dyūtaṃ dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ sutapriyaḥ। tac chrutvā vāsudevasya kopaḥ samabhavan mahān॥ (bori 1.1.92)
[अन्वजानात् (anvajānāt) - he consented; ततः (tataḥ) - then; द्यूतम् (dyūtam) - dice game; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; सुतप्रियः (sutapriyaḥ) - fond of his son; तत् (tat) - that; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudevasya) - of Vāsudeva; कोपः (kopaḥ) - anger; समभवत् (samabhavat) - arose; महान् (mahān) - great;]
(He consented then to the dice game, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, fond of his son. That having heard, of Vāsudeva, anger arose, great.)
Dhṛtarāṣṭra, fond of his son, then consented to the dice game. Upon hearing that, great anger arose in Vāsudeva. (1.1.92)
नातिप्रीतमनाः च आसीत् विवादांश् च अन्वमोदत। द्यूतादीन् नयान् घोरान् प्रवृद्धांश् च अपि उपैक्षत ॥ (बोरि १.१.९३)
nātiprītamanāḥ ca āsīt vivādāṃś ca anvamodata. dyūtādīn nayān ghorān pravṛddhāṃś ca api upaikṣata ॥ (bori 1.1.93)
[नातिप्रीतमनाः (nātiprītamanāḥ) - not-very-pleased-in-mind; च (ca) - and; आसीत् (āsīt) - he was; विवादांश् (vivādāṃś) - disputes; च (ca) - and; अन्वमोदत (anvamodata) - he (did) not approve (followed along reluctantly); द्यूतादीन् (dyūtādīn) - dice and the like; नयान् (nayān) - policies; घोरान् (ghorān) - terrible; प्रवृद्धांश् (pravṛddhāṃś) - increased (grown much); च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; उपैक्षत (upaikṣata) - he neglected (overlooked);]
(not-very-pleased-in-mind and he was; disputes and he (did) not approve; dice and the like, terrible policies grown much and also he neglected;)
He was not very pleased at heart and did not approve of disputes; terrible and much-increased policies concerning dice and similar matters, he also overlooked. (bori 1.1.93)
निरस्य विदुरं द्रोणं भीष्मं शारद्वतं कृपम्। विग्रहे तुमुले तस्मिन् अहन् क्षत्रं परस्परम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९४)
nirasya viduraṃ droṇaṃ bhīṣmaṃ śāradvataṃ kṛpam। vigrahe tumule tasmin ahan kṣatraṃ parasparam॥ (bori 1.1.94)
[निरस्य (nirasya) - having removed; विदुरं (viduraṃ) - Vidura; द्रोणं (droṇaṃ) - Droṇa; भीष्मं (bhīṣmaṃ) - Bhīṣma; शारद्वतं (śāradvataṃ) - Śāradvata (son of Śaradvat, i.e., Kripa); कृपम् (kṛpam) - Kripa; विग्रहे (vigrahe) - in the battle; तुमुले (tumule) - tumultuous; तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; अहन् (ahan) - killed; क्षत्रं (kṣatram) - the kṣatriya (warriors); परस्परम् (parasparam) - one another;]
(Having removed Vidura, Droṇa, Bhīṣma, Śāradvata (Kripa), in the tumultuous battle, in that, (the) kṣatriya (warriors) killed one another.)
Having set aside Vidura, Droṇa, Bhīṣma, Śāradvata (Kripa), in that great tumultuous battle, the kṣatriya warriors killed each other. (bori 1.1.94)
जयत्सु पाण्डुपुत्रेषु श्रुत्वा सुमहदप्रियम्। दुर्योधनमतं ज्ञात्वा कर्णस्य शकुनेः तथा ॥ (बोरि १.१.९५)
jayatsu pāṇḍu-putreṣu śrutvā su-mahad-apriyam। duryodhana-mataṃ jñātvā karṇasya śakuneḥ tathā॥ (bori 1.1.95)
[जयत्सु (jayatsu) - among the victorious; (locative plural gerund/participle) [signifying ongoing victory]; पाण्डुपुत्रेषु (pāṇḍu-putreṣu) - among the sons of Pāṇḍu; (locative plural); श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; (absolutive of śru - to hear); सुमहदप्रियम् (su-mahad-apriyam) - very great unpleasant (news); दुर्योधनमतं (duryodhana-matam) - Duryodhana's intention; (or opinion); ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; (absolutive of jñā - to know); कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; शकुनेः (śakuneḥ) - of Śakuni; तथा (tathā) - also; (likewise);]
(Among the victorious sons of Pāṇḍu, having heard very great unpleasant (news), having understood the intention of Duryodhana, and also of Karṇa and Śakuni.)
Having heard very grievous news among the victorious sons of Pāṇḍu, and having understood the intention of Duryodhana as well as of Karṇa and Śakuni. (bori 1.1.95)
धृतराष्ट्रः चिरं ध्यात्वा सञ्जयं वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९५)
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ ciraṃ dhyātvā sañjayaṃ vākyam abravīt ॥ (bori 1.1.95)
[धृतराष्ट्रः (dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra (proper noun); चिरं (ciraṃ) - for a long time; ध्यात्वा (dhyātvā) - having meditated; सञ्जयम् (sañjayam) - to Sañjaya; वाक्यम् (vākyam) - word; speech; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - spoke;]
(Dhṛtarāṣṭra, for a long time, having meditated, to Sañjaya, the speech spoke.)
Dhṛtarāṣṭra, having meditated for a long time, spoke these words to Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.95)
शृणु सञ्जय मे सर्वं न मेऽसूयितुमर्हसि। श्रुतवानसि मेधावी बुद्धिमान्प्राज्ञसंमतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.९६)
śṛṇu sañjaya me sarvaṃ na me'sūyitum arhasi। śrutavān asi medhāvī buddhimān prājña-saṃmataḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.96)
[शृणु (śṛṇu) - listen; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya; मे (me) - to me; सर्वं (sarvaṃ) - all; न (na) - not; मेऽसूयितुम् (me'sūyitum) - towards me to be envious; अर्हसि (arhasi) - you ought; श्रुतवान् (śrutavān) - you have heard; असि (asi) - you are; मेधावी (medhāvī) - intelligent; बुद्धिमान् (buddhimān) - wise; प्राज्ञसंमतः (prājña-saṃmataḥ) - approved by the wise;]
(Listen Sañjaya, to me all, do not towards me be envious you ought. You have heard, you are intelligent, wise, approved by the wise.)
Listen, Sañjaya, to all I say; you ought not be envious of me. You are learned, intelligent, wise, and approved by the wise. (bori 1.1.96)
न विग्रहे मम मतिः न च प्रीये कुरुक्षये। न मे विशेषः पुत्रेषु स्वेषु पाण्डुसुतेषु च ॥ (बोरि १.१.९७)
na vigrahe mama matiḥ na ca prīye kurukṣaye| na me viśeṣaḥ putreṣu sveṣu pāṇḍusuteṣu ca ॥ (bori 1.1.97)
[न (na) - not; विग्रहे (vigrahe) - in conflict; मम (mama) - my; मतिः (matiḥ) - mind; न (na) - not; च (ca) - and; प्रीये (prīye) - I am pleased; कुरुक्षये (kurukṣaye) - in the destruction of the Kurus; न (na) - not; मे (me) - for me; विशेषः (viśeṣaḥ) - distinction; पुत्रेषु (putreṣu) - among sons; स्वेषु (sveṣu) - in my own (sons); पाण्डुसुतेषु (pāṇḍusuteṣu) - among the sons of Pandu; च (ca) - and;]
(Not in conflict my mind; not and I am pleased in the destruction of the Kurus. Not for me distinction among sons, in my own (sons) and among the sons of Pandu and.)
My mind is not set on conflict, nor am I pleased by the destruction of the Kurus. There is no distinction for me between my own sons and the sons of Pandu. (1.1.97)
वृद्धं मामभ्यसूयन्ति पुत्रा मन्यु-परायणाः। अहं तु अचक्षुः कार्पण्यात् पुत्र-प्रीत्याः सहामि तत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९८)
vṛddhaṃ mām abhyasūyanti putrā manyu-parāyaṇāḥ। ahaṃ tu acakṣuḥ kārpaṇyāt putra-prītyāḥ sahāmi tat॥ (bori 1.1.98)
[वृद्धम् (vṛddham) - aged; माम् (mām) - me; अभ्यसूयन्ति (abhyasūyanti) - they envy; पुत्राः (putrāḥ) - sons; मन्यु-परायणाः (manyu-parāyaṇāḥ) - given over to anger; अहम् (aham) - I; तु (tu) - but; अचक्षुः (acakṣuḥ) - blind; कार्पण्यात् (kārpaṇyāt) - out of misery; पुत्र-प्रीत्याः (putra-prītyāḥ) - for affection towards sons; सहामि (sahāmi) - endure; तत् (tat) - that;]
(Aged me the sons given over to anger envy; I but blind out of misery for affection towards sons endure that.)
My sons, given to anger, envy me in my old age; but I, blind, out of my misery and affection for my sons, endure that. (bori 1.1.98)
मुह्यन्तं च अनुमुह्यामि दुर्योधनम् अचेतनम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.९८)
muhyantaṃ ca anumuhyāmi duryodhanam acetanam ॥ (bori 1.1.98)
[मुह्यन्तं (muhyantam) - being deluded; च (ca) - and; अनुमुह्यामि (anumuhyāmi) - I also cause to be deluded; दुर्योधनम् (duryodhanam) - Duryodhana; अचेतनम् (acetanam) - unconscious;]
(Being deluded and I also cause to be deluded Duryodhana unconscious.)
And I also cause Duryodhana, who is unconscious and deluded, to be deluded. (bori 1.1.98)
राजसूये श्रियं दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवस्य महौजसः। तच्च अवहसनं प्राप्य सभारोहणदर्शने ॥ (बोरि १.१.९९)
rājasūye śriyaṃ dṛṣṭvā pāṇḍavasya mahaujasaḥ। tac ca avahāsanaṃ prāpya sabhārohaṇadarśane ॥ (bori 1.1.99)
[राजसूये (rājasūye) - in the rājasūya (royal consecration sacrificial rite); श्रियम् (śriyam) - splendour; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; पाण्डवस्य (pāṇḍavasya) - of the Pāṇḍava; महौजसः (mahaujasaḥ) - of great power; तत् (tat) - that; च (ca) - and; अवहसनम् (avahasanam) - mockery; प्राप्य (prāpya) - having obtained; सभारोहणदर्शने (sabhārohaṇadarśane) - on the occasion of the seeing (spectacle) of the assembly entrance (throne ascension);]
(In the rājasūya, having seen the splendour of the greatly powerful Pāṇḍava, and having obtained that mockery at the spectacle of the assembly entrance.)
During the rājasūya sacrifice, having witnessed the splendour of the mighty Pāṇḍava and having experienced that mockery at the time of the assembly entrance. (bori 1.1.99)
अमर्षितः स्वयं जेतुं अशक्तः पाण्डवान् रणे। निरुत्साहश्च सम्प्राप्तुं श्रियम् अक्षत्रियः यथा ॥ (बोरि १.१.१००)
amarṣitaḥ svayaṃ jetuṃ aśaktaḥ pāṇḍavān raṇe। nirutsāhaś ca samprāptuṃ śriyam akṣatriyaḥ yathā॥ (bori 1.1.100)
[अमर्षितः (amarṣitaḥ) - angered; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; जेतुम् (jetum) - to conquer; अशक्तः (aśaktaḥ) - unable; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; रणे (raṇe) - in battle; निरुत्साहः (nirutsāhaḥ) - lacking enthusiasm; च (ca) - and; सम्प्राप्तुम् (samprāptum) - to obtain; श्रियम् (śriyam) - prosperity; अक्षत्रियः (akṣatriyaḥ) - one who is not a kṣatriya; यथा (yathā) - like;]
(Angered himself to conquer unable the Pāṇḍavas in battle, lacking enthusiasm and to obtain prosperity, like one who is not a kṣatriya.)
Angered and himself unable to conquer the Pāṇḍavas in battle, lacking spirit to win prosperity, he is like someone who is not a kṣatriya. (bori 1.1.100)
गान्धारराजसहितः छद्मद्यूतम् अमन्त्रयत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१००)
gāndhārarājasahitaḥ chadmad-yūtam amantrayat ॥ (bori 1.1.100)
[गान्धारराजसहितः (gāndhārarājasahitaḥ) - with the king of Gandhāra; छद्मद्यूतम् (chadma-dyūtam) - deceptive dice-game; अमन्त्रयत् (amantrayat) - arranged;]
(With the king of Gandhāra, the deceptive dice-game he arranged.)
He arranged the deceptive dice-game together with the king of Gandhāra. (bori 1.1.100)
तत्र यद्यत् यथा ज्ञातं मया सञ्जय तत् शृणु। श्रुत्वा हि मम वाक्यानि बुद्ध्या युक्तानि तत्त्वतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०१)
tatra yadyat yathā jñātaṃ mayā sañjaya tat śṛṇu। śrutvā hi mama vākyāni buddhyā yuktāni tattvataḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.101)
[तत्र (tatra) - there; यद्यत् (yadyat) - whatever; यथा (yathā) - as; ज्ञातं (jñātaṃ) - known; मया (mayā) - by me; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya; तत् (tat) - that; शृणु (śṛṇu) - listen; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; हि (hi) - indeed; मम (mama) - my; वाक्यानि (vākyāni) - words; बुद्ध्या (buddhyā) - with intellect; युक्तानि (yuktāni) - joined; तत्त्वतः (tattvataḥ) - according to reality;]
(There whatever as known by me, O Sañjaya, that listen. Having heard indeed my words with intellect joined according to reality.)
O Sañjaya, whatever I have known there, as it is, listen to that. Having heard my words, which are united with intellect and in accordance with reality.
ततः ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञा-चक्षुषम् इति उक्तम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०१)
tataḥ jñāsyasi māṃ saute prajñā-cakṣuṣam iti uktam ॥ (bori 1.1.101)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then;from that time; ज्ञास्यसि (jñāsyasi) - you will know; you will understand; माम् (mām) - me; सौते (saute) - O son of Sūta; प्रज्ञा-चक्षुषम् (prajñā-cakṣuṣam) - with the eye of wisdom; इति (iti) - thus; so; उक्तम् (uktam) - spoken; said;]
(Then you will know me, O son of Sūta, with the eye of wisdom — thus it was spoken.)
Then, O son of Sūta, it was said, "Thus you will know me with the eye of wisdom." (bori 1.1.101)
यदा अश्रौषम् धनुः आयम्य चित्रम्; विद्धम् लक्ष्यं पातितम् वै पृथिव्याम्। कृष्णां हृतां पश्यतां सर्वराज्ञाम्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०२)
yadā aśrauṣam dhanuḥ āyamya citram; viddham lakṣyaṃ pātitam vai pṛthivyām. kṛṣṇāṃ hṛtāṃ paśyatāṃ sarva-rājñām; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.102)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; धनुः (dhanuḥ) - bow; आयम्य (āyamya) - having strung; चित्रम् (citram) - wonderful; विद्धम् (viddham) - pierced; लक्ष्यं (lakṣyam) - target; पातितम् (pātitam) - fallen; वै (vai) - indeed; पृथिव्याम् (pṛthivyām) - upon earth; कृष्णां (kṛṣṇām) - Kṛṣṇā; हृतां (hṛtām) - carried off; पश्यतां (paśyatām) - while watching; सर्वराज्ञाम् (sarva-rājñām) - of all the kings; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not wish; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard wonderful (the) bow having been strung; (the) target pierced, fallen indeed upon earth. Kṛṣṇā carried off while all the kings were watching; then I did not wish for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the wonderful bow had been strung, the target pierced and fallen indeed upon the earth; when Kṛṣṇā was carried off while all the kings watched—then, O Sañjaya, I did not hope for victory. (1.1.102)
यदा अश्रौषम् द्वारकायां सुभद्रां; प्रसह्य ऊढां माधवीम् अर्जुनेन। इन्द्रप्रस्थं वृष्णिवीरौ च यातौ; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०३)
yadā aśrauṣam dvārakāyāṁ subhadrāṁ; prasahya ūḍhāṁ mādhavīm arjunena. indraprasthaṁ vṛṣṇivīrau ca yātau; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.103)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्वारकायां (dvārakāyām) - in Dvārakā; सुभद्रां (subhadrām) - Subhadrā; प्रसह्य (prasahya) - by force; ऊढां (ūḍhām) - carried away (married); माधवीम् (mādhavīm) - the sister of Mādhava; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; इन्द्रप्रस्थं (indraprastham) - to Indraprastha; वृष्णिवीरौ (vṛṣṇivīrau) - the two heroes of the Vṛṣṇi clan; च (ca) - and; यातौ (yātau) - had gone; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard in Dvārakā Subhadrā, by force carried away, the sister of Mādhava, by Arjuna; to Indraprastha the two Vṛṣṇi heroes also had gone; then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard in Dvārakā that Subhadrā, the sister of Mādhava, had been forcibly carried away by Arjuna and that the two Vṛṣṇi heroes had gone to Indraprastha, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.103)
यदा अश्रौषम् देवराजम् प्रवृष्टम्; शरैः दिव्यैः वारितं च अर्जुनेन। अग्निम् तथा तर्पितं खाण्डवे च; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०४)
yadā aśrauṣam devarājam pravṛṣṭam; śaraiḥ divyaiḥ vāritaṃ ca arjunena। agnim tathā tarpitaṃ khāṇḍave ca; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.104)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; देवराजम् (devarājam) - the king of the gods; प्रवृष्टम् (pravṛṣṭam) - raining; शरैः (śaraiḥ) - with arrows; दिव्यैः (divyaiḥ) - divine; वारितं (vāritaṃ) - repelled; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; अग्निम् (agnim) - the fire; तथा (tathā) - also; तर्पितं (tarpitaṃ) - satisfied; खाण्डवे (khāṇḍave) - in Khāṇḍava; च (ca) - and; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the king of the gods raining, repelled by divine arrows by Arjuna, and the fire also satisfied in Khāṇḍava, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the king of the gods, Indra, was raining but was repelled by Arjuna's divine arrows, and that the fire was also satisfied in Khāṇḍava, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.104)
यदाऽश्रौषं जातुषाद्वेश्मनस्तान्मुक्तान्पार्थान्पञ्च कुन्त्या समेतान्। युक्तं चैषां विदुरं स्वार्थसिद्धौ तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१५३)
yadā' aśrauṣaṃ jātuṣād veśmanas tān muktān pārthān pañca kuntyā sametān। yuktaṃ ca eṣāṃ viduraṃ svārtha-siddhau tadā na āśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.153)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; जातुषात् (jātuṣāt) - from the lac (house); वेश्मनः (veśmanas) - from the mansion; तान् (tān) - them; मुक्तान् (muktān) - freed; पार्थान् (pārthān) - the Pāṇḍavas; पञ्च (pañca) - five; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - with Kuntī; समेतान् (sametān) - together; युक्तं (yuktaṃ) - engaged; च (ca) - and; एषाम् (eṣām) - of these; विदुरम् (viduram) - Vidura; स्वार्थसिद्धौ (svārtha-siddhau) - for attainment of their own goal; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; आशंसे (āśaṃse) - I hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard them, the five Pāṇḍavas together with Kuntī, freed from the lac house mansion, and Vidura engaged for attainment of their own goal, then I do not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the five Pāṇḍavas, together with Kuntī, had escaped from the lac house and that Vidura was engaged for their own benefit, then I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.153)
यदाऽश्रौषं द्रौपदीं रङ्गमध्ये लक्ष्यं भित्त्वा निर्जितामर्जुनेन। शूरान्पञ्चालान्पाण्डवेयांश्च युक्तांस्तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१५४)
yadā'śrauṣaṁ draupadīṁ raṅgamadhye lakṣyaṁ bhittvā nirjitāmarjunena। śūrān pañcālān pāṇḍaveyāṁś ca yuktāṁs tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.154)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रौपदीम् (draupadīm) - Draupadī; रङ्गमध्ये (raṅgamadhye) - in the midst of the arena; लक्ष्यम् (lakṣyam) - the target; भित्त्वा (bhittvā) - having pierced; निर्जितम् (nirjitam) - conquered; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; शूरान् (śūrān) - heroes; पञ्चालान् (pañcālān) - the Pañcālas; पाण्डवेयान् (pāṇḍaveyān) - the sons of Pāṇḍu; च (ca) - and; युक्तान् (yuktān) - joined; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṁse) - I hoped for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Draupadī in the midst of the arena, the target having been pierced and conquered by Arjuna, the heroic Pañcālas and the sons of Pāṇḍu having joined, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Draupadī, in the center of the arena after Arjuna had pierced and won the target, was united with the heroic Pañcālas and the Pāṇḍavas, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.154)
यदाऽश्रौषं मागधानां वरिष्ठं जरासन्धं क्षत्रमध्ये ज्वलन्तम्। दोर्भ्यां हतं भीमसेनेन गत्वा तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१५५)
yadā'śrauṣaṁ māgadhānāṁ variṣṭhaṁ jarāsandhaṁ kṣatramadhye jvalantam। dorbhyāṁ hataṁ bhīmasenena gatvā tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.155)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; मागधानाम् (māgadhānām) - of the Magadhas; वरिष्ठम् (variṣṭham) - the foremost; जरासन्धम् (jarāsandham) - Jarāsandha; क्षत्रमध्ये (kṣatramadhye) - in the midst of the kṣatriyas; ज्वलन्तम् (jvalantam) - shining; (blazing; distinguished;) दोर् (dor) - by the arms; भ्याम् (bhyām) - by two; हतम् (hatam) - slain; भीमसेनेन (bhīmasenena) - by Bhīmasena; गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard that Jarāsandha, the foremost of the Magadhas, shining in the midst of the kṣatriyas, was slain by Bhīmasena with his two arms, having gone (there), then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Jarāsandha, the foremost among the Magadhas, distinguished among the kṣatriyas, was slain by Bhīmasena with his arms after going (there), then I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.155)
यदाऽश्रौषं दिग्जये पाण्डुपुत्रैर्वशीकृतान्भूमिपालान्प्रसह्य। महाक्रतुं राजसूयं कृतं च तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१५६)
yadā' aśrauṣam digjaye pāṇḍu-putrair vaśīkṛtān bhūmi-pālān prasahya। mahākratuṃ rājasūyaṃ kṛtaṃ ca tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.156)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रोषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; दिग्जये (digjaye) - in conquering quarters; पाण्डुपुत्रैः (pāṇḍu-putraiḥ) - by the sons of Pāṇḍu; वशीकृतान् (vaśīkṛtān) - subdued; भूमिपालान् (bhūmi-pālān) - kings; प्रसह्य (prasahya) - by force; महाक्रतुम् (mahākratum) - great sacrifice; राजसूयम् (rājasūyam) - Rājasūya (royal consecration); कृतं (kṛtam) - performed; च (ca) - and; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, in the conquest of quarters, by the sons of Pāṇḍu the kings subdued by force, and the great sacrifice Rājasūya performed, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that, in the conquest of directions, the sons of Pāṇḍu had subdued kings by force and had performed the great Rājasūya sacrifice, then I lost hope of victory. (1.1.156)
यदा अश्रौषम् हृत-राज्यम् युधिष्ठिरम्; पराजितम् सौबलेन अक्षवत्याम्। अन्वागतं भ्रातृभिः अप्रमेयैः; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०५)
yadā aśrauṣam hṛta-rājyam yudhiṣṭhiram; parājitam saubalena akṣavatyām. anvāgatam bhrātṛbhiḥ aprameyaiḥ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.105)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; हृत-राज्यम् (hṛta-rājyam) - kingdom taken away; युधिष्ठिरम् (yudhiṣṭhiram) - Yudhishthira; पराजितम् (parājitam) - defeated; सौबलेन (saubalena) - by Saubala (son of Subala, i.e., Shakuni); अक्षवत्याम् (akṣavatyām) - in the dice-game; अन्वागतं (anvāgatam) - followed; भ्रातृभिः (bhrātṛbhiḥ) - by (his) brothers; अप्रमेयैः (aprameyaiḥ) - immeasurable; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sanjaya;]
(When I heard Yudhishthira, whose kingdom was taken, defeated by Saubala in the dice-game, followed by his immeasurable brothers, then I did not hope for victory, O Sanjaya.)
O Sanjaya, when I heard that Yudhishthira, deprived of his kingdom and defeated by Shakuni (Saubala) in the dice-game, followed by his incomparable brothers, then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.105)
यदा अश्रौषम् द्रौपदीम् अश्रु-कण्ठीम्; सभाम् नीताम् दुःखिताम् एक-वस्त्राम्। रजस्वलाम् नाथवतीम् अनाथवत्; तदा न अशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०६)
yadā aśrauṣam draupadīm aśru-kaṇṭhīm; sabhām nītām duḥkhitām eka-vastrām. rajasvalām nāthavatīm anāthavat; tadā na aśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.106)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रौपदीम् (draupadīm) (draupadīm) - Draupadī; अश्रु-कण्ठीम् (aśru-kaṇṭhīm) (aśru-kaṇṭhīm) - with throat choked with tears; सभाम् (sabhām) (sabhām) - to the assembly; नीताम् (nītām) (nītām) - led; दुःखिताम् (duḥkhitām) (duḥkhitām) - afflicted; एक-वस्त्राम् (eka-vastrām) (eka-vastrām) - wearing a single garment; रजस्वलाम् (rajasvalām) (rajasvalām) - menstruating; नाथवतीम् (nāthavatīm) (nāthavatīm) - having a husband; अनाथवत् (anāthavat) (anāthavat) - as if without a protector; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; न (na) (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṃse) (aśaṃse) - I wished; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for (your) victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Draupadī, with throat choked with tears, led to the assembly, afflicted, wearing a single garment, menstruating, having a husband yet as if without a protector, then I did not wish for (your) victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Draupadī, weeping, was led to the assembly in affliction, dressed in a single garment, while menstruating, with a husband yet as if abandoned, then, O Sañjaya, I did not wish for your victory. (1.1.106)
यदाऽश्रौषं वाससां तत्र राशिं समाक्षिपत्कितवो मन्दबुद्धिः। दुःशासनो गतवान्नैव चान्तं तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१५८)
yadā' aśrauṣaṃ vāsasāṃ tatra rāśiṃ samākṣipat kitavo mandabuddhiḥ. duḥśāsano gatavān naiva ca antaṃ tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.158)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वाससां (vāsasāṃ) - of garments; तत्र (tatra) - there; राशिं (rāśiṃ) - heap; समाक्षिपत् (samākṣipat) - scattered together; कितवः (kitavaḥ) - the gambler; मन्दबुद्धिः (mandabuddhiḥ) - dull-minded; दुःशासनः (duḥśāsanaḥ) - Duḥśāsana; गतवान् (gatavān) - had gone; नैव (naiva) - not at all; च (ca) - and; अन्तम् (antam) - limit; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the heap of garments had been scattered there by the gambler of dull mind, Duḥśāsana had gone without limit, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the gambler of dull mind had scattered the heap of garments there, and that Duḥśāsana had gone to such extremes, at that time I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.158)
यदा अश्रौषम् विविधाः तात चेष्टाः; धर्मात्मनां प्रस्थितानां वनाय। ज्येष्ठ-प्रीत्या क्लिश्यतां पाण्डवानां; तदा न अशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०७)
yadā aśrauṣam vividhāḥ tāta ceṣṭāḥ; dharmātmanāṃ prasthitānāṃ vanāya. jyeṣṭha-prītyā kliśyatāṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ; tadā na aśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.107)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; विविधाः (vividhāḥ) - various; तात (tāta) - O father; चेष्टाः (ceṣṭāḥ) - activities; धर्मात्मनां (dharmātmanām) - of the righteous; प्रस्थितानां (prasthitānām) - of those who have departed; वनाय (vanāya) - to the forest; ज्येष्ठ-प्रीत्या (jyeṣṭha-prītyā) - with elder-brotherly affection; क्लिश्यतां (kliśyatām) - of those who were suffering; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṃse) - I hoped; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, O father, various activities of the righteous, of those who had departed to the forest; with elder-brotherly affection, of the suffering Pāṇḍavas; then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard, O father, of the various actions of the righteous Pāṇḍavas, who had set out for the forest and who were suffering, shown affection by their elder, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.107)
यदा अश्रौषम् स्नातकानां सहस्रैः; अन्वागतं धर्मराजं वनस्थम्। भिक्षा-भुजां ब्राह्मणानां महात्मनाम्; तदा न अशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०८)
yadā aśrauṣam snātakānāṃ sahasraiḥ; anvāgataṃ dharmarājaṃ vanastham. bhikṣā-bhujāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ mahātmanām; tadā na aśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.108)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; स्नातकानां (snātakānāṃ) - of the graduates (initiates); सहस्रैः (sahasraiḥ) - with thousands; अन्वागतं (anvāgatam) - accompanied; धर्मराजं (dharmarājaṃ) - Dharmarāja (Yudhiṣṭhira); वनस्थम् (vanastham) - dwelling in the forest; भिक्षा-भुजां (bhikṣā-bhujāṃ) - of those living by alms; ब्राह्मणानां (brāhmaṇānāṃ) - of the brāhmaṇas; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - of great souls; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṃse) - did I hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, with thousands of graduates, (that) Dharmarāja, dwelling in the forest, was accompanied by the brāhmaṇas, (the) great-souled alms-eaters, then not did I hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Dharmarāja, accompanied by thousands of graduates and surrounded by great-souled brāhmaṇas who lived on alms in the forest, from that moment I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya. (1.1.108)
यदाऽश्रौषं वनवासेन पार्थान्समागतान्महर्षिभिः पुराणैः। उपास्यमानान्सगणैर्जातसख्यांस्तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजर्य ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१८४)
yadā'śrauṣaṁ vanavāsena pārthān samāgatān maharṣibhiḥ purāṇaiḥ। upāsyamānān sagaṇair jātasakhyāṁs tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya saṁjarya ॥ (kumbha 1.1.184)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वनवासेन (vanavāsena) - by (their) forest dwelling; पार्थान् (pārthān) - the sons of Pṛthā; समागतान् (samāgatān) - having met; महर्षिभिः (maharṣibhiḥ) - with great sages; पुराणैः (purāṇaiḥ) - ancient; उपास्यमानान् (upāsyamānān) - being worshipped; सगणैः (sagaṇaiḥ) - with their retinues; जातसख्यान् (jātasakhyān) - having formed friendships; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; संजर्य (saṁjarya) - for the sake of the battle;]
(When I heard by (their) forest dwelling the sons of Pṛthā, having met with great sages ancient, being worshipped with their retinues, having formed friendships, then I did not hope for victory for the sake of the battle.)
When I heard that the sons of Pṛthā, during their forest exile, had met with ancient great sages, were being worshipped by them and their followers, and had formed new friendships there, from then I did not hope for victory in battle. (Kumbha 1.1.184)
यदा अश्रौषम् अर्जुनः देव-देवम्; किरात-रूपम् त्र्यम्बकम् तोष्य युद्धे। अवाप तत् पाशुपतं महास्त्रं; तदा न अशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१०९)
yadā aśrauṣam arjunaḥ deva-devam; kirāta-rūpam tryambakam toṣya yuddhe. avāpa tat pāśupataṃ mahāstraṃ; tadā na aśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.109)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; देव-देवम् (deva-devam) (deva-devam) - the god of gods; किरात-रूपम् (kirāta-rūpam) (kirāta-rūpam) - in the form of a hunter; त्र्यम्बकम् (tryambakam) (tryambakam) - the three-eyed (Śiva); तोष्य (toṣya) (toṣya) - having pleased; युद्धे (yuddhe) (yuddhe) - in battle; अवाप (avāpa) (avāpa) - obtained; तत् (tat) (tat) - that; पाशुपतं (pāśupataṃ) (pāśupataṃ) - Pāśupata (weapon); महास्त्रं (mahāstraṃ) (mahāstraṃ) - great missile; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; न (na) (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṃse) (aśaṃse) - I hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - Sanjaya;]
(When I heard Arjuna, the god of gods, Śiva in the form of a hunter, having been pleased in battle, obtained that great Pāśupata missile, then, O Sañjaya, I do not hope for victory.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Arjuna pleased the god of gods, Śiva, who had taken the form of a hunter, in battle and obtained that powerful Pāśupata weapon, then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.109)
यदा अश्रौषम् त्रिदिवस्थम् धनञ्जयम्; शक्रात् साक्षात् दिव्यमस्त्रं यथावत्। अधीयानं शंसितं सत्यसन्धम्; तदा न अशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११०)
yadā aśrauṣam tridivastham dhanañjayam; śakrāt sākṣāt divyam astraṃ yathāvat. adhīyānaṃ śaṃsitaṃ satyasandham; tadā na aśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.110)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; त्रिदिवस्थम् (tridivastham) - dwelling in heaven; धनञ्जयम् (dhanañjayam) - Dhanañjaya; शक्रात् (śakrāt) - from Śakra; साक्षात् (sākṣāt) - directly; दिव्यमस्त्रं (divyam astraṃ) - divine weapon; यथावत् (yathāvat) - properly; अधीयानं (adhīyānam) - studying; शंसितं (śaṃsitam) - praised; सत्यसन्धम् (satyasandham) - truthful; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; अशंसे (aśaṃse) - I hoped; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Dhanañjaya, dwelling in heaven, from Śakra directly, the divine weapon properly studying, praised, truthful, then I did not hope for victory, Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.110))
When I heard that Dhanañjaya, while staying in heaven, was receiving from Śakra himself the divine weapon in the proper way, studying, praised for his truthfulness, then, Sañjaya, I did not hope for victory. (bori 1.1.110)
यदाऽश्रोषं कालकेयास्ततस्ते पौलोमानो वरदानाच्च दृप्ताः। देवैरजेया निर्जिताश्चार्जुनेन तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१६४)
yadā'śroṣaṁ kālakeyās tataste paulomāno varadānāc ca dṛptāḥ। devair ajeyā nirjitāś cārjunena tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya॥ (nīla 1.1.164)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रोषम् (aśroṣam) - I heard; कालकेयाः (kālakeyāḥ) - Kālakeya demons; ततः (tataḥ) - then; ते (te) - they; पौलोमानः (paulomānaḥ) - Pauloma demons; वरदानात् (varadānāt) - from the boon; च (ca) - and; दृप्ताः (dṛptāḥ) - proud; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; अजेयाः (ajeyāḥ) - unconquerable; निर्जिताः (nirjitāḥ) - defeated; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Kālakeyas, then those Paulomas, proud from the boon, unconquerable by the gods and defeated by Arjuna, then I did not expect for victory, Sañjaya.)
Sañjaya, when I heard that the Kālakeyas, and then those Pauloma demons, made proud by boons, though invincible to the gods, were defeated by Arjuna, at that time I did not expect victory.
यदाऽश्रौषमसुराणां वधार्थे किरीटिनं यान्तममित्रकर्शनम्। कृतार्थं चाप्यागतं शक्रलोकात्तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१६५)
yadā' aśrauṣam asurāṇāṃ vadhārthe kirīṭinaṃ yāntam amitra-karśanam| kṛtārthaṃ ca api āgatam śakra-lokāt tadā na āśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.165)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रोषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; असुराणाम् (asurāṇām) - of the asuras; वधार्थे (vadhārthe) - for the purpose of killing; किरीटिनम् (kirīṭinam) - the one wearing a crown; यान्तम् (yāntam) - going; अमित्रकर्शनम् (amitra-karśanam) - destroyer of enemies; कृतार्थम् (kṛtārtham) - having accomplished the purpose; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; आगतं (āgatam) - having returned; शक्रलोकात् (śakra-lokāt) - from the world of Indra; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (na āśaṃse) - did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard (that) the crowned one, destroyer of enemies, was going for the killing of the asuras, and (that he), having accomplished the purpose, also returned from Indra's world, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the crowned one, destroyer of enemies, had gone to kill the asuras and, having accomplished his purpose, had returned from Indra's world, then I had no hope for victory. (1.1.165)
यदाऽश्रौषं तीर्थयात्राप्रवृत्तं पाण्डोः सुतं सहितं लोमशेन। बृहदश्वादक्षहृदयं च प्राप्तं तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजय ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१८८)
yadā'āśrauṣaṁ tīrthayātrāpravṛttaṁ pāṇḍoḥ sutaṁ sahitaṁ lomaśena| bṛhadaśvād akṣahṛdayaṁ ca prāptaṁ tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya saṁjaya ॥ (kumbha 1.1.188)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; तीर्थयात्राप्रवृत्तम् (tīrthayātrāpravṛttam) - engaged-in-pilgrimage; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; सुतम् (sutam) - son; सहितम् (sahitam) - together; लोमशेन (lomaśena) - with Lomaśa; बृहदश्वात् (bṛhadaśvāt) - from Bṛhadaśva; अक्षहृदयम् (akṣahṛdayam) - the secret of dice; च (ca) - and; प्राप्तम् (prāptam) - obtained; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not anticipate; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; संजय (saṁjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard (of) the son of Pāṇḍu engaged in pilgrimage together with Lomaśa, (and) having obtained the secret of dice from Bṛhadaśva, then I did not anticipate (anything) for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the son of Pāṇḍu had set out on pilgrimage together with Lomaśa and had obtained the secret of dice from Bṛhadaśva, at that time I did not expect victory. (1.1.188)
यदाश्रौषं वैश्रवणेन सार्धं; समागतं भीममन्यांश्च पार्थान्। तस्मिन् देशे मानुषाणामगम्ये; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१११)
yadāśrauṣaṁ vaiśravaṇena sārdhaṁ; samāgataṁ bhīmam anyāṁś ca pārthān. tasmin deśe mānuṣāṇām agamyē; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.111)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वैश्रवणेन (vaiśravaṇena) - with Vaiśravaṇa; सार्धम् (sārdham) - together; समागतम् (samāgatam) - having assembled; भीमम् (bhīmam) - Bhīma; अन्यान् (anyān) - others; च (ca) - and; पार्थान् (pārthān) - the sons of Pṛthā (Pāṇḍavas); तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; देशे (deśe) - place; मानुषाणाम् (mānuṣāṇām) - of humans; अगम्ये (agamyē) - inaccessible; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard together with Vaiśravaṇa assembled Bhīma and others and the sons of Pṛthā, in that place of humans inaccessible, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Bhīma and the other sons of Pṛthā had assembled together with Vaiśravaṇa in a place inaccessible to humans, then, O Sañjaya, I did not hope for victory. (bori 1.1.111)
यदाश्रौषं घोषयात्रागतानां; बन्धं गन्धर्वैः मोक्षणं च अर्जुनेन। स्वेषां सुतानां कर्णबुद्धौ रतानां; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११२)
yadāśrauṣaṃ ghoṣayātrāgatānāṃ; bandhaṃ gandharvaiḥ mokṣaṇaṃ ca arjunena. sveṣāṃ sutānāṃ karṇabuddhau ratānāṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.112)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषं (aśrauṣam) - I heard; घोषयात्रागतानां (ghoṣayātrāgatānām) - of those who went on the cattle expedition; बन्धं (bandham) - capture; गन्धर्वैः (gandharvaiḥ) - by the gandharvas; मोक्षणं (mokṣaṇam) - release; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; स्वेषां (sveṣām) - of our own; सुतानां (sutānām) - sons; कर्णबुद्धौ (karṇabuddhau) - in the mind of Karṇa; रतानां (ratānām) - absorbed; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the capture of those who went on the cattle expedition by the gandharvas and the release by Arjuna, of our own sons absorbed in the mind of Karṇa, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard of the capture of those who went on the cattle expedition by the gandharvas and their release by Arjuna, and that our sons were devoted to Karṇa’s counsel, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (BORI 1.1.112)
यदाश्रौषं यक्षरूपेण धर्मं; समागतं धर्मराजेन सूत। प्रश्नानुक्तान्विब्रुवन्तं च सम्यक्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११३)
yadāśrauṣaṃ yakṣarūpeṇa dharmaṃ; samāgataṃ dharmarājena sūta. praśnānuktān vibruvantaṃ ca samyak; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.113)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; यक्षरूपेण (yakṣarūpeṇa) (yakṣarūpeṇa) - in the form of a yakṣa; धर्मम् (dharmam) (dharmam) - Dharma; समागतं (samāgatam) (samāgatam) - having come together; धर्मराजेन (dharmarājena) (dharmarājena) - by Dharmarāja; सूत (sūta) (sūta) - O charioteer; प्रश्नान् (praśnān) (praśnān) - questions; उक्तान् (uktān) (uktān) - spoken; विब्रुवन्तं (vibruvantam) (vibruvantam) - replying; च (ca) (ca) - and; सम्यक् (samyak) (samyak) - properly; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Dharma in the form of a yakṣa, come together by Dharmarāja, O charioteer, replying properly to the questions spoken, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Dharmarāja, in the form of a yakṣa, had come and was properly answering the questions, then I did not hope for victory.
यदाऽश्रौषं न विदुर्मामकास्तान् प्रच्छन्नरूपान्वसतः पाण्डवेयान्। विराटराष्ट्रे सह कृष्णया च तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१६९)
yadā'āśrauṣaṃ na vidur-māmakās-tān pracchanna-rūpān-vasataḥ pāṇḍaveyān। virāṭarāṣṭre saha kṛṣṇayā ca tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya॥ (nīla 1.1.169)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; न (na) - not; विदुः (viduḥ) - knew; मामकाः (māmakāḥ) - my people; तान् (tān) - them; प्रच्छन्नरूपान् (pracchanna-rūpān) - in disguised forms; वसतः (vasataḥ) - dwelling; पाण्डवेयान् (pāṇḍaveyān) - the sons of Pāṇḍu; विराटराष्ट्रे (virāṭa-rāṣṭre) - in the kingdom of Virāṭa; सह (saha) - with; कृष्णया (kṛṣṇayā) - with Kṛṣṇā (Draupadī); च (ca) - and; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard my people did not know those sons of Pāṇḍu dwelling in disguise, in the kingdom of Virāṭa with Kṛṣṇā, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that my people were unaware of the Pāṇḍavas living in disguise, together with Kṛṣṇā, in the kingdom of Virāṭa, then I no longer hoped for victory, O Sañjaya. (1.1.169)
यदाऽश्रौषं कीचकानां वरिष्ठं निषूदितं भ्रातृशतेन सार्धम्। द्रौपद्यर्थे भीमसेनेन सङ्ख्ये तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजय ॥ (कुंभ १.१.१९३)
yadā'śrauṣaṁ kīcakānāṁ variṣṭhaṁ niṣūditaṁ bhrātṛśatena sārdham। draupadyarthe bhīmasenena saṅkhye tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (kumbha 1.1.193)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; कीचकानाम् (kīcakānām) - of the Kīcakas; वरिष्ठम् (variṣṭham) - the chief; निषूदितम् (niṣūditam) - slain; भ्रातृशतेन (bhrātṛśatena) - by a hundred brothers; सार्धम् (sārdham) - together with; द्रौपद्यर्थे (draupadyarthe) - for the sake of Draupadī; भीमसेनेन (bhīmasenena) - by Bhīmasena; सङ्ख्ये (saṅkhye) - in the assembly; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I expected; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the chief of the Kīcakas was slain together with a hundred brothers for the sake of Draupadī by Bhīmasena in the assembly, then I expected victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Bhīmasena had slain the chief of the Kīcakas along with his hundred brothers for Draupadī's sake in the assembly, I then anticipated victory. (1.1.193)
यदाश्रौषं मामकानां वरिष्ठान्; धनञ्जयेनैकरथेन भग्नान्। विराटराष्ट्रे वसता महात्मना; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११४)
yadāśrauṣaṁ māmakānāṁ variṣṭhān; dhanañjayenaikarathena bhagnān. virāṭarāṣṭre vasatā mahātmanā; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.114)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; मामकानाम् (māmakānām) - of my people; वरिष्ठान् (variṣṭhān) - the foremost; धनञ्जयेन (dhanañjayena) - by Dhananjaya; एकरथेन (ekarathena) - with a single chariot; भग्नान् (bhagnān) - defeated; विराटराष्ट्रे (virāṭarāṣṭre) - in the kingdom of Virata; वसता (vasatā) - dwelling; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the high-souled; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the foremost of my people defeated by Dhananjaya with a single chariot in the kingdom of Virata, dwelling by the high-souled, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the foremost of my men had been defeated by Dhananjaya alone, with his single chariot, while he dwelt in the kingdom of Virata, I lost my hopes for victory. (1.1.114)
यदाश्रौषं सत्कृतां मत्स्यराज्ञा; सुतां दत्ताम् उत्तराम् अर्जुनाय। तां च अर्जुनः प्रत्यगृह्णात् सुतार्थे; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११५)
yadāśrauṣaṃ satkṛtāṃ matsyarājñā; sutāṃ dattām uttarām arjunāya। tāṃ ca arjunaḥ pratyagṛhṇāt sutārthe; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.115)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; सत्कृताम् (satkṛtām) (satkṛtām) - honored; मत्स्यराज्ञा (matsyarājñā) (matsyarājñā) - by the king of the Matsyas; सुताम् (sutām) (sutām) - daughter; दत्ताम् (dattām) (dattām) - given; उत्तराम् (uttarām) (uttarām) - Uttarā; अर्जुनाय (arjunāya) (arjunāya) - to Arjuna; ताम् (tām) (tām) - her; च (ca) (ca) - and; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; प्रत्यगृह्णात् (pratyagṛhṇāt) (pratyagṛhṇāt) - accepted; सुतार्थे (sutārthe) (sutārthe) - for the sake of the son; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the honored daughter, Uttarā, given by the king of the Matsyas to Arjuna, and Arjuna accepted her for the sake of the son, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the king of the Matsyas had, as an honor, given his daughter Uttarā to Arjuna, and that Arjuna accepted her for the sake of his son, then I no longer hoped for victory, O Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.115)
यदाश्रौषं निर्जितस्य अधनस्य; प्रव्राजितस्य स्वजनात् प्रच्युतस्य। अक्षौहिणीः सप्त युधिष्ठिरस्य; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११६)
yadā-āśrauṣam nirjitasya adhanasya; pravrājitasya svajanāt prachyutasya. akṣauhiṇīḥ sapta yudhiṣṭhirasya; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.116)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; निर्जितस्य (nirjitasya) - of the defeated; अधनस्य (adhanasya) - of the impoverished; प्रव्राजितस्य (pravrājitasya) - of him who was exiled; स्वजनात् (svajanāt) - from his kinsmen; प्रच्युतस्य (prachyutasya) - of him who was cast out; अक्षौहिणीः (akṣauhiṇīḥ) - armies (in units called akṣauhiṇī); सप्त (sapta) - seven; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, of the defeated, of the impoverished, of the exiled, cast out from his own people, (that there were) seven akṣauhiṇīs of Yudhiṣṭhira, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Yudhiṣṭhira—who was defeated, impoverished, exiled, and cast out from his own kinsmen—had seven akṣauhiṇī armies, then I did not hope for victory. (bori 1.1.116)
यदाश्रौषं नरनारायणौ तौ; कृष्णार्जुनौ वदतः नारदस्य। अहं द्रष्टा ब्रह्मलोके सदा इति; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११७)
yadā-āśrauṣam nara-nārāyaṇau tau; kṛṣṇa-arjunau vadataḥ nāradasya. ahaṃ draṣṭā brahma-loke sadā iti; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.117)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; नरनारायणौ (nara-nārāyaṇau) - Nara and Nārāyaṇa; तौ (tau) - those two; कृष्णार्जुनौ (kṛṣṇa-arjunau) - Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna; वदतः (vadataḥ) - were being called; नारदस्य (nāradasya) - by Nārada; अहम् (aham) - I; द्रष्टा (draṣṭā) - the seer; ब्रह्मलोके (brahma-loke) - in Brahma-loka; सदा (sadā) - always; इति (iti) - thus; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not predict; विजयाय (vijayāya) - victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard those two, Nara and Nārāyaṇa, called Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, by Nārada, I, the seer always in Brahma-loka, thus, then did not predict victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard Nārada refer to those two, Nara and Nārāyaṇa, as Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, I, who am always the seer in Brahma-loka, did not then predict victory, O Sañjaya. (1.1.117)
यदाश्रौषं माधवं वासुदेवं; सर्वात्मना पाण्डवार्थे निविष्टम्। यस्य इमां गां विक्रमम् एकम् आहु; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११८)
yadāśrauṣaṁ mādhavaṁ vāsudevaṁ; sarvātmanā pāṇḍavārthe niviṣṭam. yasya imāṁ gāṁ vikramam ekam āhu; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.118)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; माधवम् (mādhavam) - Mādhava (Krishna); वासुदेवम् (vāsudevam) - Vāsudeva (Krishna); सर्वात्मना (sarvātmanā) - with his whole being; पाण्डवार्थे (pāṇḍavārthe) - for the purpose of the Pāṇḍavas; निविष्टम् (niviṣṭam) - engaged; यस्यम् (yasya) - whose; इमां (imām) - this; गाम् (gām) - act (gā—act/deed); विक्रमम् (vikramam) - valor; एकम् (ekam) - one (single); आहु (āhu) - they called; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Mādhava Vāsudeva, engaged with all his being for the purpose of the Pāṇḍavas, whose this act of valor alone they called, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Mādhava (Krishna), Vāsudeva, was wholly dedicated to the cause of the Pāṇḍavas and whose single act of valor was thus described, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.118)
यदाऽश्रौषं लोकहिताय कृष्णं शमार्थिनमुपयातं कुरूणाम्। शमं कुर्वाणमकृतार्थं च यातं तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१७५)
yadā'śrauṣaṁ lokahitāya kṛṣṇaṁ śamārthinamupayātaṁ kurūṇām। śamaṁ kurvāṇamakṛtārthaṁ ca yātaṁ tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.175)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; लोकहिताय (lokahitāya) - for the welfare of the world; कृष्णम् (kṛṣṇam) - Kṛṣṇa; शमार्थिनम् (śamārthinam) - desiring peace; उपयातम् (upayātam) - having come; कुरूणाम् (kurūṇām) - of the Kuru(s); शमम् (śamam) - peace; कुर्वाणम् (kurvāṇam) - effecting; अकृतार्थम् (akṛtārtham) - his end not accomplished; च (ca) - and; यातम् (yātam) - departed; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; आशंसे (āśaṁse) - I expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sanjaya;]
(When I heard that, for the welfare of the world, Kṛṣṇa, desiring peace, had come to the Kurus, effecting peace but with his end not accomplished, and departed, then, Sanjaya, I did not expect for victory.)
When I heard, Sanjaya, that Kṛṣṇa had come to the Kurus for the welfare of the world, seeking peace, but departed after making peace unsuccessfully, I no longer expected victory. (1.1.175)
यदाश्रौषं कर्ण-दुर्योधनाभ्यां; बुद्धिं कृतां निग्रहे केशवस्य। तं च आत्मानं बहुधा दर्शयानं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.११९)
yadāśrauṣaṃ karṇa-duryodhanābhyāṃ; buddhiṃ kṛtāṃ nigrahe keśavasya. taṃ ca ātmānaṃ bahudhā darśayānaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.119)
[यदा (yadā) - when; श्रौषं (śrauṣam) - I heard; कर्ण-दुर्योधनाभ्यां (karṇa-duryodhanābhyām) - by Karṇa and Duryodhana; बुद्धिं (buddhiṃ) - plan; कृतां (kṛtām) - made; निग्रहे (nigrahe) - for restraining; केशवस्य (keśavasya) - of Keśava (Kṛṣṇa); तं (taṃ) - him; च (ca) - and; आत्मानं (ātmānam) - self; बहुधा (bahudhā) - in many ways; दर्शयानं (darśayānam) - showing; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, by Karṇa and Duryodhana, the plan made for restraining Keśava, and [saw] him, the self, showing in many ways, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Karṇa and Duryodhana had made a plan to restrain Keśava, and saw him manifesting himself in many forms, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.119)
यदाश्रौषं वासुदेवे प्रयाते; रथस्य एकाम् अग्रतः तिष्ठमानाम्। आर्तां पृथां सान्त्वितां केशवेन; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२०)
yadāśrauṣaṁ vāsudeve prayāte; rathasya ekām agrataḥ tiṣṭhamānām. ārtāṁ pṛthāṁ sāntvitāṁ keśavena; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.120)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वासुदेवे (vāsudeve) - when Vāsudeva; प्रयाते (prayāte) - had departed; रथस्य (rathasya) - of the chariot; एकाम् (ekām) - one (woman); अग्रतः (agrataḥ) - in front; तिष्ठमानाम् (tiṣṭhamānām) - standing; आर्तां (ārtāṁ) - distressed; पृथां (pṛthāṁ) - Pṛthā (Kuntī); सान्त्वितां (sāntvitāṁ) - consoled; केशवेन (keśavena) - by Keśava; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, when Vāsudeva had departed, that one (woman) standing in front of the chariot, distressed Pṛthā, consoled by Keśava, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard, after Vāsudeva departed, that Keśava had consoled the distressed Pṛthā standing in front of the chariot, then I lost all hope for victory. (bori 1.1.120)
यदाश्रौषं मन्त्रिणं वासुदेवं; तथा भीष्मं शान्तनवं च तेषाम्। भारद्वाजं च आऽशिषः अनुब्रुवाणं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२१)
yadāśrauṣaṁ mantriṇaṁ vāsudevaṁ; tathā bhīṣmaṁ śāntanavaṁ ca teṣām. bhāradvājaṁ ca ā'śiṣaḥ anubruvāṇaṁ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.121)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; मन्त्रिणम् (mantriṇam) - minister; वासुदेवम् (vāsudevam) - Vasudeva; तथा (tathā) - also; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhishma; शान्तनवम् (śāntanavam) - son of Shantanu (i.e., Bhishma); च (ca) - and; तेषाम् (teṣām) - of them; भारद्वाजम् (bhāradvājam) - Bharadvaja; च (ca) - and; आऽशिषः (ā'śiṣaḥ) - auspicious blessings; अनुब्रुवाणम् (anubruvāṇam) - uttering; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sanjaya;]
(When I heard the minister Vasudeva; also Bhishma, son of Shantanu, and of them Bharadvaja and (him) uttering auspicious blessings; then I did not expect for victory, Sanjaya.)
When I heard Vasudeva, the minister, Bhishma, son of Shantanu, and among them Bharadvaja uttering auspicious blessings, then I did not expect victory, O Sanjaya. (1.1.121)
यदाश्रौषं कर्ण उवाच भीष्मं; न अहं योत्स्ये युध्यमाने त्वयि इति। हित्वा सेनाम् अपचक्राम चैव; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२२)
yadāśrauṣaṁ karṇa uvāca bhīṣmaṁ; na ahaṁ yotsye yudhyamāne tvayi iti. hitvā senām apacakrāma caiva; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.122)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) (karṇaḥ) - Karna; उवाच (uvāca) (uvāca) - said; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) (bhīṣmam) - to Bhishma; न (na) (na) - not; अहम् (aham) (aham) - I; योत्स्ये (yotsye) (yotsye) - will fight; युध्यमाने (yudhyamāne) (yudhyamāne) - while fighting; त्वयि (tvayi) (tvayi) - you being present; इति (iti) (iti) - "thus; हित्वा (hitvā) (hitvā) - having left; सेनाम् (senām) (senām) - the army; अपचक्राम (apacakrāma) (apacakrāma) - withdrew; च (ca) (ca) - and; एव (eva) (eva) - indeed; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Karna said to Bhishma: "I will not fight while you are fighting;" having left the army he withdrew indeed; then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard Karna say to Bhishma, "I will not fight while you are engaged in combat," and when he left the army and withdrew, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.122)
यदाश्रौषं वासुदेव-अर्जुनौ तौ; तथा धनुः गाण्डिवम् अप्रमेयम्। त्रीणि उग्रवीर्याणि समागतानि; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२३)
yadāśrauṣaṃ vāsudeva-arjunau tau; tathā dhanuḥ gāṇḍivam aprameyam। trīṇi ugravīryāṇi samāgatāni; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.123)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वासुदेव-अर्जुनौ (vāsudeva-arjunau) - Vasudeva and Arjuna; तौ (tau) - those two; तथा (tathā) - also; धनुः (dhanuḥ) - bow; गाण्डिवम् (gāṇḍivam) - Gandiva; अप्रमेयम् (aprameyam) - immeasurable; त्रीणि (trīṇi) - three; उग्रवीर्याणि (ugravīryāṇi) - of terrible might; समागतानि (samāgatāni) - coming together; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya; ॥ (॥) - (बोरि १.१.१२३) ((bori 1.1.123)) -;]
(When I heard Vasudeva and Arjuna, those two, and also the bow Gandiva, immeasurable—three of terrible might coming together—then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Vasudeva, Arjuna, and also the overpowering bow Gandiva—these three forces of great power—had come together, then I did not expect victory. (bori 1.1.123)
यदाश्रौषं कश्मलेन अभिपन्ने; रथ-उपस्थे सीदमाने अर्जुने वै। कृष्णं लोकान् दर्शयानं शरीरे; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२४)
yadā-āśrauṣam kaśmalena abhipanne; ratha-upasthe sīdamāne arjune vai. kṛṣṇam lokān darśayānam śarīre; tadā nāśamse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.124)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; कश्मलेन (kaśmalena) - by faintness; अभिपन्ने (abhipanne) - overcome; रथ-उपस्थे (ratha-upasthe) - in the chariot-seat; सीदमाने (sīdamāne) - sinking; अर्जुने (arjune) - Arjuna; वै (vai) - truly; कृष्णम् (kṛṣṇam) - Kṛṣṇa; लोकान् (lokān) - worlds; दर्शयानम् (darśayānam) - showing; शरीरे (śarīre) - in (his) body; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंशे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Arjuna, truly, overcome by faintness, sinking in the chariot-seat, and Kṛṣṇa showing the worlds in (his) body, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Arjuna, overcome by faintness and collapsing in the chariot-seat, while Kṛṣṇa showed the worlds in his body, then, O Sañjaya, I did not expect a victory. (1.1.124)
यदाश्रौषं भीष्मम् अमित्रकर्शनं; निघ्नन्तम् आजावयुतं रथानाम्। नैषां कश्चित् वध्यते दृश्य-रूपः; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२५)
yadāśrauṣaṁ bhīṣmam amitrakarśanam; nighnantam ājāvayutaṁ rathānām. naiṣāṁ kaścit vadhyate dṛśya-rūpaḥ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.125)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhishma; अमित्रकर्शनं (amitrakarśanam) - foe-tormentor; निघ्नन्तम् (nighnantam) - slaying; आजावयुतं (ājāvayutam) - in one instant; रथानाम् (rathānām) - of chariots; न (na) - not; एषां (eṣāṁ) - of these; कश्चित् (kaścit) - any one; वध्यते (vadhyate) - is slain; दृश्य-रूपः (dṛśya-rūpaḥ) - in visible form; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I hoped not; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sanjaya;]
(When I heard Bhishma, the tormentor of foes, slaying chariots by the thousand at once, not any one of these was slain in visible form; then I hoped not for victory, O Sanjaya.)
When I heard that Bhishma, destroyer of enemies, was slaying charioteers by the thousand at a time, and yet not one of these was visibly slain, then, O Sanjaya, I lost hope of victory. (bori 1.1.125)
यदाऽश्रौषं चापगेयेन सङ्ख्ये स्वयं मृत्युं विहितं धार्मिकेण। तच्चाकार्षुः पाण्डवेयाः प्रहृष्टास्तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.१८३)
yadā' aśrauṣaṁ cāpageyena saṅkhye svayaṁ mṛtyuṁ vihitaṁ dhārmikeṇa। tac cākārṣuḥ pāṇḍaveyāḥ prahṛṣṭās tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya॥ (nīla 1.1.183)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; च (ca) - and; आपगेयेन (āpageyena) - by the son of Apagā (Bhīṣma); सङ्ख्ये (saṅkhye) - in battle; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; मृत्युम् (mṛtyum) - death; विहितम् (vihitam) - ordained; धार्मिकेण (dhārmikeṇa) - by the righteous one; तत् (tat) - that; च (ca) - and; अकार्षुः (akārṣuḥ) - did (they); पाण्डवेयाः (pāṇḍaveyāḥ) - the sons of Pāṇḍu; प्रहृष्टाः (prahṛṣṭāḥ) - joyful; तदा (tadā) - then; न (na) - not; आशंसे (āśaṁse) - did I hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, by (the act of) the son of Apagā in battle, that death was himself ordained by the righteous one, that did the sons of Pāṇḍu joyfully then; not did I hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard in battle that the son of Apagā, by his own act, had ordained his own death, and that the Pāṇḍavas joyfully did (that deed), I did not hope for victory. (1.1.183)
यदाश्रौषं भीष्मम् अत्यन्त-शूरं; हतं पार्थेन आहवेषु अप्रधृष्यम्। शिखण्डिनं पुरतः स्थापयित्वा; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२६)
yadā-āśrauṣam bhīṣmam atyanta-śūram; hataṃ pārthena āhaveṣu apradhṛśyam. śikhaṇḍinam purataḥ sthāpayitvā; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.126)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhīṣma; अत्यन्त-शूरं (atyanta-śūram) - extremely heroic; हतं (hataṃ) - slain; पार्थेन (pārthena) - by Pārtha (Arjuna); आहवेषु (āhaveṣu) - in battles; अप्रधृष्यम् (apradhṛśyam) - unassailable; शिखण्डिनं (śikhaṇḍinam) - Śikhaṇḍin; पुरतः (purataḥ) - in front; स्थापयित्वा (sthāpayitvā) - having stationed; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Bhīṣma, extremely heroic, slain by Pārtha, in battles, unassailable, Śikhaṇḍin in front, having stationed, then I did not hope for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard, Sañjaya, that Bhīṣma—who was extremely heroic and unassailable in battle—had been slain by Pārtha after placing Śikhaṇḍin in front, then I had no hope for victory. (1.1.126)
यदाश्रौषं शरतल्पे शयानं; वृद्धं वीरं सादितं चित्रपुङ्खैः। भीष्मं कृत्वा सोमकान् अल्पशेषान्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२७)
yadā-āśrauṣam śarat-alpe śayānam; vṛddham vīram sāditam citra-puṅkhaiḥ. bhīṣmam kṛtvā somakān alpa-śeṣān; tadā nā-āśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.127)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; शरतल्पे (śarat-alpe) - on the bed of arrows; शयानम् (śayānam) - lying; वृद्धम् (vṛddham) - aged; वीरम् (vīram) - hero; सादितम् (sāditam) - struck down; चित्रपुङ्खैः (citra-puṅkhaiḥ) - with variegated feathers (arrows); भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhīṣma; कृत्वा (kṛtvā) - having made; सोमकान् (somakān) - the Somakas (Pāṇḍava allies); अल्पशेषान् (alpa-śeṣān) - few remaining; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard that Bhīṣma, the aged hero, lying on the bed of arrows, struck down with variegated-feathered (arrows), having reduced the Somakas to few remaining, then I did not hope for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard, Sañjaya, that Bhīṣma—the aged hero—was lying on a bed of arrows, struck down by variegated-feathered shafts, having left the Somakas with few survivors, at that time I did not hope for victory. (bori 1.1.127)
यदाश्रौषं शान्तनवे शयाने; पानीयार्थे चोदितेन अर्जुनेन। भूमिं भित्त्वा तर्पितं तत्र भीष्मं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२८)
yadāśrauṣaṃ śāntanave śayāne; pānīyārthe coditena arjunena. bhūmiṃ bhittvā tarpitaṃ tatra bhīṣmaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.128)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; शान्तनवे (śāntanave) - to Śāntanu's son; शयाने (śayāne) - lying down; पानीयार्थे (pānīyārthe) - for water; चोदितेन (coditena) - having been impelled; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; भूमिं (bhūmiṃ) - the earth; भित्त्वा (bhittvā) - having pierced; तर्पितं (tarpitaṃ) - gratified; तत्र (tatra) - there; भीष्मं (bhīṣmam) - Bhīṣma; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Śāntanu's son lying down, for water having been impelled by Arjuna, the earth having been pierced, Bhīṣma gratified there, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Bhīṣma, Śāntanu's son, lying (on the bed of arrows), was gratified with water brought by Arjuna who pierced the earth, then, O Sañjaya, I did not expect victory. (1.1.128)
यदाश्रौषं शुक्र-सूर्यौ च युक्तौ; कौन्तेयानाम् अनुलोमौ जयाय। नित्यं च अस्मान् श्वापदाः व्याभषन्त; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१२९)
yadāśrauṣaṁ śukra-sūryau ca yuktau; kaunteyānām anulomau jayāya. nityaṁ ca asmān śvāpadāḥ vyābhaṣanta; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.129)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषं (aśrauṣam) - I heard; शुक्र-सूर्यौ (śukra-sūryau) - Venus and the Sun; च (ca) - and; युक्तौ (yuktau) - conjoined; कौन्तेयानाम् (kaunteyānām) - of the sons of Kuntī; अनुलोमौ (anulomau) - favorable; जयाय (jayāya) - for victory; नित्यं (nityaṁ) - always; च (ca) - and; अस्मान् (asmān) - us; श्वापदाः (śvāpadāḥ) - beasts of prey; व्याभषन्त (vyābhaṣanta) - howled at; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard that Venus and the Sun were conjoined, favorable for victory of the sons of Kuntī, and always the beasts of prey howled at us, then I did not expect victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Venus and the Sun were together, which boded well for the victory of the sons of Kuntī, and that beasts of prey were constantly howling at us, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya. (1.1.129)
यदा द्रोणः विविधान् अस्त्रमार्गान्; विदर्शयन् समरे चित्रयोधी। न पाण्डवान् श्रेष्ठतमान् निहन्ति; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३०)
yadā droṇaḥ vividhān astramārgān; vidarśayan samare citrayodhī. na pāṇḍavān śreṣṭhatamān nihanti; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.130)
[यदा (yadā) - when; द्रोणः (droṇaḥ) - Droṇa; विविधान् (vividhān) - various; अस्त्रमार्गान् (astramārgān) - paths of weapons; विदर्शयन् (vidarśayan) - showing; समरे (samare) - in battle; चित्रयोधी (citrayodhī) - various warriors; न (na) - not; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; श्रेष्ठतमान् (śreṣṭhatamān) - the greatest; निहन्ति (nihanti) - slays; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I do not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When Droṇa, showing various paths of weapons in battle, though a skillful warrior, does not slay the greatest of the Pāṇḍavas, then, O Sañjaya, I do not expect for victory.)
O Sañjaya, when Droṇa, though displaying various ways of weapons in the battle as a master warrior, does not slay the foremost of the Pāṇḍavas, then I do not expect victory. (bori 1.1.130)
यदाश्रौषं च अस्मदीयान् महारथान्; व्यवस्थितान् अर्जुनस्य अन्तकाय। संशप्तकान् निहतान् अर्जुनेन; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३१)
yadā-āśrauṣam ca asmadīyān mahārathān; vyavasthitān arjunasya antakāya. saṃśaptakān nihatān arjunena; tadā nā aśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.131)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; च (ca) - and; अस्मदीयान् (asmadīyān) - our (men); महारथान् (mahārathān) - great warriors; व्यवस्थितान् (vyavasthitān) - arrayed; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; अन्तकाय (antakāya) - for the destruction; संशप्तकान् (saṃśaptakān) - the Saṃśaptakas; निहतान् (nihatān) - slain; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nā aśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (saṃjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard and our great warriors arrayed for Arjuna's destruction, the Saṃśaptakas slain by Arjuna, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that our great warriors, the Saṃśaptakas who had been arrayed to destroy Arjuna, were slain by Arjuna, then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.131)
यदाश्रौषं व्यूहम् अभेद्यम् अन्यैः; भारद्वाजेन आत्त-शस्त्रेण गुप्तम्। भित्त्वा सौभद्रं वीरम् एकं प्रविष्टं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३२)
yadā śrauṣam vyūham abhedyam anyaiḥ; bhāradvājena ātta-śastreṇa guptam. bhittvā saubhadram vīram ekam praviṣṭam; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.132)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; व्यूहम् (vyūham) - formation; अभेद्यम् (abhedyam) - impenetrable; अन्यैः (anyaiḥ) - by others; भारद्वाजेन (bhāradvājena) - by Bhāradvāja (Droṇa); आत्त-शस्त्रेण (ātta-śastreṇa) - with weapon in hand; गुप्तम् (guptam) - protected; भित्त्वा (bhittvā) - having pierced; सौभद्रं (saubhadram) - Abhimanyu (son of Subhadrā); वीरम् (vīram) - hero; एकं (ekam) - alone; प्रविष्टं (praviṣṭam) - having entered; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect (good); विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard formation impenetrable by others by Bhāradvāja with weapon in hand protected, having pierced Abhimanyu hero alone having entered, then I did not expect for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the formation, impenetrable by others and protected by Bhāradvāja armed with weapons, was penetrated and that Abhimanyu, the heroic son of Subhadrā, had entered alone, then, Sañjaya, I did not expect victory. (1.1.132)
यदा अभिमन्युं परिवार्य बालं; सर्वे हत्वा हृष्ट-रूपा बभूवुः। महारथाः पार्थम् अशक्नुवन्त; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३३)
yadā abhimanyuṃ parivārya bālaṃ; sarve hatvā hṛṣṭa-rūpā babhūvuḥ. mahārathāḥ pārtham aśaknuvanta; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.133)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अभिमन्युं (abhimanyuṃ) - Abhimanyu (accusative singular); परिवार्य (parivārya) - having surrounded; बालं (bālaṃ) - boy; सर्वे (sarve) - all; हत्वा (hatvā) - having killed; हृष्ट-रूपा (hṛṣṭa-rūpā) - having forms of joy; बभूवुः (babhūvuḥ) - became; महारथाः (mahārathāḥ) - great chariot-warriors; पार्थम् (pārtham) - Pārtha (Arjuna, accusative); अशक्नुवन्त (aśaknuvanta) - were not able; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When having surrounded Abhimanyu, the boy, all having killed (him), having forms of joy became. The great chariot-warriors were not able (to defeat) Pārtha; then for victory I did not hope, Sañjaya.)
When all the great chariot-warriors surrounded Abhimanyu, the boy, and having killed him became joyful, yet they could not overcome Pārtha; then, Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.133)
यदाश्रौषं अभिमन्युं निहत्य; हर्षात् मूढान् क्रोशतः धार्तराष्ट्रान्। क्रोधं मुक्तं सैन्धवे च अर्जुनेन; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३४)
yadāśrauṣaṃ abhimanyuṃ nihatya; harṣāt mūḍhān krośataḥ dhārtarāṣṭrān। krodhaṃ muktaṃ saindhave ca arjunena; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.134)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषं (aśrauṣam) - I heard; अभिमन्युं (abhimanyuṃ) - Abhimanyu (accusative); निहत्य (nihatya) - having killed; हर्षात् (harṣāt) - from joy; मूढान् (mūḍhān) - the deluded ones; क्रोशतः (krośataḥ) - crying aloud; धार्तराष्ट्रान् (dhārtarāṣṭrān) - the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; क्रोधं (krodham) - anger; मुक्तं (muktam) - released; सैन्धवे (saindhave) - on the son of Sindhu (Jayadratha); च (ca) - and; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Abhimanyu having been slain, from joy the deluded ones crying aloud, the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; anger released on the son of Sindhu and by Arjuna; then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Abhimanyu was killed and the deluded sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra were crying aloud with joy, and that Arjuna had released his anger upon the son of Sindhu, then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.134)
यदाश्रौषं सैन्धव-अर्थे प्रतिज्ञाम्; प्रतिज्ञाताम् तद्वधाय अर्जुनेन। सत्याम् निस्तीर्णाम् शत्रु-मध्ये च तेन; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३५)
yadāśrauṣaṁ saindhava-arthe pratijñām; pratijñātām tadvadhāya arjunena. satyām nistīrṇām śatru-madhye ca tena; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.135)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; सैन्धव-अर्थे (saindhava-arthe) - for the purpose of the Sindhu prince (Jayadratha); प्रतिज्ञाम् (pratijñām) - vow; प्रतिज्ञाताम् (pratijñātām) - promised; तद्वधाय (tad-vadhāya) - for his slaying; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; सत्याम् (satyām) - being true; निस्तीर्णाम् (nistīrṇām) - fulfilled; शत्रु-मध्ये (śatru-madhye) - in the midst of the enemies; च (ca) - and; तेन (tena) - by him; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the vow for the sake of the Sindhu prince; promised by Arjuna for his slaying. True, fulfilled, in the midst of enemies and by him; then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.135))
When I heard Arjuna's vow, made for the sake of slaying the Sindhu prince; and that vow was truly fulfilled by him amid the enemy ranks, from that moment I no longer hoped for victory, O Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.135)
यदाश्रौषं श्रान्त-हये धनञ्जये; मुक्त्वा हयान् पाययित्वा उपवृत्तान्। पुनः युक्त्वा वासुदेवं प्रयातं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३६)
yadāśrauṣaṃ śrānta-haye dhanañjaye; muktvā hayān pāyayitvā upavṛttān. punaḥ yuktvā vāsudevaṃ prayātaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.136)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; श्रान्त-हये (śrānta-haye) - with tired horses; धनञ्जये (dhanañjaye) - in Dhanañjaya; मुक्त्वा (muktvā) - having released; हयान् (hayān) - horses; पाययित्वा (pāyayitvā) - having made (them) drink (water); उपवृत्तान् (upavṛttān) - who had returned; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; युक्त्वा (yuktvā) - having yoked; वासुदेवं (vāsudevam) - Vāsudeva; प्रयातं (prayātaṃ) - having set out; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope (for); विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, with tired horses, in Dhanañjaya; having released the horses, having made (them) drink water, who had returned. Again, having yoked Vāsudeva, having set out; then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Dhanañjaya, with tired horses, had released the horses, made them drink water and returned, and then Vāsudeva (Krishna) yoking them again set out, at that moment, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.136)
यदाश्रौषं वाहनेषु आश्वसत्सु; रथ-उपस्थे तिष्ठता गाण्डिवेन। सर्वान् योधान् वारितान् अर्जुनेन; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३७)
yadā’śrauṣaṁ vāhaneṣu āśvasatsu; ratha-upasthe tiṣṭhatā gāṇḍivena. sarvān yodhān vāritān arjunena; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.137)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; वाहनेषु (vāhaneṣu) - in the vehicles; आश्वसत्सु (āśvasatsu) - while resting; रथ-उपस्थे (ratha-upasthe) - on the chariot-seat; तिष्ठता (tiṣṭhatā) - standing; गाण्डिवेन (gāṇḍivena) - with the Gāṇḍīva; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; योधान् (yodhān) - warriors; वारितान् (vāritān) - repelled; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, while the vehicles were resting, Arjuna standing on the chariot-seat with the Gāṇḍīva, all warriors repelled by Arjuna, then I did not hope for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard that, while the vehicles were at rest, Arjuna was standing on the chariot-seat with the Gāṇḍīva bow and repelling all the warriors, then, Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.137)
यदाश्रौषं नागबलैः दुरुत्सहं; द्रोण-आनीकं युयुधानं प्रमथ्य। यातं वार्ष्णेयं यत्र तौ कृष्ण-पार्थौ; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३८)
yadāśrauṣaṃ nāgabalaiḥ durutsahaṃ; droṇa-ānīkaṃ yuyudhānaṃ pramathya. yātaṃ vārṣṇeyaṃ yatra tau kṛṣṇa-pārthau; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.138)
[यदा (yadā) - when; श्रौषम् (śrauṣam) - I heard; नागबलैः (nāgabalaiḥ) - with elephant forces; दुरुत्सहम् (durutsaham) - very difficult to withstand; द्रोण-आनीकम् (droṇa-ānīkam) - the Drona division; युयुधानम् (yuyudhānam) - Yuyudhana; प्रमथ्य (pramathya) - having broken; यातम् (yātam) - had gone; वार्ष्णेयम् (vārṣṇeyam) - Vārṣṇeya (the descendant of Vṛṣṇi, Sātyaki); यत्र (yatra) - where; तौ (tau) - those two; कृष्ण-पार्थौ (kṛṣṇa-pārthau) - Kṛṣṇa and Pārtha (Arjuna); तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, with elephant forces (that were) very difficult to withstand, the Drona division being broken by Yuyudhana, Vārṣṇeya had gone where those two, Kṛṣṇa and Pārtha, (were); then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Yuyudhana, aided by mighty elephant forces and breaking the formidable Drona division, had gone to the place where Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna were, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.138)
यदाश्रौषं कर्णम् आसाद्य मुक्तं; वधात् भीमं कुत्सयित्वा वचोभिः। धनुष्कोट्या तुद्य कर्णेन वीरं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१३९)
yadā-āśrauṣam karṇam āsādya muktaṃ; vadhāt bhīmam kutsayitvā vacobhiḥ. dhanuṣkoṭyā tudya karṇena vīram; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.139)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; कर्णम् (karṇam) - Karṇa; आसाद्य (āsādya) - having approached; मुक्तं (muktaṃ) - uttered; वधात् (vadhāt) - after slaying; भीमं (bhīmam) - Bhīma; कुत्सयित्वा (kutsayitvā) - reviling; वचोभिः (vacobhiḥ) - with words; धनुष्कोट्या (dhanuṣ-koṭyā) - with the end of the bow; तुद्य (tudya) - having struck; कर्णेन (karṇena) - by Karṇa; वीरं (vīram) - the hero; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Karṇa, having approached, uttered—after slaying Bhīma, reviling with words; with the end of the bow having struck by Karṇa the hero; then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Karṇa approached and, after slaying Bhīma and reviling him with words, struck the hero with the end of his bow, then I did not expect victory. (bori 1.1.139)
यदा द्रोणः कृतवर्मा कृपश्च; कर्णः द्रौणिः मद्रराजश्च शूरः। अमर्षयन् सैन्धवं वध्यमानं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४०)
yadā droṇaḥ kṛtavarmā kṛpaśca; karṇaḥ drauṇiḥ madrarājaśca śūraḥ। amarṣayan saindhavaṃ vadhyamānaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.140)
[यदा (yadā) - when; द्रोणः (droṇaḥ) - Droṇa; कृतवर्मा (kṛtavarmā) - Kṛtavarmā; कृपः (kṛpaḥ) - Kṛpa; च (ca) - and; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) - Karṇa; द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - the son of Droṇa (Aśvatthāman); मद्रराजः (madrarājaḥ) - the king of Madra (Śalya); च (ca) - and; शूरः (śūraḥ) - hero; अमर्षयन् (amarṣayan) - were not tolerating; सैन्धवम् (saindhavam) - Saindhava (Jayadratha); वध्यमानम् (vadhyamānam) - being slain; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When Droṇa, Kṛtavarmā, Kṛpa, and Karṇa, the son of Droṇa (Aśvatthāman), and the king of Madra, the hero, were not tolerating Saindhava (Jayadratha) being slain, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when Droṇa, Kṛtavarmā, Kṛpa, Karṇa, Aśvatthāman, and the heroic king of Madra did not tolerate Jayadratha being killed, then I did not expect victory. (1.1.140)
यदाश्रौषं देवराजेन दत्तां; दिव्यां शक्तिं व्यंसितां माधवेन। घटोत्कचे राक्षसे घोररूपे; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४१)
yadāśrauṣaṃ devarājena dattāṃ; divyāṃ śaktiṃ vyaṃsitāṃ mādhavena. ghaṭotkace rākṣase ghorarūpe; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.141)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; देवराजेन (devarājena) (devarājena) - by Indra; दत्ताम् (dattāṃ) (dattāṃ) - given; दिव्याम् (divyāṃ) (divyāṃ) - divine; शक्तिम् (śaktim) (śaktim) - spear; व्यंसिताम् (vyaṃsitām) (vyaṃsitāṃ) - destroyed; माधवेन (mādhavena) (mādhavena) - by Mādhava (Kṛṣṇa); घटोत्कचे (ghaṭotkace) (ghaṭotkace) - in Ghaṭotkaca; राक्षसे (rākṣase) (rākṣase) - rākṣasa (demon); घोररूपे (ghorarūpe) (ghorarūpe) - terrible in form; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the divine spear given by Indra, destroyed by Mādhava, in Ghaṭotkaca, the demon of terrible form, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the divine spear given by Indra, which Mādhava destroyed in Ghaṭotkaca, the terrible rākṣasa, then, O Sañjaya, I lost hope for victory. (1.1.141)
यदाश्रौषं कर्ण-घटोत्कचाभ्याम्; युद्धे मुक्तां सूतपुत्रेण शक्तिम्। यया वध्यः समरे सव्यसाची; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४२)
yadāśrauṣaṁ karṇa-ghaṭotkacābhyām; yuddhe muktāṁ sūtaputreṇa śaktim. yayā vadhyaḥ samare savyasācī; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.142)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; कर्ण-घटोत्कचाभ्याम् (karṇa-ghaṭotkacābhyām) - by Karṇa and Ghaṭotkaca; युद्धे (yuddhe) - in battle; मुक्ताम् (muktām) - discharged; सूतपुत्रेण (sūtaputreṇa) - by the son of the charioteer (Karṇa); शक्तिम् (śaktim) - the śakti (weapon); यया (yayā) - by which; वध्यः (vadhyaḥ) - to be slain; समरे (samare) - in the battle; सव्यसाची (savyasācī) - the ambidextrous one (Arjuna); तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, by Karṇa and Ghaṭotkaca, in battle, the śakti weapon was discharged by the son of the charioteer, by which the ambidextrous one (Arjuna) was to be slain in the battle, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that in battle the śakti weapon was discharged by the son of the charioteer (Karṇa) at Ghaṭotkaca—a weapon by which the ambidextrous one (Arjuna) was to be slain in battle—then, O Sañjaya, I did not hope for victory. (1.1.142)
यदाश्रौषं द्रोणम् आचार्यम् एकं; धृष्टद्युम्नेन अति-क्रम्य धर्मम्। रथ-उपस्थे प्रायगतं विशस्तं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४३)
yadā śrauṣaṁ droṇam ācāryam ekaṁ; dhṛṣṭadyumnena atikramya dharmam. ratha-upasthe prāyagataṁ viśastaṁ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.143)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रोणम् (droṇam) - Droṇa; आचार्यम् (ācāryam) - the teacher; एकं (ekaṁ) - alone; धृष्टद्युम्नेन (dhṛṣṭadyumnena) - by Dhṛṣṭadyumna; अति-क्रम्य (atikramya) - transgressing; धर्मम् (dharmam) - dharma; रथ-उपस्थे (ratha-upasthe) - on the chariot's platform; प्रायगतं (prāyagataṁ) - approaching death; विशस्तं (viśastaṁ) - slain; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Droṇa, the teacher, alone, by Dhṛṣṭadyumna, transgressing dharma, on the chariot's platform, approaching death, slain, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard that Droṇa, the teacher, was alone and, with dharma transgressed by Dhṛṣṭadyumna, was slain as he lay near death on the chariot's platform, then I no longer hoped for victory, O Sañjaya. (1.1.143)
यदाश्रौषं द्रौणिना द्वैरथस्थं; माद्रीपुत्रं नकुलं लोकमध्ये। समं युद्धे पाण्डवं युध्यमानं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४४)
yadā śrauṣam drauṇinā dvairathasthaṃ; mādrīputraṃ nakulaṃ lokamadhye. samaṃ yuddhe pāṇḍavaṃ yudhyamānaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.144)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रौणिना (drauṇinā) (drauṇinā) - by the son of Droṇa (Aśvatthāman); द्वैरथस्थं (dvairathastham) (dvairathastham) - standing in single combat; माद्रीपुत्रं (mādrīputram) (mādrīputram) - the son of Mādrī; नकुलं (nakulaṃ) (nakulaṃ) - Nakula; लोकमध्ये (lokamadhye) (lokamadhye) - in the midst of the people; समं (samam) (samam) - equally (matched); युद्धे (yuddhe) (yuddhe) - in battle; पाण्डवं (pāṇḍavam) (pāṇḍavam) - the Pāṇḍava; युध्यमानं (yudhyamānaṃ) (yudhyamānaṃ) - fighting; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, by the son of Droṇa, standing in single combat, the Mādrī’s son Nakula in the midst of the people, equally matched in battle, the Pāṇḍava fighting, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the Mādrī’s son Nakula, the Pāṇḍava, was fighting Ashvatthāma, the son of Droṇa, in single combat in the midst of the people, I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.144)
यदा द्रोणे निहते द्रोणपुत्रः; नारायणं दिव्यमस्त्रं विकुर्वन्। नैषां अन्तं गतवान् पाण्डवानां; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४५)
yadā droṇe nihate droṇaputraḥ; nārāyaṇaṃ divyam astraṃ vikurvan. naiṣāṃ antaṃ gatavān pāṇḍavānām; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.145)
[यदा (yadā) - when; द्रोणे (droṇe) - when Droṇa; (locative) निहते (nihate) - was slain; द्रोणपुत्रः (droṇaputraḥ) - the son of Droṇa (Aśvatthāman); नारायणं (nārāyaṇam) - Nārāyaṇa; दिव्यम् (divyam) - divine; अस्त्रं (astraṃ) - weapon; विकुर्वन् (vikurvan) - making ready; न (na) - not; एषां (eṣāṃ) - their (of these); अन्तं (antaṃ) - end; गतवान् (gatavān) - attained; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When Droṇa was slain, Droṇa's son, making the divine Nārāyaṇa weapon ready, did not attain the end of the Pāṇḍavas; then, for victory, O Sañjaya, I did not expect.)
When Droṇa was killed, and his son (Aśvatthāman) prepared the powerful Nārāyaṇa weapon, yet did not bring about the destruction of the Pāṇḍavas, at that time, O Sañjaya, I no longer expected victory. (1.1.145)
यदाऽश्रौषं भीमसेनेन पीतं रक्तं भ्रातुर्युधि दुःशासनस्य। निवारितं नान्यतमेन भीमं तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (नील १.१.२०४)
yadā'śrauṣaṃ bhīmasenena pītaṃ raktaṃ bhrātur yudhi duḥśāsanasya। nivāritaṃ nānyatamena bhīmaṃ tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (nīla 1.1.204)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; भीमसेनेन (bhīmasenena) - by Bhīmasena; पीतम् (pītam) - drunk; रक्तम् (raktam) - blood; भ्रातुः (bhrātuḥ) - of the brother; युधि (yudhi) - in battle; दुःशासनस्य (duḥśāsanasya) - of Duḥśāsana; निवारितम् (nivāritam) - restrained; न (na) - not; अन्यतमेन (anyatamena) - by any other (one); भीम् (bhīmam) - Bhīma; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard by Bhīmasena drunk blood of the brother in battle, of Duḥśāsana, not restrained by any other Bhīma, then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Bhīmasena had drunk the blood of his brother Duḥśāsana in battle, and that no one had restrained Bhīma, then I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.204)
यदाश्रौषं कर्णम् अत्यन्त-शूरं; हतं पार्थेन आहवेषु अप्रधृष्यम्। तस्मिन् भ्रातृणां विग्रहे देवगुह्ये; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४६)
yadāśrauṣaṁ karṇam atyanta-śūraṁ; hataṁ pārthena āhaveṣu apradhṛṣyam। tasmin bhrātṛṇāṁ vigrahe deva-guhye; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya॥ (bori 1.1.146)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; कर्णम् (karṇam) - Karna; अत्यन्त-शूरम् (atyanta-śūram) - extremely brave; हतम् (hatam) - slain; पार्थेन (pārthena) - by Arjuna; आहवेषु (āhaveṣu) - in battles; अप्रधृष्यम् (apradhṛṣyam) - unconquerable; तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; भ्रातृणाम् (bhrātṛṇām) - of the brothers; विग्रहे (vigrahe) - conflict; देवगुह्ये (deva-guhye) - divine and secret; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard Karna, extremely brave, slain by Arjuna in battles, unconquerable—in that conflict of the brothers, divine and secret—then I did not hope for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Karna, the extremely brave and unconquerable one, was slain by Arjuna in those battles, in that divine and secret conflict of the brothers, then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.146)
यदाश्रौषं द्रोणपुत्रं कृपं च; दुःशासनं कृतवर्माणम् उग्रम्। युधिष्ठिरं शून्यम् अधर्षयन्तम्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४७)
yadā-āśrauṣam droṇa-putram kṛpam ca; duḥśāsanam kṛtavarmāṇam ugram। yudhiṣṭhiram śūnyam adharṣayantam; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.147)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रोणपुत्रं (droṇa-putram) - the son of Droṇa; कृपं (kṛpam) - Kṛpa; च (ca) - and; दुःशासनं (duḥśāsanam) - Duḥśāsana; कृतवर्माणम् (kṛtavarmāṇam) - Kṛtavarman; उग्रम् (ugram) - fierce; युधिष्ठिरं (yudhiṣṭhiram) - Yudhiṣṭhira; शून्यम् (śūnyam) - alone; अधर्षयन्तम् (adharṣayantam) - attacking; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard (that) the son of Droṇa, Kṛpa, and Duḥśāsana, and the fierce Kṛtavarman were attacking the alone Yudhiṣṭhira, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Droṇa's son, Kṛpa, Duḥśāsana, and the fierce Kṛtavarman were assailing the lone Yudhiṣṭhira, then I did not expect victory. (BORI 1.1.147)
यदाश्रौषं निहतम् मद्रराजं; रणे शूरं धर्मराजेन सूत। सदा सङ्ग्रामे स्पर्धते यः स कृष्णं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४८)
yadā-āśrauṣam nihatam madrarājaṃ; raṇe śūraṃ dharmarājena sūta. sadā saṅgrāme spardhate yaḥ sa kṛṣṇaṃ; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.148)
[यदा (yadā) - when; आश्रौषम् (āśrauṣam) - I heard; निहतम् (nihatam) - slain; मद्रराजं (madrarājaṃ) - the king of Madra; रणे (raṇe) - in battle; शूरं (śūram) - valiant; धर्मराजेन (dharmarājena) - by Dharmarāja; सूत (sūta) - O charioteer; सदा (sadā) - always; सङ्ग्रामे (saṅgrāme) - in the battle; स्पर्धते (spardhate) - competes; यः (yaḥ) - who; स (sa) - he; कृष्णं (kṛṣṇam) - Kṛṣṇa; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I do not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the king of Madra, valiant in battle, had been slain by Dharmarāja, O charioteer, he who always competes with Kṛṣṇa in battle, then I do not hope for victory, Sañjaya.)
When I heard that the brave king of Madra had been slain in battle by Dharmarāja, O charioteer, seeing that the one who always competed with Kṛṣṇa in battle is gone, I lost hope for victory, Sañjaya. (bori 1.1.148)
यदाश्रौषं कलह-द्यूत-मूलं; माया-बलं सौबलं पाण्डवेन। हतम् सङ्ग्रामे सहदेवेन पापम्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१४९)
yadāśrauṣaṁ kalaha-dyūta-mūlaṁ; māyā-balaṁ saubalaṁ pāṇḍavena। hatam saṅgrāme sahadevena pāpam; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.149)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; कलह-द्यूत-मूलं (kalaha-dyūta-mūlaṁ) - having quarrel and gambling as its root; माया-बलं (māyā-balaṁ) - possessing deceit and strength; सौबलं (saubalaṁ) - son of Subala (i.e., Śakuni); पाण्डवेन (pāṇḍavena) - by the Pāṇḍava (i.e., Sahadeva); हतम् (hatam) - killed; सङ्ग्रामे (saṅgrāme) - in battle; सहदेवेन (sahadevena) - by Sahadeva; पापम् (pāpam) - wicked one; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I hoped; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard that the son of Subala, whose root was quarrel and gambling, who possessed deceit and strength, was killed in battle by Sahadeva, the Pāṇḍava, the wicked one, then I hoped for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the deceitful and powerful son of Subala—rooted in quarrel and gambling, the wicked one—was killed in battle by Sahadeva, then I hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.149)
यदाश्रौषं श्रान्तम् एकं शयानं; ह्रदम् गत्वा स्तम्भयित्वा तत् अम्भः। दुर्योधनं विरथं भग्नदर्पं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५०)
yadāśrauṣaṁ śrāntam ekaṁ śayānaṁ; hradam gatvā stambhayitvā tat ambhaḥ. duryodhanaṁ virathaṁ bhagnadarpaṁ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.150)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; श्रान्तम् (śrāntam) - exhausted; एकम् (ekam) - one; शयानम् (śayānam) - lying; ह्रदं (hradam) - lake; गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; स्तम्भयित्वा (stambhayitvā) - having stopped; तत् (tat) - that; अम्भः (ambhaḥ) - water; दुर्योधनम् (duryodhanam) - Duryodhana; विरथम् (viratham) - deprived of chariot; भग्नदर्पम् (bhagnadarpam) - with pride broken; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the exhausted alone lying, having gone to the lake, having stopped that water; Duryodhana deprived of chariot, with pride broken; then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
When I heard of Duryodhana, exhausted, lying alone after having gone to the lake and stopped that water, deprived of his chariot and his pride broken, then, O Sañjaya, I did not expect victory. (bori 1.1.150)
यदाश्रौषं पाण्डवाँस् तिष्ठमानान्; गङ्गा-ह्रदे वासुदेवेन सार्धम्। अमर्षणं धर्षयतः सुतं मे; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५१)
yadāśrauṣaṃ pāṇḍavāṃs tiṣṭhamānān; gaṅgā-hrade vāsudevena sārdham। amarṣaṇaṃ dharṣayataḥ sutaṃ me; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.151)
[यदा (yadā) - when; श्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; तिष्ठमानान् (tiṣṭhamānān) - standing; गङ्गा-ह्रदे (gaṅgā-hrade) - at the Ganges pool; वासुदेवेन (vāsudevena) - with Vāsudeva; सार्धम् (sārdham) - together; अमर्षणम् (amarṣaṇam) - impatience; धर्षयतः (dharṣayataḥ) - assailing; सुतं (sutaṃ) - son; मे (me) - my; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the Pāṇḍavas standing at the Ganges pool together with Vāsudeva, the impatience of my son assailing (them), then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that the Pāṇḍavas were standing at the pool of the Ganges together with Vāsudeva, and that my son was impatiently assailing them, at that moment I did not expect victory. (bori 1.1.151)
यदाश्रौषं विविधान् तात मार्गान्; गदायुद्धे मण्डलं सञ्चरन्तम्। मिथ्या हतं वासुदेवस्य बुद्ध्या; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५२)
yadāśrauṣaṃ vividhān tāta mārgān; gadāyuddhe maṇḍalaṃ sañcarantam। mithyā hataṃ vāsudevasya buddhyā; tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.152)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; विविधान् (vividhān) - various; तात (tāta) - O father; मार्गान् (mārgān) - paths (ways, methods); गदा-युद्धे (gadāyuddhe) - in the mace fight; मण्डलं (maṇḍalam) - circle; सञ्चरन्तम् (sañcarantam) - moving about; मिथ्या (mithyā) - falsely; हतम् (hatam) - killed; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudevasya) - of Vāsudeva; बुद्ध्या (buddhyā) - by the intention (intelligence); तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - Sanjaya;]
(When I heard, O father, various paths in the mace fight, (and saw) moving in a circle, through the false killing by Vāsudeva's intention, then I did not hope for victory, O Sanjaya.)
When I heard, O father, of the various maneuvers in the mace fight—their circling and the false killing orchestrated by Vāsudeva’s design—then, O Sanjaya, I no longer harbored hope for victory. (1.1.152)
यदाश्रौषं द्रोणपुत्रादिभिः तैः; हतान् पाञ्चालान् द्रौपदेयान् च सुप्तान्। कृतं बीभत्सम अयशस्यं च कर्म; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५३)
yadāśrauṣaṁ droṇaputrādibhiḥ taiḥ; hatān pāñcālān draupadeyān ca suptān. kṛtaṁ bībhtsam ayaśasyaṁ ca karma; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.153)
[यदा (yadā) (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रोणपुत्रादिभिः (droṇaputrādibhiḥ) (droṇaputrādibhiḥ) - by Drona's son and others; तैः (taiḥ) (taiḥ) - by them; हतान् (hatān) (hatān) - slain; पाञ्चालान् (pāñcālān) (pāñcālān) - Panchalas; द्रौपदेयान् (draupadeyān) (draupadeyān) - the sons of Draupadi; च (ca) (ca) - and; सुप्तान् (suptān) (suptān) - sleeping; कृतं (kṛtam) (kṛtam) - done; बीभत्सम् (bībhtsam) (bībhatsam) - horrible; अयशस्यं (ayaśasyaṁ) (ayaśasyaṁ) - infamous; च (ca) (ca) - and; कर्म (karma) (karma) - deed; तदा (tadā) (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope for; विजयाय (vijayāya) (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) (sañjaya) - O Sanjaya;]
(When I heard by Drona's son and others, by them, the sleeping Panchalas and the sons of Draupadi were slain, a horrible and infamous deed was done, then I did not hope for victory, O Sanjaya.)
O Sanjaya, when I heard that Drona's son and others had slain the sleeping Panchalas and Draupadi's sons in such a horrible and infamous deed, then I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.153)
यदाश्रौषं भीमसेनानुयातेन; अश्वत्थाम्ना परमास्त्रं प्रयुक्तम्। क्रुद्धेन ऐषीकम् अवधीद् येन गर्भं; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५४)
yadāśrauṣaṁ bhīmasenānuyātena; aśvatthāmnā paramāstraṁ prayuktam। kruddhena aiṣīkam avadhīd yena garbhaṁ; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.154)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; भीमसेनानुयातेन (bhīmasenānuyātena) - accompanied by Bhīmasena; अश्वत्थाम्ना (aśvatthāmnā) - by Aśvatthāman; परमास्त्रं (paramāstraṁ) - the supreme missile; प्रयुक्तम् (prayuktam) - discharged; क्रुद्धेन (kruddhena) - by him who is angry; ऐषीकम् (aiṣīkam) - the arrow; अवधीद् (avadhīd) - killed; येन (yena) - by which; गर्भं (garbhaṁ) - the fetus; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not expect; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard, accompanied by Bhīmasena, by Aśvatthāman the supreme missile discharged, by the angry one the arrow killed by which the fetus, then I did not expect for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, when I heard that Aśvatthāman, accompanied by Bhīmasena, had discharged the supreme missile in anger—by which the fetus was killed—then I no longer hoped for victory. (bori 1.1.154)
यदाश्रौषं ब्रह्मशिरः अर्जुनेन; मुक्तं स्वस्ति इति अस्त्रम् अस्त्रेण शान्तम्। अश्वत्थाम्ना मणि-रत्नं च दत्तम्; तदा नाशंसे विजयाय सञ्जय ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५५)
yadāśrauṣaṁ brahmaśiraḥ arjunena; muktaṁ svasti iti astram astreṇa śāntam. aśvatthāmnā maṇi-ratnaṁ ca dattam; tadā nāśaṁse vijayāya sañjaya ॥ (bori 1.1.155)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; ब्रह्मशिरः (brahmaśiraḥ) - the Brahmaśiras (divine weapon); अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; मुक्तं (muktaṁ) - released; स्वस्ति (svasti) - peace; well-being; इति (iti) - thus; अस्त्रम् (astram) - missile; अस्त्रेण (astreṇa) - by a missile; शान्तम् (śāntam) - pacified; अश्वत्थाम्ना (aśvatthāmnā) - by Aśvatthāman; मणि-रत्नं (maṇi-ratnaṁ) - the gem-jewel; च (ca) - and; दत्तम् (dattam) - given; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṁse) - I did not hope; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
(When I heard the Brahmaśiras released by Arjuna, the missile declared as "peace" was pacified by a missile. The gem-jewel was given by Aśvatthāman also. Then, O Sañjaya, I did not hope for victory.)
When I heard that Arjuna had released the Brahmaśiras weapon, and that the missile was pacified by another missile uttering "peace," and that Aśvatthāman had given up the jewel, then, O Sañjaya, I no longer hoped for victory. (1.1.155)
यदाश्रौषं द्रोणपुत्रेण गर्भे; वैराट्याया वै पात्यमाने महास्त्रे। द्वैपायनः केशवः द्रोणपुत्रं; परस्परेण अभिशापैः शशाप ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५६)
yadā śrauṣaṁ droṇaputreṇa garbhe; vairāṭyāyā vai pātyamāne mahāstre. dvaipāyanaḥ keśavaḥ droṇaputraṁ; paraspareṇa abhiśāpaiḥ śaśāpa॥ (bori 1.1.156)
[यदा (yadā) - when; अश्रौषम् (aśrauṣam) - I heard; द्रोणपुत्रेण (droṇaputreṇa) - by the son of Droṇa; गर्भे (garbhe) - in the womb; वैराट्यायाः (vairāṭyāyāḥ) - of (the) Virāṭa’s daughter; वै (vai) - indeed; पात्यमाने (pātyamāne) - being cast; महास्त्रे (mahāstre) - (the) great missile; द्वैपायनः (dvaipāyanaḥ) - Vyāsa; केशवः (keśavaḥ) - Keśava; द्रोणपुत्रम् (droṇaputram) - the son of Droṇa; परस्परेण (paraspareṇa) - mutually; अभिशापैः (abhiśāpaiḥ) - with curses; शशाप (śaśāpa) - cursed;]
(When I heard, by the son of Droṇa, at the time the great missile was being cast indeed at the womb of the daughter of Virāṭa, Vyāsa (and) Keśava cursed the son of Droṇa mutually with curses.)
When I heard that the son of Droṇa was casting the great missile at the womb of Virāṭa’s daughter, Vyāsa and Keśava together cursed the son of Droṇa with mutual imprecations. (1.1.156)
संजीवयामीति हरेः प्रतिज्ञां तदा नाशंसे विजयाय संजय ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२३९)
saṃjīvayāmīti hareḥ pratijñāṃ tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya ॥ (kumbha 1.1.239)
[संजीवयामि (saṃjīvayāmi) - I will revive; इति (iti) - thus; हरेः (hareḥ) - of Hari; प्रतिज्ञां (pratijñām) - promise; तदा (tadā) - then; नाशंसे (nāśaṃse) - I hoped; विजयाय (vijayāya) - for victory; संजय (saṃjaya) - O Sañjaya;]
('I will revive'—Hari's promise—then I hoped for victory, O Sañjaya.)
O Sañjaya, at that time, because of Hari's promise of 'I will revive,' I hoped for victory. (Kumbha 1.1.239)
बुद्ध्वा चाहं बुद्धिहीनोऽद्य सूत संतप्ये वै पुत्रपौत्रैश्च हीनः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२४०)
buddhvā cāhaṃ buddhi-hīno'dya sūta santapye vai putra-pautraiś ca hīnaḥ ॥ (kuṃbha 1.1.240)
[बुद्ध्वा (buddhvā) - having understood; च (ca) - and; अहम् (aham) - I; बुद्धिहीनः (buddhi-hīnaḥ) - devoid of wisdom; अद्य (adya) - today; सूत (sūta) - O charioteer; संतप्ये (santapye) - I am tormented; वै (vai) - indeed; पुत्रपौत्रैः (putra-pautraiḥ) - by sons and grandsons; च (ca) - and; हीनः (hīnaḥ) - bereft;]
(Having understood, and I, devoid of wisdom, today, O charioteer, am tormented indeed, by sons and grandsons, and bereft.)
Having realized, I—being without wisdom today, O charioteer—am truly tormented and bereft of sons and grandsons. (1.1.240)
शोच्याः गान्धारी पुत्रपौत्रैः विहीना; तथा वध्वः पितृभिः भ्रातृभिः च। कृतं कार्यं दुष्करं पाण्डवेयैः; प्राप्तं राज्यं असपत्नं पुनः तैः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५७)
śocyāḥ gāndhārī putrapautraiḥ vihīnā; tathā vadhvaḥ pitṛbhiḥ bhrātṛbhiḥ ca. kṛtaṃ kāryaṃ duṣkaraṃ pāṇḍaveyaiḥ; prāptaṃ rājyaṃ asapatnaṃ punaḥ taiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.157)
[शोच्याः (śocyāḥ) - to be mourned; गान्धारी (gāndhārī) - Gāndhārī; पुत्रपौत्रैः (putrapautraiḥ) - by sons and grandsons; विहीना (vihīnā) - deprived; तथा (tathā) - likewise; वध्वः (vadhvaḥ) - wives; पितृभिः (pitṛbhiḥ) - by fathers; भ्रातृभिः (bhrātṛbhiḥ) - by brothers; च (ca) - and; कृतं (kṛtaṃ) - done; कार्यं (kāryaṃ) - deed; दुष्करं (duṣkaraṃ) - difficult; पाण्डवेयैः (pāṇḍaveyaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; प्राप्तं (prāptaṃ) - attained; राज्यं (rājyaṃ) - kingdom; असपत्नं (asapatnaṃ) - without rivals; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; तैः (taiḥ) - by them;]
(To be mourned, Gāndhārī, by sons and grandsons deprived; likewise, wives by fathers and brothers and. Done deed difficult by the Pāṇḍavas; attained kingdom without rivals again by them.)
Gāndhārī is to be mourned, deprived of her sons and grandsons; likewise, the wives are bereft of their fathers and brothers. The difficult deed has been accomplished by the Pāṇḍavas; they have regained a kingdom free of rivals. (bori 1.1.157)
कष्टं युद्धे दश शेषाः श्रुताः मे; त्रयः अस्माकं पाण्डवानां च सप्त। द्वि-ऊना विंशतिः आहत-अक्षौहिणीनां; तस्मिन् संग्रामे विग्रहे क्षत्रियाणाम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५८)
kaṣṭaṃ yuddhe daśa śeṣāḥ śrutāḥ me; trayaḥ asmākaṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ ca sapta. dvi-ūnā viṃśatiḥ āhata-akṣauhiṇīnām; tasmin saṃgrāme vigrahe kṣatriyāṇām ॥ (bori 1.1.158)
[कष्टं (kaṣṭam) (kaṣṭam) - hard; difficult; युद्धे (yuddhe) (yuddhe) - in battle; दश (daśa) (daśa) - ten; शेषाः (śeṣāḥ) (śeṣāḥ) - remnants; survivors; श्रुताः (śrutāḥ) (śrutāḥ) - are heard; have been heard; मे (me) (me) - to me; त्रयः (trayaḥ) (trayaḥ) - three; अсмाकं (asmākaṃ) (asmākaṃ) - of us; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; च (ca) (ca) - and; सप्त (sapta) (sapta) - seven; द्वि-ऊना (dvi-ūnā) (dvi-ūnā) - minus two; विंशतिः (viṃśatiḥ) (viṃśatiḥ) - twenty; आहत-अक्षौहिणीनां (āhata-akṣauhiṇīnām) (āhata-akṣauhiṇīnām) - of struck (slain) akṣauhiṇīs; तस्मिन् (tasmin) (tasmin) - in that; संग्रामे (saṃgrāme) (saṃgrāme) - battle; विग्रहे (vigrahe) (vigrahe) - conflict; क्षत्रियाणाम् (kṣatriyāṇām) (kṣatriyāṇām) - of kṣatriyas (warriors);]
(Hard in battle, ten survivors are heard by me; three of ours and seven of the Pāṇḍavas. Of the struck akṣauhiṇīs, twenty minus two; in that battle, conflict of kṣatriyas.)
It is difficult—in the battle, I have heard there were ten survivors: three of our side and seven of the Pāṇḍavas. In that conflict among the kṣatriyas, eighteen akṣauhiṇīs were slain. (bori 1.1.158)
तमसा तु अभ्यवस्तीर्णो; मोहः आविशतीव माम्। सञ्ज्ञां न उपलभे सूत; मनः विह्वलतीव मे ॥ (बोरि १.१.१५९)
tamasā tu abhyavastīrṇo; mohaḥ āviśatīva mām. sañjñāṃ na upalabhe sūta; manaḥ vihvalatīva me ॥ (bori 1.1.159)
[तमसा (tamasā) - by darkness; तु (tu) - but; अभ्यवस्तीर्णो (abhyavastīrṇo) - overwhelmed; मोहः (mohaḥ) - delusion; आविशतीव (āviśatīva) - as if entering; माम् (mām) - me; सञ्ज्ञां (sañjñām) - consciousness; न (na) - not; उपलभे (upalabhe) - I gain; सूत (sūta) - Sūta (charioteer, vocative singular); मनः (manaḥ) - mind; विह्वलतीव (vihvalatīva) - as if disturbed; मे (me) - my;]
(By darkness but overwhelmed; delusion as if entering me. Consciousness not I gain, Sūta; mind as if disturbed my.)
I am overwhelmed by darkness, and delusion seems to be seizing me. I cannot gather my consciousness, Sūta; my mind is as if disturbed. (bori 1.1.159)
इति उक्त्वा धृतराष्ट्रः अथ; विलप्य बहु-दुःखितः। मूर्च्छितः पुनः आश्वस्तः; सञ्जयं वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६०)
iti uktvā dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ atha; vilapya bahu-duḥkhitaḥ. mūrcchitaḥ punaḥ āśvastaḥ; sañjayaṃ vākyam abravīt ॥ (bori 1.1.160)
[इति (iti) - thus; उक्त्वा (uktvā) - having said; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhritarashtra; अथ (atha) - then; विलप्य (vilapya) - having lamented; बहु-दुःखितः (bahu-duḥkhitaḥ) - much afflicted; मूर्च्छितः (mūrcchitaḥ) - having fainted; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; आश्वस्तः (āśvastaḥ) - having recovered (his senses); सञ्जयम् (sañjayam) - to Sanjaya; वाक्यम् (vākyam) - words; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - spoke;]
(Thus having said, Dhritarashtra then, having lamented, much afflicted, having fainted, again having recovered (his senses), to Sanjaya, words spoke.)
Having thus spoken, Dhritarashtra, after lamenting with much affliction and fainting, having regained his senses again, spoke these words to Sanjaya. (bori 1.1.160)
सञ्जय एवम् गते प्राणान् त्यक्तुम् इच्छामि मा चिरम्। स्तोकम् हि अपि न पश्यामि फलम् जीवित-धारणे ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६१)
sañjaya evam gate prāṇān tyaktum icchāmi mā ciram। stokam hi api na paśyāmi phalam jīvita-dhāraṇe॥ (bori 1.1.161)
[सञ्जय (sañjaya) - O Sañjaya; एवम् (evam) - thus; गते (gate) - having gone; प्राणान् (prāṇān) - the vital breaths; (i.e., life) त्यक्तुम् (tyaktum) - to leave; (to abandon) इच्छामि (icchāmi) - I wish; मा (mā) - not; चिरम् (ciram) - for a long time; स्तोकम् (stokam) - even a little; हि (hi) - indeed; अपि (api) - even; न (na) - not; पश्यामि (paśyāmi) - I see; फलम् (phalam) - fruit; (result) जीवित-धारणे (jīvita-dhāraṇe) - in sustaining life;]
(O Sañjaya, thus, having gone, I wish to leave the vital breaths; not for a long time. Indeed, even a little, I do not see fruit in sustaining life.)
O Sañjaya, under these circumstances, I wish to give up my life soon; for indeed, I do not see even a little benefit in continuing to live. (bori 1.1.161)
तं तथा वादिनं दीनं विलपन्तं महीपतिम्। गावल्गणिः इदं धीमान् महार्थं वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६२)
taṃ tathā vādinam dīnam vilapantam mahīpatim। gāvalgaṇiḥ idaṃ dhīmān mahārtham vākyam abravīt॥ (bori 1.1.162)
[तं (taṃ) - him; तथा (tathā) - thus; वादिनं (vādinam) - speaking; दीनं (dīnam) - dejected; विलपन्तं (vilapantam) - lamenting; महीपतिम् (mahīpatim) - king; गावल्गणिः (gāvalgaṇiḥ) - Gāvalgaṇi (proper name); इदं (idaṃ) - this; धीमान् (dhīmān) - wise; महार्थं (mahārtham) - great-meaning; वाक्यम् (vākyam) - speech; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - spoke;]
(Him thus speaking dejected, lamenting king, Gāvalgaṇi, this wise, great-meaning speech spoke.)
As the king, dejected and lamenting, thus spoke, the wise Gāvalgaṇi addressed him with these words of great import. (bori 1.1.162)
निःश्वसन्तं यथा नागं मुह्यमानं पुनः पुनः ॥ (नील १.१.२२१)
niḥśvasantaṃ yathā nāgaṃ muhyamānaṃ punaḥ punaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.221)
[निःश्वसन्तं (niḥśvasantam) - breathing out; exhaling; यथा (yathā) - just as; like; नागं (nāgam) - serpent; elephant; (here: serpent;) मुह्यमानं (muhyamānam) - bewildered; confused; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; once more; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; once more;]
(breathing out just as serpent bewildered again again)
Breathing out again and again like a bewildered serpent. (1.1.221)
श्रुतवान् असि वै राज्ञो महोत्साहान् महाबलान्। द्वैपायनस्य वदतः नारदस्य च धीमतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६३)
śrutavān asi vai rājño mahotsāhān mahābalān। dvaipāyanasya vadataḥ nāradasya ca dhīmataḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.163)
[श्रुतवान् (śrutavān) - having heard; असि (asi) - you are; वै (vai) - indeed; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; महोत्साहान् (mahotsāhān) - greatly energetic (ones); महाबलान् (mahābalān) - mighty (ones); द्वैपायनस्य (dvaipāyanasya) - of Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); वदतः (vadataḥ) - speaking; नारदस्य (nāradasya) - of Nārada; च (ca) - and; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - wise (one);]
(You have indeed heard of the kings, greatly energetic, mighty, from Dvaipāyana speaking, and from wise Nārada.)
Indeed, you have heard from Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa) and the wise Nārada of the mighty and greatly energetic kings. (1.1.163)
महत्सु राजवंशेषु गुणैः समुदितेषु च। जातान् दिव्यास्त्रविदुषः शक्र-प्रतिम-तेजसः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६४)
mahatsu rājavaṃśeṣu guṇaiḥ samuditeṣu ca। jātān divyāstraviduṣaḥ śakra-pratima-tejasaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.164)
[महत्सु (mahatsu) - among great; (plural, locative); राजवंशेषु (rājavaṃśeṣu) - kingly lineages; (plural, locative); गुणैः (guṇaiḥ) - by virtues; (plural, instrumental); समुदितेषु (samuditeṣu) - endowed; (plural, locative); च (ca) - and; जातान् (jātān) - born; (plural, accusative, masculine); दिव्यास्त्रविदुषः (divyāstraviduṣaḥ) - knowers of divine weapons; (plural, accusative, masculine); शक्र-प्रतिम-तेजसः (śakra-pratima-tejasaḥ) - having splendor equal to Indra; (plural, accusative, masculine);]
(Among great royal lineages, (who are) endowed with virtues and (in those), born (are) knowers of divine weapons, having splendor equal to Indra.)
Born in the great royal lineages endowed with virtues were those who knew divine weapons and had splendor equal to Indra. (1.1.164)
धर्मेण पृथिवीं जित्वा यज्ञैः इष्ट्वा आप्त-दक्षिणैः। अस्मिन् लोके यशः प्राप्य ततः काल-वशं गताः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६५)
dharmeṇa pṛthivīṃ jitvā yajñaiḥ iṣṭvā āpta-dakṣiṇaiḥ। asmin loke yaśaḥ prāpya tataḥ kāla-vaśaṃ gatāḥ॥ (bori 1.1.165)
[धर्मेण (dharmeṇa) - by righteousness; पृथिवीं (pṛthivīṃ) - the earth (accusative singular); जित्वा (jitvā) - having conquered; यज्ञैः (yajñaiḥ) - by sacrifices; इष्ट्वा (iṣṭvā) - having worshipped; आप्त-दक्षिणैः (āpta-dakṣiṇaiḥ) - with well-acquired gifts (dakṣiṇā); अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; लोके (loke) - world; यशः (yaśaḥ) - fame; प्राप्य (prāpya) - having obtained; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; काल-वशं (kāla-vaśam) - the power of time; गताः (gatāḥ) - having gone;]
(By righteousness, having conquered the earth, by sacrifices, having worshipped with well-acquired gifts, in this world, having obtained fame, thereafter, they went under the power of time.)
Having conquered the earth by righteousness and performed sacrifices with well-acquired gifts, having gained fame in this world, thereafter they came under the sway of time. (1.1.165)
वैन्यं महारथं वीरं सृञ्जयं जयतां वरम्। सुहोत्रं रन्तिदेवं च कक्षीवन्तं तथा औशिजम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६६)
vainyaṃ mahārathaṃ vīraṃ sṛñjayaṃ jayatāṃ varam। suhotraṃ rantidevaṃ ca kakṣīvantaṃ tathā auśijam॥ (bori 1.1.166)
[वैन्यं (vainyaṃ) - the son of Vena; महारथं (mahārathaṃ) - great chariot-warrior; वीरं (vīraṃ) - hero; सृञ्जयं (sṛñjayaṃ) - Sṛñjaya; जयतां (jayatāṃ) - of the victorious; वरम् (varam) - best; सुहोत्रं (suhotraṃ) - Suhotra; रन्तिदेवं (rantidevaṃ) - Rantideva; च (ca) - and; कक्षीवन्तं (kakṣīvantaṃ) - Kakṣīvanta; तथा (tathā) - as well; औशिजम् (auśijam) - Auśija;]
(Vainya, great chariot-warrior, hero, Sṛñjaya, best of the victorious; Suhotra, Rantideva and Kakṣīvanta as well as Auśija.)
The son of Vena, a great chariot-warrior and hero, Sṛñjaya, the foremost among the victorious; Suhotra, Rantideva, as well as Kakṣīvanta and Auśija. (bori 1.1.166)
बाह्लीकं दमनं शैब्यं शर्यातिम अजितं जितम्। विश्वामित्रम् अमित्रघ्नम् अम्बरीषं महाबलम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६७)
bāhlīkaṃ damanaṃ śaibyaṃ śaryātim ajitaṃ jitam। viśvāmitram amitraghnam ambarīṣaṃ mahābalam॥ (bori 1.1.167)
[बाह्लीकं (bāhlīkaṃ) - Bāhlīka; (a proper name); दमनं (damanaṃ) - Damana; (a proper name); शैब्यं (śaibyaṃ) - Śaibya; (a proper name); शर्यातिम (śaryātim) - Śaryāti; (a proper name; accusative singular); अजितं (ajitaṃ) - unconquered; (one not conquered); जितम् (jitam) - conquered; (one conquered); विश्वामित्रम् (viśvāmitram) - Viśvāmitra; (a proper name); अमित्रघ्नम् (amitraghnam) - destroyer of enemies; अम्बरीषं (ambarīṣaṃ) - Ambarīṣa; (a proper name); महाबलम् (mahābalam) - of great strength; mighty;]
(Bāhlīka, Damana, Śaibya, Śaryāti, unconquered, conquered; Viśvāmitra, destroyer of enemies; Ambarīṣa, of great strength.)
Bāhlīka, Damana, Śaibya, Śaryāti, the unconquered, the conquered; Viśvāmitra, destroyer of enemies; and Ambarīṣa, the mighty one. (1.1.167)
मरुत्तं मनुम् इक्ष्वाकुं गयं भरतमेव च। रामं दाशरथिं चैव शशबिन्दुं भगीरथम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६८)
maruttaṃ manum ikṣvākuṃ gayaṃ bharatameva ca। rāmaṃ dāśarathiṃ caiva śaśabinduṃ bhagīratham ॥ (bori 1.1.168)
[मरुत्तं (maruttaṃ) - Marutta; (name of a king); मनुम् (manum) - Manu; (name of the progenitor of mankind); इक्ष्वाकुं (ikṣvākuṃ) - Ikṣvāku; (name of a king); गयं (gayaṃ) - Gaya; (name of a king); भरतम् (bharatam) - Bharata; (name of a king); एव (eva) - only; indeed; च (ca) - and; रामं (rāmaṃ) - Rāma; (name of a king); दाशरथिं (dāśarathiṃ) - the son of Daśaratha; (Rāma); च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; only; शशबिन्दुं (śaśabinduṃ) - Śaśabindu; (name of a king); भगीरथम् (bhagīratham) - Bhagīratha; (name of a king);]
(Marutta, Manu, Ikṣvāku, Gaya, Bharata indeed and; Rāma, son of Daśaratha and indeed; Śaśabindu, Bhagīratha.)
Marutta, Manu, Ikṣvāku, Gaya, Bharata, Rāma (the son of Daśaratha), Śaśabindu, and Bhagīratha. (bori 1.1.168)
कृतवीर्यं महाभागं तथैव जनमेजयम् ॥ (नील १.१.२२८)
kṛtavīryaṃ mahābhāgaṃ tathaiva janamejayam ॥ (nīla 1.1.228)
[कृतवीर्यं (kṛtavīryam) - Kṛtavīrya (proper noun, accusative singular); महाभागं (mahābhāgam) - greatly fortunate (accusative singular); तथैव (tathaiva) - in the same way; just so; similarly; जनमेजयम् (janamejayam) - Janamejaya (proper noun, accusative singular);]
(Kṛtavīrya, greatly fortunate, just so Janamejaya.)
Kṛtavīrya, the greatly fortunate one, and likewise Janamejaya.(1.1.228)
ययातिं शुभकर्माणं देवैः यः याजितः स्वयम्। चैत्य-यूपाङ्किता भूमिः यस्य इयम् सवनाकरा ॥ (बोरि १.१.१६९)
yayātiṁ śubhakarmāṇaṁ devaiḥ yaḥ yājitaḥ svayam। caitya-yūpāṅkitā bhūmiḥ yasya iyam savanākarā ॥ (bori 1.1.169)
[ययातिं (yayātiṁ) - Yayāti (proper noun, accusative singular); शुभकर्माणं (śubhakarmāṇam) - of auspicious deeds; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; यः (yaḥ) - who; याजितः (yājitaḥ) - made to perform sacrifice; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; चैत्य-यूपाङ्किता (caitya-yūpāṅkitā) - marked with sacrificial altars and posts; भूमिः (bhūmiḥ) - the earth; यस्य (yasya) - whose; इयम् (iyam) - this; सवनाकरा (savanākarā) - full of sacrificial grounds;]
(Yayāti of auspicious deeds, by the gods, who himself was made to perform sacrifice. This earth, marked with sacrificial altars and posts, whose is, full of sacrificial grounds.)
Yayāti, of auspicious deeds, whom the gods themselves caused to perform sacrifice—this earth, which is marked by sacrificial altars and posts, is his, filled with sacrificial sites. (bori 1.1.169)
इति राज्ञां चतुर्विंशत् नारदेन सुरर्षिणा। पुत्रशोक-अभितप्ताय पुरा शैब्याय कीर्तिताः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७०)
iti rājñāṃ caturviṃśat nāradena surarṣiṇā। putraśoka-abhitaptāya purā śaibyāya kīrtitāḥ॥ (bori 1.1.170)
[इति (iti) - thus; राज्ञां (rājñām) - of the kings; चतुर्विंशत् (caturviṃśat) - twenty-four; नारदेन (nāradena) - by Nārada; सुरर्षिणा (surarṣiṇā) - by the sage among the gods; पुत्रशोक-अभितप्ताय (putraśoka-abhitaptāya) - to the one scorched by grief for his son; पुरा (purā) - formerly; शैब्याय (śaibyāya) - to Śaibya; कीर्तिताः (kīrtitāḥ) - were recounted;]
(Thus, the twenty-four (stories) of kings were recounted by Nārada, the sage among gods, formerly to Śaibya, who was scorched by grief for his son. (bori 1.1.170))
In this way, these twenty-four stories of kings were formerly recounted by Nārada, the sage of the gods, to Śaibya, who was afflicted by grief for his son. (bori 1.1.170)
तेभ्यः च अन्ये गताः पूर्वं; राजानः बलवत्-तराः। महारथाः महात्मानः; सर्वैः समुदिताः गुणैः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७१)
tebhyaḥ ca anye gatāḥ pūrvaṃ; rājānaḥ balavat-tarāḥ. mahārathāḥ mahātmānaḥ; sarvaiḥ samuditāḥ guṇaiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.171)
[तेभ्यः (tebhyaḥ) - than them; च (ca) - and; अन्ये (anye) - other; गताः (gatāḥ) - have gone; पूर्वं (pūrvaṃ) - before; राजानः (rājānaḥ) - kings; बलवत्-तराः (balavat-tarāḥ) - stronger; महारथाः (mahārathāḥ) - great chariot-warriors; महात्मानः (mahātmānaḥ) - great-souled; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - with all; समुदिताः (samuditāḥ) - endowed; गुणैः (guṇaiḥ) - with qualities;]
(Than them and others have gone before; kings stronger; great chariot-warriors, great-souled; endowed with all qualities.)
Besides them, other kings who were stronger, great chariot-warriors and great-souled, endowed with all qualities, have gone before. (BORI 1.1.171)
पूरुः कुरुः यदुः शूरः; विष्वगश्वः महा-धृतिः। अनेनाः युवनाश्वः च; ककुत्स्थः विक्रमी रघुः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७२)
pūruḥ kuruḥ yaduḥ śūraḥ; viṣvagaśvaḥ mahā-dhṛtiḥ. anenāḥ yuvanāśvaḥ ca; kakutsthaḥ vikramī raghuḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.172)
[पूरुः (pūruḥ) - Puru; (proper noun; name of a king); कुरुः (kuruḥ) - Kuru; (proper noun; name of a king); यदुः (yaduḥ) - Yadu; (proper noun; name of a king); शूरः (śūraḥ) - brave one; hero; विष्वगश्वः (viṣvagaśvaḥ) - viṣvat (everywhere) + aśva (horse); one who has horses everywhere; owner of horses in all directions; महा-धृतिः (mahā-dhṛtiḥ) - great steadfast one; one with great firmness; अनेनाः (anenāḥ) - Anenā; (proper noun; name of a king); युवनाश्वः (yuvanāśvaḥ) - Yuvanāśva; (proper noun; name of a king); च (ca) - and; ककुत्स्थः (kakutsthaḥ) - Kakutstha; (proper noun; name of a king); विक्रमी (vikramī) - powerful; valorous; रघुः (raghuḥ) - Raghu; (proper noun; name of a king);]
(Puru; Kuru; Yadu; (were) brave; one whose horses are everywhere; (who was) of great steadfastness; Anenā; Yuvanāśva and; Kakutstha; powerful; Raghu.)
Puru, Kuru, and Yadu were brave; Viṣvagaśva was firm and possessed horses everywhere; Anenā and Yuvanāśva; Kakutstha, the valorous; and Raghu. (bori 1.1.172)
विजिती वीतिहोत्रः च; भवः श्वेतः बृहद्गुरुः। उशीनरः शतरथः; कङ्कः दुलिदुहः द्रुमः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७३)
vijitī vītihotraḥ ca; bhavaḥ śvetaḥ bṛhadguruḥ। uśīnaraḥ śatarathaḥ; kaṅkaḥ duliduhaḥ drumaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.173)
[विजिती (vijitī) - Vijitī; (proper noun; name of a person); वीतिहोत्रः (vītihotraḥ) - Vītihotra; (proper noun; name of a person); च (ca) - and; भवः (bhavaḥ) - Bhava; (proper noun; name of a person); श्वेतः (śvetaḥ) - Śveta; (proper noun; name of a person); बृहद्गुरुः (bṛhadguruḥ) - Bṛhadguru; (proper noun; name of a person); उशीनरः (uśīnaraḥ) - Uśīnara; (proper noun; name of a person); शतरथः (śatarathaḥ) - Śataratha; (proper noun; name of a person;) कङ्कः (kaṅkaḥ) - Kaṅka; (proper noun; name of a person;) दुलिदुहः (duliduhaḥ) - Duliduha; (proper noun; name of a person;) द्रुमः (drumaḥ) - Druma; (proper noun; name of a person;);]
(Vijitī, Vītihotra and; Bhava, Śveta, Bṛhadguru; Uśīnara, Śataratha; Kaṅka, Duliduha, Druma.)
Vijitī, Vītihotra, Bhava, Śveta, Bṛhadguru, Uśīnara, Śataratha, Kaṅka, Duliduha, and Druma. (bori 1.1.173)
दम्भोद्भवः परः वेनः; सगरः सङ्कृतिः निमिः। अजेयः परशुः पुण्ड्रः; शम्भुः देवावृद्धः अनघः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७४)
dambhodbhavaḥ paraḥ venaḥ; sagaraḥ saṅkr̥tiḥ nimiḥ। ajeyaḥ paraśuḥ puṇḍraḥ; śambhuḥ devāvr̥ddhaḥ anaghaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.174)
[दम्भोद्भवः (dambhodbhavaḥ) - Dambhodbhava; (a proper name); परः (paraḥ) - Para; (a proper name); वेनः (venaḥ) - Vena; (a proper name); सगरः (sagaraḥ) - Sagara; (a proper name); सङ्कृतिः (saṅkr̥tiḥ) - Saṅkr̥ti; (a proper name); निमिः (nimiḥ) - Nimi; (a proper name); अजेयः (ajeyaḥ) - Ajeya; (a proper name); परशुः (paraśuḥ) - Paraśu; (a proper name); पुण्ड्रः (puṇḍraḥ) - Puṇḍra; (a proper name); शम्भुः (śambhuḥ) - Śambhu; (a proper name); देवावृद्धः (devāvr̥ddhaḥ) - Devāvr̥ddha; (a proper name); अनघः (anaghaḥ) - Anagha; (a proper name);]
(Dambhodbhava; Para; Vena; Sagara; Saṅkr̥ti; Nimi; Ajeya; Paraśu; Puṇḍra; Śambhu; Devāvr̥ddha; Anagha;)
Dambhodbhava, Para, Vena, Sagara, Saṅkr̥ti, Nimi, Ajeya, Paraśu, Puṇḍra, Śambhu, Devāvr̥ddha, and Anagha. (bori 1.1.174)
देव-आह्वयः सुप्रतिमः सुप्रतीकः बृहद्रथः। महोत्साहः विनीतात्मा सुक्रतुः नैषधः नलः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७५)
deva-āhvayaḥ supratimaḥ supratīkaḥ bṛhadrathaḥ। mahotsāhaḥ vinītātmā sukratuḥ naiṣadhaḥ nalaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.175)
[देव-आह्वयः (deva-āhvayaḥ) - called by gods; सुप्रतिमः (supratimaḥ) - of excellent form; सुप्रतीकः (supratīkaḥ) - of excellent features; बृहद्रथः (bṛhadrathaḥ) - having a great chariot; महोत्साहः (mahotsāhaḥ) - very energetic; विनीतात्मा (vinītātmā) - of subdued nature; सुक्रतुः (sukratuḥ) - of good intelligence; नैषधः (naiṣadhaḥ) - king of Niṣadha; नलः (nalaḥ) - Nala;]
(Deva-āhvayaḥ (called by gods), supratimaḥ (of excellent form), supratīkaḥ (of excellent features), bṛhadrathaḥ (having a great chariot), mahotsāhaḥ (very energetic), vinītātmā (of subdued nature), sukratuḥ (of good intelligence), naiṣadhaḥ (king of Niṣadha), Nala.)
Nala, king of Niṣadha, called by the gods, of excellent form and features, having a great chariot, very energetic, of subdued nature, and possessing good intelligence. (bori 1.1.175)
सत्यव्रतः शान्तभयः सुमित्रः सुबलः प्रभुः। जानुजङ्घः अनरण्यः अर्कः प्रियभृत्यः शुभव्रतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७६)
satyavrataḥ śāntabhayaḥ sumitraḥ subalaḥ prabhuḥ। jānujaṅghaḥ anaraṇyaḥ arkaḥ priyabhṛtyaḥ śubhavrataḥ॥ (bori 1.1.176)
[सत्यव्रतः (satyavrataḥ) - one of true vow; शान्तभयः (śāntabhayaḥ) - who has calmed fear; सुमित्रः (sumitraḥ) - good friend; सुबलः (subalaḥ) - very strong; प्रभुः (prabhuḥ) - lord; जानुजङ्घः (jānujaṅghaḥ) - one with thighs like knees (well-proportioned thighs); अनरण्यः (anaraṇyaḥ) - without enemies; अर्कः (arkaḥ) - sun; प्रियभृत्यः (priyabhṛtyaḥ) - dear to servants; शुभव्रतः (śubhavrataḥ) - of auspicious vow;]
(one of true vow, who has calmed fear, good friend, very strong, lord, one with thighs like knees, without enemies, sun, dear to servants, of auspicious vow (bori 1.1.176))
He is one of true vow, has calmed fear, a good friend, very strong, a lord, with well-proportioned thighs, without enemies, the sun, dear to his servants, and of an auspicious vow. (bori 1.1.176)
बलबन्धुः निरामर्दः केतुशृङ्गः बृहद्बलः। धृष्टकेतुः बृहत्केतुः दीप्तकेतुः निरामयः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७७)
balabandhuḥ nirāmardaḥ ketuśṛṅgaḥ bṛhadbalaḥ। dhṛṣṭaketuḥ bṛhatketuḥ dīptaketuḥ nirāmayaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.177)
[बलबन्धुः (balabandhuḥ) - friend of strength; निरामर्दः (nirāmardaḥ) - without oppression; केतुशृङ्गः (ketuśṛṅgaḥ) - having banner as a crest; बृहद्बलः (bṛhadbalaḥ) - of great strength; धृष्टकेतुः (dhṛṣṭaketuḥ) - one whose banner is bold; बृहत्केतुः (bṛhatketuḥ) - one whose banner is great; दीप्तकेतुः (dīptaketuḥ) - one whose banner is shining; निरामयः (nirāmayaḥ) - free from disease;]
(Friend of strength, without oppression, having banner as crest, of great strength, one whose banner is bold, one whose banner is great, one whose banner is shining, free from disease.)
Friend of strength, free from oppression, with a banner as his crest, possessing great strength, one with a bold banner, one with a great banner, one with a shining banner, and free from disease. (bori 1.1.177)
अविक्षित् प्रबलः धूर्तः कृतबन्धुः दृढेषुधिः। महापुराणः सम्भाव्यः प्रत्यङ्गः परहा श्रुतिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७८)
avikṣit prabalaḥ dhūrtaḥ kṛtabandhuḥ dṛḍheṣudhiḥ। mahāpurāṇaḥ sambhāvyaḥ pratyaṅgaḥ parahā śrutiḥ॥ (bori 1.1.178)
[अविक्षित् (avikṣit) - unsubdued; प्रबलः (prabalaḥ) - very strong; धूर्तः (dhūrtaḥ) - wily; कृतबन्धुः (kṛtabandhuḥ) - one who has made (for himself) allies; दृढेषुधिः (dṛḍheṣudhiḥ) - firm in using arrows; महापुराणः (mahāpurāṇaḥ) - a great ancient one; सम्भाव्यः (sambhāvyaḥ) - to be respected; प्रत्यङ्गः (pratyaṅgaḥ) - one who has strong limbs; परहा (parahā) - destroyer of enemies; श्रुतिः (śrutiḥ) - one whose fame is heard;]
(Unsubdued, very strong, wily, having gained allies, firm in use of arrows, a great ancient one, to be respected, possessing strong limbs, destroyer of enemies, heard by fame.)
One who is unsubdued, very strong, wily, has formed alliances, is firm in the use of arrows, a great ancient one, worthy of respect, possessing strong limbs, a destroyer of foes, and renowned by fame. (bori 1.1.178)
एते च अन्ये च बहवः शतशः अथ सहस्रशः। श्रूयन्ते अयुतशः च अन्ये सङ्ख्याताः च अपि पद्मशः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१७९)
ete ca anye ca bahavaḥ śataśaḥ atha sahasraśaḥ। śrūyante ayutaśaḥ ca anye saṅkhyātāḥ ca api padmaśaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.179)
[एते (ete) - these; च (ca) - and; अन्ये (anye) - others; च (ca) - and; बहवः (bahavaḥ) - many; शतशः (śataśaḥ) - by hundreds; अथ (atha) - and also; सहस्रशः (sahasraśaḥ) - by thousands; श्रूयन्ते (śrūyante) - are heard; अयुतशः (ayutaśaḥ) - by ten thousands; च (ca) - and; अन्ये (anye) - others; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - numbered; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; पद्मशः (padmaśaḥ) - by millions;]
(These and others and many, by hundreds and by thousands, are heard, by ten thousands, and others numbered and also by millions.)
These, others, and many more are heard of in hundreds, thousands, ten thousands, some in millions, and others are even numbered by vast numbers. (bori 1.1.179)
हित्वा सुविपुलान् भोगान् बुद्धिमन्तः महाबलाः। राजानः निधनं प्राप्ताः तव पुत्रैः महत्तमाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८०)
hitvā suvipulān bhogān buddhimantaḥ mahābalāḥ। rājānaḥ nidhanaṃ prāptāḥ tava putraiḥ mahattamāḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.180)
[हित्वा (hitvā) - having abandoned; सुविपुलान् (suvipulān) - very abundant; भोगान् (bhogān) - enjoyments; बुद्धिमन्तः (buddhimantaḥ) - wise ones; महाबलाः (mahābalāḥ) - possessing great strength; राजानः (rājānaḥ) - kings; निधनं (nidhanaṃ) - death; प्राप्ताः (prāptāḥ) - have attained; तव (tava) - your; पुत्रैः (putraiḥ) - by sons; महत्तमाः (mahattamāḥ) - the greatest;]
(Having abandoned very abundant enjoyments, the wise ones, possessing great strength, the kings, have attained death by your sons, the greatest.)
The greatest and wisest kings, endowed with great strength, having given up immense enjoyments, have been killed by your sons. (bori 1.1.180)
येषां दिव्यानि कर्माणि विक्रमः त्यागः एव च। माहात्म्यम् अपि च आस्तिक्यं सत्यता शौचम् आर्जवम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८१)
yeṣāṃ divyāni karmāṇi vikramaḥ tyāgaḥ eva ca। māhātmyam api ca āstikyaṃ satyatā śaucam ārjavam॥ (bori 1.1.181)
[येषां (yeṣām) - of whom; दिव्यानि (divyāni) - divine; कर्माणि (karmāṇi) - deeds; विक्रमः (vikramaḥ) - valor; त्यागः (tyāgaḥ) - renunciation; एव (eva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; माहात्म्यम् (māhātmyam) - greatness; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; आस्तिक्यं (āstikyaṃ) - faith; सत्यता (satyatā) - truthfulness; शौचम् (śaucam) - purity; आर्जवम् (ārjavam) - uprightness;]
(Of whom the divine deeds, valor, renunciation indeed and; greatness also and faith, truthfulness, purity, uprightness.)
Those whose deeds are divine, who possess valor, renunciation; and whose greatness, faith, truthfulness, purity, and uprightness are present. (bori 1.1.181)
विद्वद्भिः कथ्यते लोके पुराणैः कवि-सत्तमैः। सर्व-ऋद्धि-गुण-सम्पन्नाः ते च अपि निधनं गताः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८२)
vidvadbhiḥ kathyate loke purāṇaiḥ kavi-sattamaiḥ। sarva-ṛddhi-guṇa-sampannāḥ te ca api nidhanaṃ gatāḥ॥ (bori 1.1.182)
[विद्वद्भिः (vidvadbhiḥ) - by the learned ones; कथ्यते (kathyate) - is spoken; लोके (loke) - in the world; पुराणैः (purāṇaiḥ) - by the ancient (ones); कवि-सत्तमैः (kavi-sattamaiḥ) - by the foremost poets; सर्व-ऋद्धि-गुण-सम्पन्नाः (sarva-ṛddhi-guṇa-sampannāḥ) - possessed of all prosperity and virtues; ते (te) - they; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; निधनं (nidhanaṃ) - death; गताः (gatāḥ) - have gone;]
(By the learned ones, is spoken in the world, by the ancients, by the foremost poets; possessed of all prosperity and virtues, they also have gone to death.)
In the world, it is told by the learned, by the ancients, and by the foremost poets; even those possessed of all prosperity and virtues have also passed away. (bori 1.1.182)
तव पुत्राः दुरात्मानः प्रतप्ताः च एव मन्युना। लुब्धाः दुर्वृत्त-भूयिष्ठाः न तान् शोचितुम् अर्हसि ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८३)
tava putrāḥ durātmānaḥ prataptāḥ ca eva manyunā। lubdhāḥ durvṛtta-bhūyiṣṭhāḥ na tān śocitum arhasi॥ (bori 1.1.183)
[तव (tava) - of you; पुत्राः (putrāḥ) - sons; दुरात्मानः (durātmānaḥ) - evil-hearted; प्रतप्ताः (prataptāḥ) - tormented; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; मन्युना (manyunā) - by wrath; लुब्धाः (lubdhāḥ) - greedy; दुर्वृत्त-भूयिष्ठाः (durvṛtta-bhūyiṣṭhāḥ) - mostly of bad conduct; न (na) - not; तान् (tān) - those (sons); शोचितुम् (śocitum) - to grieve; अर्हसि (arhasi) - you ought;]
(of you sons evil-hearted tormented and indeed by wrath; greedy mostly of bad conduct; not those to grieve you ought.)
Your sons, being evil-hearted, tormented indeed by wrath, greedy, and mostly of bad conduct, you ought not to grieve for them. (bori 1.1.183)
श्रुतवान् असि मेधावी बुद्धिमान् प्राज्ञ-सम्मतः। येषां शास्त्र-अनुगा बुद्धिः न ते मुह्यन्ति भारत ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८४)
śrutavān asi medhāvī buddhimān prājña-sammataḥ। yeṣāṃ śāstra-anugā buddhiḥ na te muhyanti bhārata॥ (bori 1.1.184)
[श्रुतवान् (śrutavān) - one who has heard (the scriptures); असि (asi) - you are; मेधावी (medhāvī) - intelligent one; बुद्धिमान् (buddhimān) - wise; प्राज्ञ-सम्मतः (prājña-sammataḥ) - approved by the wise; येषां (yeṣāṃ) - whose; शास्त्र-अनुगा (śāstra-anugā) - following the śāstra; बुद्धिः (buddhiḥ) - intelligence; न (na) - not; ते (te) - they; मुह्यन्ति (muhyanti) - are deluded; भारत (bhārata) - O Bhārata;]
(You are one who has heard, an intelligent one, wise, approved by the wise. Those whose intelligence follows the śāstra are not deluded, O Bhārata.)
You are one who is learned, intelligent, wise, and esteemed by the wise. O Bhārata, those whose intelligence follows the śāstra are never deluded. (1.1.184)
निग्रह-अनुग्रहौ च अपि विदितौ ते नराधिप। न अत्यन्तम् एव अनुवृत्तिः श्रूयते पुत्र-रक्षणे ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८५)
nigraha-anugrahau ca api viditau te narādhipa। na atyantam eva anuvṛttiḥ śrūyate putra-rakṣaṇe॥ (bori 1.1.185)
[निग्रह-अनुग्रहौ (nigraha-anugrahau) - discipline and favor; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; विदितौ (viditau) - known; ते (te) - to you; नराधिप (narādhipa) - O king; न (na) - not; अत्यन्तम् (atyantam) - entirely; एव (eva) - indeed; अनुवृत्तिः (anuvṛttiḥ) - compliance; श्रूयते (śrūyate) - is heard; पुत्र-रक्षणे (putra-rakṣaṇe) - in protection of son;]
(Discipline and favor and also are known to you, O king. Not entirely indeed compliance is heard in protection of son.)
Both discipline and favor are also known to you, O king. But it is not heard that there is absolute compliance in the protection of one’s son. (1.1.185)
भवितव्यं तथा तत् च; न अतः शोचितुम् अर्हसि। दैवं प्रज्ञा-विशेषेण; कः निवर्तितुम् अर्हति ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८६)
bhavitavyaṃ tathā tat ca; na ataḥ śocitum arhasi। daivaṃ prajñā-viśeṣeṇa; kaḥ nivartitum arhati॥ (bori 1.1.186)
[भवितव्यं (bhavitavyam) - what is destined to be; तथा (tathā) - thus; तत् (tat) - that; च (ca) - and; न (na) - not; अतः (ataḥ) - for this reason; शोचितुम् (śocitum) - to grieve; अर्हसि (arhasi) - you ought; दैवं (daivam) - destiny; प्रज्ञा-विशेषेण (prajñā-viśeṣeṇa) - by (any) amount of wisdom; कः (kaḥ) - who; निवर्तितुम् (nivartitum) - to turn back; अर्हति (arhati) - is able;]
(What is destined thus and that; not for this reason to grieve you ought. Destiny by (any) amount of wisdom; who to turn back is able. (bori 1.1.186))
What must happen will happen; therefore, you should not grieve on this account. Who, by any amount of wisdom, is able to turn back destiny? (bori 1.1.186)
विधातृ-विहितं मार्गं; न कश्चित् अति वर्तते। काल-मूलम् इदं सर्वं; भाव-अभावौ सुख-असुखे ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८७)
vidhātṛ-vihitaṃ mārgaṃ; na kaścit ati vartate. kāla-mūlam idaṃ sarvaṃ; bhāva-abhāvau sukha-asukhe ॥ (bori 1.1.187)
[विधातृ-विहितं (vidhātṛ-vihitam) - ordained by the creator; मार्गं (mārgam) - path; न (na) - not; कश्चित् (kaścit) - anyone; अति (ati) - over; वर्तते (vartate) - transgresses; काल-मूलम् (kāla-mūlam) - time-rooted; इदं (idaṃ) - this; सर्वं (sarvam) - all; भाव-अभावौ (bhāva-abhāvau) - existence and non-existence; सुख-असुखे (sukha-asukhe) - happiness and unhappiness;]
(The path ordained by the creator, no one oversteps. All this is rooted in time: existence and non-existence, happiness and unhappiness.)
No one can overstep the path ordained by the creator. Everything—existence and non-existence, happiness and unhappiness—has its root in time. (1.1.187)
कालः पचति भूतानि; कालः संहरति प्रजाः। निर्दहन्तं प्रजाः कालं; कालः शमयते पुनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८८)
kālaḥ pacati bhūtāni; kālaḥ saṃharati prajāḥ. nirdahantaṃ prajāḥ kālaṃ; kālaḥ śamayate punaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.188)
[कालः (kālaḥ) - time (as agent); पचति (pacati) - cooks; ripens; भूतानि (bhūtāni) - beings; कालः (kālaḥ) - time (as agent); संहरति (saṃharati) - withdraws; destroys; प्रजाः (prajāḥ) - creatures; beings; निर्दहन्तं (nirdahantam) - burning; consuming; प्रजाः (prajāḥ) - creatures; beings; कालं (kālam) - time; कालः (kālaḥ) - time (as agent); शमयते (śamayate) - quells; calms; pacifies; पुनः (punaḥ) - again;]
(Time cooks beings; time withdraws creatures. Burning time, creatures; time calms again.)
Time ripens all beings; time withdraws all creatures. When beings burn (suffer) with time, time again pacifies them. (bori 1.1.188)
कालः विकुरुते भावान्; सर्वान् लोके शुभ-अशुभान्। कालः सङ्क्षिपते सर्वाः; प्रजाः विसृजते पुनः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८९)
kālaḥ vikurute bhāvān; sarvān loke śubha-aśubhān. kālaḥ saṅkṣipate sarvāḥ; prajāḥ visṛjate punaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.189)
[कालः (kālaḥ) - Time; विकुरुते (vikurute) - causes to change; भावान् (bhāvān) - states of being; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; लोके (loke) - in the world; शुभ-अशुभान् (śubha-aśubhān) - auspicious and inauspicious; कालः (kālaḥ) - Time; सङ्क्षिपते (saṅkṣipate) - contracts; सर्वाः (sarvāḥ) - all (feminine); प्रजाः (prajāḥ) - creatures; विसृजते (visṛjate) - creates; पुनः (punaḥ) - again;]
(Time causes to change states of being; all in the world, auspicious and inauspicious. Time contracts all creatures; creates again.)
Time changes all states of being, both auspicious and inauspicious, in the world. Time contracts all creatures and creates them again. (bori 1.1.189)
कालः सर्वेषु भूतेषु; चरति अविधृतः समः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१८९)
kālaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu; carati avidhṛtaḥ samaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.189)
[कालः (kālaḥ) - time; (nominative singular, subject); सर्वेषु (sarveṣu) - in all; (locative plural); भूतेषु (bhūteṣu) - beings; (locative plural); चरति (carati) - moves; (3rd person singular present); अविधृतः (avidhṛtaḥ) - not restrained; unimpeded; (nominative singular masculine, agreeing with kālaḥ); समः (samaḥ) - equal; impartial; (nominative singular masculine, agreeing with kālaḥ);]
(Time in all beings moves not restrained, equal.)
Time moves among all beings unimpeded and impartial. (1.1.189)
कालः सुप्तेषु जागर्ति कालो हि दुरतिक्रमः ॥ (नील १.१.२५०)
kālaḥ supteṣu jāgarti kālo hi duratikramaḥ ॥ (nīla 1.1.250)
[कालः (kālaḥ) - time (personified or as a principle); सुप्तेषु (supteṣu) - when (others) are asleep; जागर्ति (jāgarti) - remains awake; कालः (kālaḥ) - time; हि (hi) - indeed; दुरतिक्रमः (duratikramaḥ) - difficult to transgress;]
(Time, when (others) are asleep, remains awake; time indeed is difficult to transgress.)
Time remains awake even when all are asleep; for time is indeed insurmountable. (1.1.250)
अतीत-अनागताः भावाः; ये च वर्तन्ति साम्प्रतम्। तान् काल-निर्मितान् बुद्ध्वा; न सञ्ज्ञां हातुम् अर्हसि ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९०)
atīta-anāgatāḥ bhāvāḥ; ye ca vartanti sāmpratam। tān kāla-nirmitān buddhvā; na sañjñām hātum arhasi॥ (bori 1.1.190)
[अतीत-अनागताः (atīta-anāgatāḥ) - past-and-future; भावाः (bhāvāḥ) - states; ये (ye) - which; च (ca) - and; वर्तन्ति (vartanti) - exist; साम्प्रतम् (sāmpratam) - at present; तान् (tān) - those; काल-निर्मितान् (kāla-nirmitān) - time-produced; बुद्ध्वा (buddhvā) - having known; न (na) - not; सञ्ज्ञां (sañjñām) - notion; हातुम् (hātum) - to abandon; अर्हसि (arhasi) - you ought;]
(Past and future states; which and exist at present. Those time-produced (states), having known; not notion to abandon you ought. (bori 1.1.190))
The past and future states, as well as those that exist at present—knowing them to be produced by time, you ought not to abandon the notion of them. (bori 1.1.190)
इत्येवं पुत्रशोकार्तं धृतराष्ट्रं जनेश्वरम्। आश्वास्य स्वस्थमकरोत्सूतो गावल्गणिस्तदा ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२७७)
ity-evaṃ putra-śoka-ārtaṃ dhṛtaraāṣṭraṃ jana-īśvaram। āśvāsya svastham akarot sūtaḥ gāvalgaṇiḥ tadā ॥ (kumbha 1.1.277)
[इति (iti) - thus; एवम् (evam) - in this way; पुत्रशोकार्तं (putra-śoka-ārtam) - afflicted by grief for his son; धृतराष्ट्रं (dhṛtaraāṣṭram) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra (proper noun, accusative); जनेश्वरम् (jana-īśvaram) - lord of people; आश्वास्य (āśvāsya) - having consoled; स्वस्थम् (svastham) - at ease; अकरोत् (akarot) - made; सूतः (sūtaḥ) - the charioteer; गावल्गणिः (gāvalgaṇiḥ) - Gāvalgaṇi (proper noun, nominative); तदा (tadā) - then; ॥ (॥) - (कुंभ १.१.२७७) ((kumbha 1.1.277)) -;]
(Thus, in this way, the charioteer Gāvalgaṇi then, having consoled Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the lord of the people, afflicted by grief for his son, made (him) at ease.)
Having thus consoled Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the lord of the people, who was afflicted by grief for his son, the charioteer Gāvalgaṇi then comforted him and restored his composure. (kumbha 1.1.277)
धृतराष्ट्रोऽपि तच्छ्रुत्वा धृतिमेव समाश्रयत्। दिष्ट्येदमागतमिति मत्त्वा स प्राज्ञसत्तमः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२७८)
dhṛtarāṣṭro'pi tacchrutvā dhṛtimeva samāśrayat। diṣṭyedamāgatamiti mattvā sa prājñasattamaḥ॥ (kumbha 1.1.278)
[धृतराष्ट्रः (dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; अपि (api) - also; तत् (tat) - that (news); श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; धृतिम् (dhṛtim) - steadfastness; एव (eva) - indeed; समाश्रयत् (samāśrayat) - he resorted to; दिष्ट्या (diṣṭyā) - by fortune; इदम् (idam) - this; आगतम् (āgatam) - has come; इति (iti) - thus; मत्त्वा (mattvā) - having thought; सः (saḥ) - he; प्राज्ञसत्तमः (prājñasattamaḥ) - the highest among the wise;]
(Dhṛtarāṣṭra also having heard that, indeed steadfastness he resorted to. By fortune this has come, thus having thought, he, the highest among the wise.)
Dhṛtarāṣṭra also, having heard that, regained his composure. Thinking, "By good fortune this has come," he, the foremost of the wise, felt reassured. (Kumbha 1.1.278)
सूत उवाच॥
sūta uvāca॥
[सूत (sūta) - Sūta (the sage); उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
(Sūta said.)
Sūta said.
लोकानां च हितार्थाय कारुण्यान्मुनिसत्तमः ॥ (कुंभ १.१.२७९)
lokānāṃ ca hitārthāya kāruṇyān munisattamaḥ ॥ (kumbha 1.1.279)
[लोकानां (lokānāṃ) - of the people; च (ca) - and; हितार्थाय (hitārthāya) - for the purpose of benefit; कारुण्यान् (kāruṇyāt) - out of compassion; मुनिसत्तमः (munisattamaḥ) - the best among sages;]
(Of the people and for the purpose of benefit, out of compassion, the best among sages.)
The best among sages, out of compassion and for the benefit of the people, (acted thus). (Kumbha 1.1.279)
अत्र उपनिषदं पुण्याम् कृष्णद्वैपायनः अब्रवीत्। भारत-अध्ययनात् पुण्यात् अपि पादम् अधीयतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९१)
atra upaniṣadaṃ puṇyām kṛṣṇadvaitpāyanaḥ abravīt। bhārata-adhyayanāt puṇyāt api pādam adhīyataḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.191)
[अत्र (atra) - here; उपनिषदं (upaniṣadam) - Upaniṣad (secret teaching); पुण्याम् (puṇyām) - holy; कृष्णद्वैपायनः (kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - spoke; भारत-अध्ययनात् (bhārata-adhyayanāt) - from study of Bhārata; पुण्यात् (puṇyāt) - than holy; अपि (api) - even; पादम् (pādam) - one fourth; अधीयतः (adhīyataḥ) - of the one who studies;]
(Here, holy Upaniṣad Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana spoke. From study of Bhārata, even than holy, one fourth accrues to the one who studies.)
Here, the holy Upaniṣad was spoken by Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana. From the study of the Bhārata, even greater merit accrues, a fourth, to the one who studies it. (bori 1.1.191)
श्रद्दधानस्य पूयन्ते सर्वपापानि अशेषतः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९१)
śraddadhānasya pūyante sarvapāpāni aśeṣataḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.191)
[श्रद्दधानस्य (śraddadhānasya) - of the faithful one; पूयन्ते (pūyante) - are purified; सर्वपापानि (sarvapāpāni) - all sins; अशेषतः (aśeṣataḥ) - entirely; without remainder;]
(Of the faithful one, all sins are purified entirely.)
All the sins of the faithful are completely purified. (bori 1.1.191)
देवर्षयः हि अत्र पुण्याः ब्रह्म-राजर्षयः तथा। कीर्त्यन्ते शुभकर्माणः तथा यक्ष-महोरगाः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९२)
devarṣayaḥ hi atra puṇyāḥ brahma-rājarṣayaḥ tathā। kīrtyante śubhakarmāṇaḥ tathā yakṣa-mahoragāḥ॥ (bori 1.1.192)
[देवर्षयः (devarṣayaḥ) - divine seers; हि (hi) - indeed; अत्र (atra) - here; पुण्याः (puṇyāḥ) - virtuous; ब्रह्म-राजर्षयः (brahma-rājarṣayaḥ) - Brahmanical and royal seers; तथा (tathā) - and; कीर्त्यन्ते (kīrtyante) - are celebrated; शुभकर्माणः (śubhakarmāṇaḥ) - those of auspicious deeds; तथा (tathā) - and; यक्ष-महोरगाः (yakṣa-mahoragāḥ) - yakṣas and great serpents;]
(Divine seers indeed here, virtuous, Brahmanical and royal seers, and; are celebrated, those of auspicious deeds, and yakṣas and great serpents.)
Here indeed are celebrated the divine seers, the virtuous Brahmanical and royal seers, those of auspicious deeds, and also the yakṣas and great serpents. (bori 1.1.192)
भगवान् वासुदेवः च कीर्त्यते अत्र सनातनः। सः हि सत्यम् अमृतम् चैव पवित्रम् पुण्यम् एव च ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९३)
bhagavān vāsudevaḥ ca kīrtyate atra sanātanaḥ। saḥ hi satyam amṛtam caiva pavitram puṇyam eva ca ॥ (bori 1.1.193)
[भगवान् (bhagavān) - the Lord; वासुदेवः (vāsudevaḥ) - Vāsudeva; च (ca) - and; कीर्त्यते (kīrtyate) - is celebrated; अत्र (atra) - here; सनातनः (sanātanaḥ) - eternal; सः (saḥ) - he; हि (hi) - indeed; सत्यम् (satyam) - truth; अमृतम् (amṛtam) - immortality; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - only; पवित्रम् (pavitram) - purity; पुण्यम् (puṇyam) - merit; एव (eva) - only; च (ca) - and;]
(The Lord Vāsudeva and is celebrated here as eternal. He indeed truth immortality and only purity merit only and.)
The Lord Vāsudeva is also spoken of here as eternal; indeed, he is truth, immortality, purity, and merit.
शाश्वतं ब्रह्म परमं ध्रुवं ज्योतिः सनातनम्। यस्य दिव्यानि कर्माणि कथयन्ति मनीषिणः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९४)
śāśvataṃ brahma paramaṃ dhruvaṃ jyotiḥ sanātanam। yasya divyāni karmāṇi kathayanti manīṣiṇaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.194)
[शाश्वतम् (śāśvatam) - eternal; ब्रह्म (brahma) - Brahman; परमम् (paramam) - supreme; ध्रुवम् (dhruvam) - unchanging; ज्योतिः (jyotiḥ) - light; सनातनम् (sanātanam) - everlasting; यस्य (yasya) - whose; दिव्यानि (divyāni) - divine; कर्माणि (karmāṇi) - deeds; कथयन्ति (kathayanti) - they recount; मनीषिणः (manīṣiṇaḥ) - the wise ones;]
(Eternal Brahman, supreme, unchanging, light, everlasting; whose divine deeds the wise ones recount.)
The wise recount the divine deeds of that eternal, supreme, immutable, and everlasting Light, Brahman. (bori 1.1.194)
असत् सत् सत्-असत् च एव; यस्मात् देवात् प्रवर्तते। सन्ततिः च प्रवृत्तिः च; जन्म मृत्युः पुनर्भवः ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९५)
asat sat sat-asat ca eva; yasmāt devāt pravartate। santatiḥ ca pravṛttiḥ ca; janma mṛtyuḥ punarbhavaḥ॥ (bori 1.1.195)
[असत् (asat) - non-being; सत् (sat) - being; सत्-असत् (sat-asat) - being-and-non-being; च (ca) - and; एव (eva) - indeed; यस्मात् (yasmāt) - from which; देवात् (devāt) - from the Deva; प्रवर्तते (pravartate) - proceeds; सन्ततिः (santatiḥ) - continuity; च (ca) - and; प्रवृत्तिः (pravṛttiḥ) - activity; च (ca) - and; जन्म (janma) - birth; मृत्युः (mṛtyuḥ) - death; पुनर्भवः (punarbhavaḥ) - rebirth;]
(Non-being, being, being-and-non-being indeed; from which, from the Deva, proceeds; continuity and activity and birth, death, rebirth.)
Non-being, being, and being-and-non-being indeed—all these proceed from the Deva; continuity, activity, birth, death, and rebirth all arise from Him. (bori 1.1.195)
अध्यात्मं श्रूयते यत् च पञ्चभूत-गुणात्मकम्। अव्यक्त-आदि परं यत् च सः एव परिगीयते ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९६)
adhyātmaṁ śrūyate yat ca pañcabhūta-guṇātmakam। avyakta-ādi paraṁ yat ca saḥ eva parigīyate ॥ (bori 1.1.196)
[अध्यात्मं (adhyātmaṁ) - pertaining to the self; श्रूयते (śrūyate) - is heard; यत् (yat) - which; च (ca) - and; पञ्चभूत-गुणात्मकम् (pañcabhūta-guṇātmakam) - of the nature (ātmakam) of the qualities (guṇa) of the five elements (pañcabhūta); अव्यक्त-आदि (avyakta-ādi) - beginning with the unmanifest; परं (paraṁ) - supreme; beyond; यत् (yat) - which; च (ca) - and; सः (saḥ) - he; that; एव (eva) - indeed; itself; परिगीयते (parigīyate) - is declared; is sung about;]
(That which is heard as adhyātma (pertaining to the self), and that (which is) of the nature of the qualities of the five elements, and that which begins with the unmanifest, which (is) beyond—he himself indeed is declared.)
That which is known as 'adhyātma', as well as that which consists of the qualities of the five elements, and that which is supreme beginning with the unmanifest—all this is declared to be he himself. (BORI 1.1.196)
यत् तत् यतिवराः युक्ताः ध्यान-योग-बलान्विताः। प्रतिबिम्बम् इव आदर्शे पश्यन्ति आत्मनि अवस्थितम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९७)
yat tat yativarāḥ yuktāḥ dhyāna-yoga-balānvitaḥ। pratibimbam iva ādarśe paśyanti ātmani avasthitam ॥ (bori 1.1.197)
[यत् (yat) - which; तत् (tat) - that; यतिवराः (yativarāḥ) - best of ascetics; युक्ताः (yuktāḥ) - united; ध्यान-योग-बलान्विताः (dhyāna-yoga-balānvitāḥ) - endowed with the power of meditation and yoga; प्रतिबिम्बम् (pratibimbam) - reflection; इव (iva) - like; आदर्शे (ādarśe) - in (a) mirror; पश्यन्ति (paśyanti) - see; आत्मनि (ātmani) - in the self; अवस्थितम् (avasthitam) - situated;]
(Which that best of ascetics united endowed with the power of meditation and yoga like reflection in a mirror see in the self situated.)
The best of ascetics, endowed with the power of meditation and yoga, see that which is situated in the self just as (one sees) a reflection in a mirror. (bori 1.1.197)
श्रद्दधानः सदा उद्युक्तः सत्य-धर्म-परायणः। आसेवन् इमम् अध्यायम् नरः पापात् प्रमुच्यते ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९८)
śraddadhānaḥ sadā udyuktaḥ satya-dharma-parāyaṇaḥ। āsevan imam adhyāyam naraḥ pāpāt pramucyate ॥ (bori 1.1.198)
[श्रद्दधानः (śraddadhānaḥ) - one who is faithful; सदा (sadā) - always; उद्युक्तः (udyuktaḥ) - diligent; सत्य-धर्म-परायणः (satya-dharma-parāyaṇaḥ) - devoted to truth and righteousness; आसेवन् (āsevan) - having served; इमम् (imam) - this; अध्यायम् (adhyāyam) - chapter; नरः (naraḥ) - man; पापात् (pāpāt) - from sin; प्रमुच्यते (pramucyate) - is released;]
(The faithful, always diligent, devoted to truth and righteousness, having served this chapter, man from sin is released.)
A man who is faithful, always diligent, and devoted to truth and righteousness, having recited this chapter, is released from sin. (bori 1.1.198)
अनुक्रमणि-अध्यायम् भारतस्य इमम् आदितः। आस्तिकः सततं शृण्वन् न कृच्छ्रेषु अवसीदति ॥ (बोरि १.१.१९९)
anukramaṇi-adhyāyam bhāratasya imam āditaḥ। āstikaḥ satataṃ śṛṇvan na kṛcchreṣu avasīdati॥ (bori 1.1.199)
[अनुक्रमणि-अध्यायम् (anukramaṇi-adhyāyam) - contents-chapter; भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of the Mahābhārata; इमम् (imam) - this; आदितः (āditaḥ) - from the beginning; आस्तिकः (āstikaḥ) - one who is faithful; सततं (satataṃ) - constantly; शृण्वन् (śṛṇvan) - hearing; न (na) - not; कृच्छ्रेषु (kṛcchreṣu) - in difficulties; अवसीदति (avasīdati) - sinks (is afflicted);]
(Contents-chapter of the Mahābhārata, this from the beginning. The faithful one, constantly hearing, does not sink in difficulties. (bori 1.1.199))
This is the contents-chapter of the Mahābhārata from the beginning. One who is faithful and constantly listens does not fall into difficulties. (bori 1.1.199)
उभे सन्ध्ये जपन् किञ्चित्; सद्यः मुच्येत किल्बिषात्। अनुक्रमण्या यावत् स्यात्; अह्ना रात्र्या च सञ्चितम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२००)
ubhe sandhye japan kiñcit; sadyaḥ mucyeta kilbiṣāt. anukramaṇyā yāvat syāt; ahnā rātryā ca sañcitam ॥ (bori 1.1.200)
[उभे (ubhe) - both; सन्ध्ये (sandhye) - twilights; जपन् (japan) - reciting; किञ्चित् (kiñcit) - some (mantra); सद्यः (sadyaḥ) - immediately; मुच्येत (mucyeta) - is freed; किल्बिषात् (kilbiṣāt) - from sin; अनुक्रमण्या (anukramaṇyā) - to be regularly performed; यावत् (yāvat) - as long as; स्यात् (syāt) - should be; अह्ना (ahnā) - by the day; रात्र्या (rātryā) - by the night; च (ca) - and; सञ्चितम् (sañcitam) - accumulated;]
(Both twilights reciting some (mantra); immediately is freed from sin. To be regularly performed as long as, by the day and by the night accumulated.)
Reciting even a little (mantra) during both twilights, one is immediately freed from sin. The regular performance should continue as long as the sins accumulated by day and night last. (bori 1.1.200)
भारतस्य वपुः हि एतत्; सत्यं च अमृतम् एव च। नवनीतं यथा दध्नः; द्विपदां ब्राह्मणः यथा ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०१)
bhāratasya vapuḥ hi etat; satyaṁ ca amṛtam eva ca. navanītaṁ yathā dadhnaḥ; dvipadāṁ brāhmaṇaḥ yathā ॥ (bori 1.1.201)
[भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of Bhārata (of India); वपुः (vapuḥ) - body; form; हि (hi) - indeed; एतत् (etat) - this; सत्यं (satyaṁ) - truth; च (ca) - and; अमृतम् (amṛtam) - immortal; nectar; ambrosia; एव (eva) - indeed; only; च (ca) - and; नवनीतं (navanītaṁ) - fresh butter; यथा (yathā) - just as; दध्नः (dadhnaḥ) - of curds; from curd; द्विपदां (dvipadāṁ) - among bipeds; among two-footed beings; ब्राह्मणः (brāhmaṇaḥ) - brāhmaṇa; priest; यथा (yathā) - just as;]
(The body of Bhārata indeed this; truth and ambrosia indeed and. Fresh butter just as of curd; among bipeds brāhmaṇa just as. (bori 1.1.201))
Indeed, this is the very form of Bhārata; it is truth and indeed nectar as well. Just as butter from curd, just as among bipeds the Brāhmaṇa. (bori 1.1.201)
आरण्यकं च वेदेभ्य ओषधिभ्योऽमृतं यथा ॥ (नील १.१.२६५)
āraṇyakaṃ ca vedebhya oṣadhibhyo'mṛtaṃ yathā ॥ (nīla 1.1.265)
[आरण्यकं (āraṇyakaṃ) - Āraṇyaka section; च (ca) - and; वेदेभ्यः (vedebhyaḥ) - from the Vedas; ओषधिभ्यः (oṣadhibhyaḥ) - from medicinal plants; अमृतं (amṛtam) - nectar; यथा (yathā) - just as;]
(Āraṇyaka section and from the Vedas, from medicinal plants nectar, just as.)
Just as nectar is from medicinal plants, so too is the Āraṇyaka section from the Vedas. (1.1.265)
ह्रदानाम् उदधिः श्रेष्ठः; गौः वरिष्ठा चतुष्पदाम्। यथा एतानि वरिष्ठानि; तथा भारतम् उच्यते ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०२)
hradānām udadhiḥ śreṣṭhaḥ; gauḥ variṣṭhā catuṣpadām. yathā etāni variṣṭhāni; tathā bhāratam ucyate ॥ (bori 1.1.202)
[ह्रदानाम् (hradānām) - of lakes; उदधिः (udadhiḥ) - the ocean; श्रेष्ठः (śreṣṭhaḥ) - the best; गौः (gauḥ) - the cow; वरिष्ठा (variṣṭhā) - the most excellent; चतुष्पदाम् (catuṣpadām) - of four-footed beings; यथा (yathā) - just as; एतानि (etāni) - these; वरिष्ठानि (variṣṭhāni) - the most excellent; तथा (tathā) - so; भारतम् (bhāratam) - Bhāratam (India); उच्यते (ucyate) - is said;]
(Of lakes, the ocean is best; the cow is the most excellent of four-footed beings. Just as these are the most excellent, so Bhāratam (India) is said.)
Just as the ocean is the best among lakes, and the cow the most excellent among four-legged creatures, so too is Bhāratam (India) said to be supreme. (bori 1.1.202)
यः च एनम् श्रावयेत् श्राद्धे; ब्राह्मणान् पादम् अन्ततः। अक्षय्यम् अन्नपानं तत्; पितृन् तस्य उपतिष्ठति ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०३)
yaḥ ca enam śrāvayet śrāddhe; brāhmaṇān pādam antataḥ। akṣayyam annapānaṃ tat; pitṛn tasya upatiṣṭhati ॥ (bori 1.1.203)
[यः (yaḥ) - who; च (ca) - and; एनम् (enam) - this (text); श्रावयेत् (śrāvayet) - would cause to be heard; श्राद्धे (śrāddhe) - at the śrāddha (rite for ancestors); ब्राह्मणान् (brāhmaṇān) - to the brāhmaṇas; पादम् (pādam) - a quarter (part); अन्ततः (antataḥ) - at the end; अक्षय्यम् (akṣayyam) - imperishable; अन्नपानं (annapānaṃ) - food and drink; तत् (tat) - that; पितृन् (pitṛn) - ancestors; तस्य (tasya) - to him; उपतिष्ठति (upatiṣṭhati) - approaches/offers;]
(Who and this (text) would cause to be heard at the śrāddha, to the brāhmaṇas a quarter at the end. Imperishable food and drink, that, to the ancestors of him approaches.)
Whoever causes this text to be heard by the brāhmaṇas at a śrāddha, even a quarter at the end, to his ancestors that provides imperishable food and drink. (bori 1.1.203)
इतिहास-पुराणाभ्यां; वेदम् समुपबृंहयेत्। बिभेति अल्प-श्रुतात् वेदः; माम् अयम् प्रतरिष्यति ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०४)
itihāsa-purāṇābhyām; vedam samupabṛṁhayet। bibheti alpa-śrutāt vedaḥ; mām ayam pratariṣyati ॥ (bori 1.1.204)
[इतिहास-पुराणाभ्यां (itihāsa-purāṇābhyām) - by history and the Purāṇas; वेदम् (vedam) - the Veda; समुपबृंहयेत् (samupabṛṁhayet) - should thoroughly augment; बिभेति (bibheti) - fears; अल्प-श्रुतात् (alpa-śrutāt) - from one of little hearing (study); वेदः (vedaḥ) - the Veda; माम् (mām) - me; अयम् (ayam) - this (person); प्रतरिष्यति (pratariṣyati) - will cross over;]
(By history and the Purāṇas, the Veda should thoroughly augment. The Veda fears from one of little hearing: "me, this (person) will cross over." (bori 1.1.204))
The Veda should be thoroughly augmented by history and the Purāṇas. The Veda fears someone with little study, thinking: "This person will cross over me." (bori 1.1.204)
कार्ष्णम् वेदम् इमम् विद्वान्; श्रावयित्वा अर्थम् अश्नुते। भ्रूण-हत्या-कृतं च अपि; पापं जह्यात् न संशयः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०५)
kārṣṇam vedam imam vidvān; śrāvayitvā artham aśnute. bhrūṇa-hatyā-kṛtaṃ ca api; pāpaṃ jahyāt na samśayaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.205)
[कार्ष्णम् (kārṣṇam) - pertaining to Kṛṣṇa; (i.e., the Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda or teaching of Kṛṣṇa); वेदम् (vedam) - Veda; sacred knowledge; इमम् (imam) - this; विद्वान् (vidvān) - the wise one; the learned (person); श्रावयित्वा (śrāvayitvā) - having caused to be heard; having recited; अर्थम् (artham) - meaning; purpose; अश्नुते (aśnute) - attains; enjoys; भ्रूण-हत्या-कृतं (bhrūṇa-hatyā-kṛtam) - committed by killing an embryo; arising from feticide; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; even; पापं (pāpaṃ) - sin; ज ह्यात् (jahyāt) - would abandon; would give up; न (na) - not; संशयः (saṃśayaḥ) - doubt;]
(Pertaining to Kṛṣṇa Veda this learned one, having caused to be heard, the meaning attains. The sin arising from feticide also, would abandon; not doubt.)
A learned person who recites this Kṛṣṇa (Yajur) Veda and causes it to be heard attains its meaning, and undoubtedly, he is freed even from the sin arising from killing an embryo. (bori 1.1.205)
यः इमं शुचिः अध्यायं पठेत् पर्वणि पर्वणि। अधीतं भारतं तेन कृत्स्नं स्यात् इति मे मतिः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०६)
yaḥ imaṁ śuciḥ adhyāyaṁ paṭhet parvaṇi parvaṇi। adhītaṁ bhārataṁ tena kṛtsnaṁ syāt iti me matiḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.206)
[यः (yaḥ) - who; इमं (imaṁ) - this; शुचिः (śuciḥ) - pure (person); अध्यायं (adhyāyaṁ) - chapter; पठेत् (paṭhet) - should recite; पर्वणि पर्वणि (parvaṇi parvaṇi) - on every festival; अधीतं (adhītam) - studied; भारतं (bhārataṁ) - Mahābhārata; तेन (tena) - by him; कृत्स्नं (kṛtsnam) - entire; स्यात् (syāt) - would be; इति (iti) - thus; मे (me) - my; मतिः (matiḥ) - opinion;]
(Who this pure (person) chapter should recite on every festival, the Mahābhārata has been studied by him entirely thus my opinion.)
Whoever, being pure, recites this chapter on every festival, it is my opinion that he has studied the entire Mahābhārata. (bori 1.1.206)
यः च इमं शृणुयात् नित्यम्; आर्षं श्रद्धा-समन्वितः। सः दीर्घम् आयुः कीर्तिं च; स्वर्ग-गतिम् च आप्नुयात् नरः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०७)
yaḥ ca imaṁ śṛṇuyāt nityam; ārṣaṁ śraddhā-samanvitaḥ. saḥ dīrgham āyuḥ kīrtiṁ ca; svarga-gatim ca āpnuyāt naraḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.207)
[यः (yaḥ) - who; च (ca) - and; इमं (imaṁ) - this; शृणुयात् (śṛṇuyāt) - should hear; नित्यम् (nityam) - always; आर्षं (ārṣam) - of the ṛṣi; श्रद्धा-समन्वितः (śraddhā-samanvitaḥ) - endowed with faith; सः (saḥ) - he; दीर्घम् (dīrgham) - long; आयुः (āyuḥ) - life; कीर्तिं (kīrtiṁ) - fame; च (ca) - and; स्वर्ग-गतिम् (svarga-gatim) - heavenly course; च (ca) - and; आप्नुयात् (āpnuyāt) - should obtain; नरः (naraḥ) - man;]
(Who and this should hear always; of the ṛṣi endowed with faith; he long life fame and; heaven-way and should obtain man.)
Whoever always hears this teaching of the ṛṣi with faith, that man obtains long life, fame, and the way to heaven. (bori 1.1.207)
चत्वारः एकतः वेदाः; भारतम् च एकम् एकतः। समागतैः सुरर्षिभिः; तुलाम् आरोपितं पुरा ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०८)
catvāraḥ ekataḥ vedāḥ; bhāratam ca ekam ekataḥ. samāgataiḥ surarṣibhiḥ; tulām āropitaṃ purā ॥ (bori 1.1.208)
[चत्वारः (catvāraḥ) - four; एकतः (ekataḥ) - on one side; वेदाः (vedāḥ) - the Vedas; भारतम् (bhāratam) - Bharata (the Mahabharata); च (ca) - and; एकम् (ekam) - one; एकतः (ekataḥ) - on one side; समागतैः (samāgataiḥ) - by those who had assembled; सुरर्षिभिः (surarṣibhiḥ) - by the divine sages; तुलाम् (tulām) - the scale; आरोपितं (āropitaṃ) - placed; पुरा (purā) - formerly;]
(Four on one side, the Vedas; Bharata and one on one side. By those who had assembled, by the divine sages; the scale was placed formerly.)
Once, the four Vedas were placed on one side of the scale, and the Mahabharata on the other, by the assembled divine sages. (1.1.208)
महत्त्वे च गुरुत्वे च; ध्रियमाणं ततः अधिकम् ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०८)
mahattve ca gurutve ca; dhriyamāṇaṃ tataḥ adhikam ॥ (bori 1.1.208)
[महत्त्वे (mahattve) - in greatness; च (ca) - and; गुरुत्वे (gurutve) - in heaviness; च (ca) - and; ध्रियमाणं (dhriyamāṇam) - being supported; ततः (tataḥ) - than that; अधिकम् (adhikam) - more;;]
(In greatness and in heaviness, being supported is more than that.)
Being supported is greater than both greatness and heaviness. (bori 1.1.208)
चतुर्भ्यः सरहस्येभ्यो वेदेभ्यो ह्यधिकं यदा ॥ (नील १.१.२७२)
caturbhyaḥ sarahasyebhyo vedebhyo hy adhikaṃ yadā ॥ (nīla 1.1.272)
[चतुर्भ्यः (caturbhyaḥ) - from the four; (ablative plural of 'catvāraḥ' - four); सरहस्येभ्यो (sarahasyebhyo) - from the esoteric (or secret); (ablative plural of 'rahasya' with the prefix 'sa-'); वेदेभ्यः (vedebhyaḥ) - from the Vedas; (ablative plural of 'veda'); हि (hi) - indeed; surely; अधिकं (adhikam) - more; exceeding; (accusative singular neuter of 'adhika'); यदा (yadā) - when;]
(From the four, from the secret Vedas indeed more when.)
When there is more than the four secret Vedas. (nīla 1.1.272)
तदाप्रभृति लोकेऽस्मिन्महाभारतमुच्यते ॥ (नील १.१.२७३)
tadāprabhṛti loke'smin mahābhāratam ucyate ॥ (nīla 1.1.273)
[तदा-प्रभृति (tadā-prabhṛti) - from that time onward; लोके (loke) - in the world; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; महाभारतम् (mahābhāratam) - Mahābhārata; उच्यते (ucyate) - is called;]
(From that time onward in this world Mahābhārata is called.)
From that time onward in this world it is called the Mahābhārata. (nīla 1.1.273)
महत्त्वात् भारवत्त्वात् च; महाभारतम् उच्यते। निरुक्तम् अस्य यः वेद; सर्व-पापैः प्रमुच्यते ॥ (बोरि १.१.२०९)
mahatvāt bhāravattvāt ca; mahābhāratam ucyate। niruktam asya yaḥ veda; sarva-pāpaiḥ pramucyate॥ (bori 1.1.209)
[महत्त्वात् (mahatvāt) - from greatness; भारवत्त्वात् (bhāravattvāt) - from weightiness; च (ca) - and; महाभारतम् (mahābhāratam) - Mahābhārata; उच्यते (ucyate) - it is called; निरुक्तम् (niruktam) - derivation; अस्य (asya) - of this; यः (yaḥ) - who; वेद (veda) - knows; सर्व-पापैः (sarva-pāpaiḥ) - from all sins; प्रमुच्यते (pramucyate) - is released;]
(From greatness, from weightiness, and Mahābhārata it is called. The derivation of this, who knows, from all sins is released. (bori 1.1.209))
Because of its greatness and weightiness, it is called Mahābhārata. Whoever knows its derivation is released from all sins. (bori 1.1.209)
तपः न कल्कः अध्ययनं न कल्कः। स्वाभाविकः वेदविधिः न कल्कः। प्रसह्य वित्त-ाहरणं न कल्कः; तानि एव भाव-उपहतानि कल्कः ॥ (बोरि १.१.२१०)
tapaḥ na kalkaḥ adhyayanaṃ na kalkaḥ। svābhāvikaḥ vedavidhiḥ na kalkaḥ। prasahya vitta-haraṇaṃ na kalkaḥ; tāni eva bhāva-upahatāni kalkaḥ ॥ (bori 1.1.210)
[तपः (tapaḥ) - austerity; न (na) - not; कल्कः (kalkaḥ) - impurity; अध्ययनं (adhyayanaṃ) - study; न (na) - not; कल्कः (kalkaḥ) - impurity; स्वाभाविकः (svābhāvikaḥ) - natural; वेदविधिः (vedavidhiḥ) - Vedic injunction; न (na) - not; कल्कः (kalkaḥ) - impurity; प्रसह्य (prasahya) - by force; वित्त-ाहरणं (vitta-haraṇaṃ) - seizing of wealth; न (na) - not; कल्कः (kalkaḥ) - impurity; तानि (tāni) - those; एव (eva) - only; भाव-उपहतानि (bhāva-upahatāni) - corrupted by attitude; कल्कः (kalkaḥ) - impurity;]
(Austerity is not impurity, study is not impurity. Natural Vedic injunction is not impurity. Seizing wealth by force is not impurity; those only, corrupted by attitude, are impurity.)
Austerity is not an impurity, study is not an impurity. Natural following of Vedic injunctions is not impurity. Even forcibly taking wealth is not impurity; only those actions tainted by wrong attitude are truly impure. (bori 1.1.210)